{"response":{"docs":[{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1474","title":"Student handbooks, assignment, Little Rock School District","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1992/1996"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Education--Arkansas","Education--Economic aspects","Education--Standards","Educational law and legislation","Educational innovations","School attendance","School discipline","School buses","School enrollment","School management and organization","Student activities","Student assistance programs"],"dcterms_title":["Student handbooks, assignment, Little Rock School District"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1474"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["handbooks"],"dcterms_extent":["104 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_977","title":"Desegregation: ''North Little Rock School District Desegregation Plan as Modified''","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1991-07-22"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Education--Arkansas","Educational law and legislation","Educational planning","Educational statistics","School enrollment","School employees","School facilities","School improvement programs","School integration","Student assistance programs"],"dcterms_title":["Desegregation: ''North Little Rock School District Desegregation Plan as Modified''"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/977"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLittle Rock School District v. Pulaski County Special School District\nThe transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.\nLITTLE ROCK SC lN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS' WESTERN DIVISION L DISTRICT VS. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL PLAINTIFF DISTRICT NO. 1, et al. DEFENDANTS MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, et al. NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT DESEGREGATION PLAN AS MODIFIED JULY 22, 1991 SP-00699 TABLE OF CONTENTS HISTORY OF NLRSD DESEGREGATION PLAN SECTION 1: STUDENT ASSIGNMENT PLAN SECTION 2: STAFF RECRUITMENT PLAN SECTION 2A: STAFF RECRUITMENT PLAN SECTION 3: SPECIAL EDUCATION PLAN SECTION 3A: SPECIAL EDUCATION SECTION 4: COMPENSATORYE DUCATION SECTION 5: COMPENSATORY PROGRAMS AIMED AT DROPOUT PREVENTION SECTION 6: EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES SECTION 7: DISCIPLINE, EXPULSIONS AND SUSPENSIONS DISCIPLINE 902 910 919 924 926 938 939 960 963 966 SECTION 8: GIFTED AND TALENTED EDUCATION 968 SECTION 9: SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION AND INADEQUATE FACILITIES 973 SP-00700 HISTORY OF NLRSD DESEGREGATION PLAN The desegregation plan approved by the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit in its decision in Little Rock School Dist. v. Pulaski County Special School Dist. No. 1, et al, 921 F.2d 1371 (8th Cir. 1990) on December 12, 1990 (hereinafter \"NLR Plan\") is actually to be found in several documents beginning with its original submission in March, 1986 and culminating with the stipulation regarding compensatory education filed on October 25, 1989. The purpose of this document is to consolidate all the elements of the Plan into a single document for ease of reference. The NLR Plan was initiated by the filing on March 17, 1986 of the \"Plan for Implementing the Remedial Order of the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit as It Applies to the North Little Rock School District\" ( hereinafter \"March Plan\") . See Joint Designated Record Vol. 1 at 67-69\nVol. 2 at 81-364\nand Vol.3 at 365-535 (hereinafter'' __ JDR __ \"). The purpose of this initial submission was to address the interdistrict violations addressed by the Court of Appeals in LRSD v. PCSSD, 778 F.2d 404, 435 (8th Cir. 1985). The district court, however, required the NLRSD to provide a plan to address its intradistrict violations as well, and in response the NLRSD filed on October 14, 1986, its \"Supplement to Plan for Implementing the Remedial Order of the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit as It Applies to the North Little Rock School District\" (hereinafter \"October Supplement\"). 3 JDR 536- 634. 902 IILRSD SP-00701 In its Order of February 27, 1987, the district court approved the NLR Plan as described in these two documents. LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367-68 (E.D. Ark. 1987)\nsee also, LRSD v. PCSSD, 921 F.2d at 1387. Subsequently, some modifications to the NLR Plan were made either by petition to and approval by the district court or by operation of the settlement among the parties which has now been approved. LRSD v. PCSSD, Order (E.D. Ark., January 18, 1991). The first modification occurred as a result of the NLRSD's motion of July 21, 1987 to add an addendum to the NLR Plan to address the impact of Acts 624 and 762 of 1987 which was approved by the district court by its Order of July 27, 1987. Copies of the Addendum and the district court's order have been attached as Addendum lE to Section 1 of the NLR Plan which addresses student assignment. The next modification occurred as a result of the NLRSD's \"Petition to Modify NLRSD Student Assignment Plan and to Close Central Junior High School\" filed on July 20, 1988 ( 4 JDR 910) (hereinafter \"NLR Secondary Reorganization\") and approved by the district court by its Order of September 1, 1988. 5 JDR 1032. This modification provided for the reorganization of NLRSD secondary schools beginning in the 1990-91 school year and resulted in a single high school for the NLRSD with grades 9-10 at the former Northeast High School campus and grades 11-12 at the former Ole Main campus. Additionally, Central Junior High School was closed and the student assignment zones for the remaining three 903 RLRSD SP-00702 junior high schools for grades 7 and 8 redrawn to ensure comparable racial balance. These modifications were implemented at the beginning of the 1990-91 school year, i.e., August, 1990. The remaining modifications occurred as a result of the settlement among the parties. First, the parties agreed to the NLRSD's \"Petition to Modify NLRSD's Desegregation Plan\" (hereinafter \"NLR 2/89 Petition\") submitted to the Special Master in February, 1989 and incorporated into the parties' \"Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\". See 8 JDR 1737-46. The provisions of the Petition dealing with interim efforts to desegregate Lakewood Junior High School pending the secondary reorganization to be implemented in the 1990-91 school year (8 JDR 1737-39) were satisfied and are no longer applicable since the secondary reorganization has now been accomplished. The other provisions of the Petition have now been incorporated into the NLR Plan. The final modification of the NLR Plan occurred as a result of the \"Stipulated Compensatory Education Programs to be Implemented by the NLRSD with Settlement Monies\" (hereinafter \"NLR Comp. Ed. Stip.\") filed on October 25, 1989 (14 JDR 3584-91) which satisfied paragraph VIII D. of the Pulaski County School Desegregation Case Settlement Agreement, March, 1989 (as revised September 28, 1989) (14 JDR 3483) (requiring a description of the compensatory education programs to be implemented by the NLRSD with funds to be received from the Settlement Agreement). This Stipulation also gave effect to and now supersedes that portion of the original NLR Plan which described additional compensatory education programs 904 RLRSD SP-00703 which could be implemented only with additional State funds. See 3 JDR 562-574. In organizing the original NLR Plan and these modifications into a single plan document, the March Plan has been used as the base document. Thus, Sections 1, 2 and 3 of the October Supplement, which involve the same topics as Sections 1, 2 and 3 of the March Plan, have been relabeled Sections lA, 2A and 3A and placed immediately after Sections 1, 2 and 3 respectively of the March Plan language. Sections 4 through 9 of the October Supplement have then been added as Sections 4 through 9 of this consolidated plan document. The addenda which immediately followed the respective sections of the March Plan and October Supplement have been moved to a separate volume for attachments. Commentary - is included through the use of footnotes or parentheticals\nomissions are reflected by\"[***]\" with an explanatory footnote as appropriate\nand new language is identified by footnote or by underlining as appropriate (except for this History, all of which is new). These steps were taken to minimize the amount of editorial change and to retain as much of the original language as possible since that is the language approved by this Court and the Court of Appeals. SP-00704 905 IILRSD PLAN FOR IMPLEMENTING THE REMEDIAL ORDER OF THE COURT OF APPEALS FOR THE EIGHTH CIRCUIT AS IT APPLIES TO THE NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1 1ariginally submitted on March 17, 1986, supplemented on October 14, 1986 and approved by the Court in LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367-68 (E.D. Ark. 1987). 906 RLRSD SP-00705 - [***]2 INTRODUCTION I I 3 In its decision of April 13, 1984, this Court found the North Little Rock School District (NLRSD) to have committed the following segregative acts: 1. The NLRSD constructed and renovated schools in a manner which sought to preserve the racial identification of North Little Rock neighborhoods. Little Rock School Dist. v. Pulaski County Special School District No. 1, 584 F. Supp. 328, 343, Paragraph 39 (E.D. Ark. 1984) (LRSD I). 2. Blacks were underrepresented on the administrative staff and teaching faculties of the NLRSD schools. Paragraph 91. Id. at 348, 3. Whites were underrepresented in schools south of Interstate 40 and blacks were underrepresented in schools north of Interstate 40. Id., Paragraph 92. 4. The NLRSD has failed to have blacks coaching at the senior high school level. Id., at 348-49, Paragraph 93. 5. Blacks were significantly overrepresented in special education classes and no valid testing procedure could explain it. Id., at 349, Paragraph 94 and 99. Furthermore, the NLRSD classified white students as \"learning disabled\" while blacks 'The March Plan Introduction was rendered irrelevant by the requirement to file a plan to address the NLRSD's intradistrict as well as interdistrict violations and has therefore been deleted. See 2 JDR 83-84. ~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 541-43. 907 IILRSD SP-00706 were classified as \"mentally retarded.\" Id. at 350, Paragraph 103(l)(d) \u0026amp; (l)(g). 6. Blacks were underrepresented in the NLRSD's gifted and talented program. Id. at 349-50, Paragraph 100 \u0026amp; Paragraph 103(l)(a). 7. A disproportionate number of blacks drop out of school. Id. at 349, Paragraph 102. 8. Blacks were disproportionately expelled from school. Id., Paragraph 102. 9 . The NLRSD does not provide education programs for black students. 103(l)(c). adequate compensatory Id. at 350, Paragraph 10. A disproportionate number of black students were bussed in the NLRSD with \"less than satisfactory desegregation results.\" Id. at 351, Paragraph 103(5)(a). However, only four of these violations were found to have had a continuing interdistrict effect. Specifically, the NLRSD \"(a) failed to assign blacks to its central administration or to high school principalships and coaching positions\n( b) concentrated whites in schools north of Interstate 40 and blacks in schools out of it\n(c) assigned students to special education classifications on a discriminatory basis\nand (d) failed to apportion the burdens of transportation equally on black and white students.\" Id. at 353, Paragraph 10. The NLRSD's remedial plan, submitted as NLRX R-1, was directed toward remedying those segregative acts determined to have 908 RLRSD SP-00707 interdistrict segregative effects and did not address those violations which were intradistrict in their effect under the assumption that remedial efforts directed to intradistrict violations would be addressed in proceedings in Davis v. Board of Educ. of NLRSD, No. LR-68-C-151. The Court, however, directed that North Little Rock supplement its remedial plan in the present case to address the intradistrict violations that were not determined to have an interdistrict effect and that is the purpose of this document. 909 RLRSD SP-00708 SECTION 1: STUDENT ASSIGNMENT PLAN4 HISTORY OF STORM PLAN5 Elementary students within the District are assigned according to the Storm Plan in grades 1-6. The Storm Plan pairs a school in a predominately black area with one or more schools in a predominately white area. These schools are grouped so that each group's racial make-up represents the racial make-up of the District. This plan is based on two primary premises: first, that it accomplish total integration and, second, that it is the least discriminatory method possible in that no area of the District can be considered to be favored in any way. In order to be as fair as possible, students were initially - selected at random for transportation. The following procedure was used: all letters of the alphabet were placed in a container and an alphabet was drawn from the container. Beginning with that letter of the alphabet the student body in each school was divided into groups of appropriate size. When the end of the alphabet is reached, the process starts over and the District continues to regroup alphabetically. ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS6 The North Little Rock School District desegregation plan, 4rhe Court found in LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367 (E.D. Ark. 1987) that the NLRSD had corrected any violations relating to student assignment. ~ource: March Plan, 2 JDR 85 ~ource: March Plan, 2 JDR 85 910 RLRSD SP-00709 - approved by the Court of Appeals, see Davis v. Board of Ed., 449 F.2d 500, 501 (8th Cir. 1971) and revised with the approval of the district court, see Davis v. Board of Ed., Order (E.D. Ark., May 12, 1978), incorporates the following features 7: 1. Since the total student population of the elementary schools in the North Little Rock School District is approximately 42 percent black and 58 percent non-black students, each elementary school in the district must have a student population which approximates as nearly as is feasible these percentages. 2. To assure that each school will have a student population which is composed of approximately 42 percent black students and 58 percent non-black students, schools are placed in groups so that students within each group can be assigned to schools in such numbers as is necessary to achieve the desired racial composition in each school. See Addendum lA. 3. Children entering the first grade after May 1, 1978, as well as all children entering the district from another school district after May 1, 1978, will enter the District pupil assignment plan according to the last name of the child shown on his official birth certificate (or his previous school record if he is entering from another ~tatistics in this section reflect the school population of the NLRSD in the 1985-86 school year since this part of the Plan was submitted in March, 1986. As of October 1, 1990, the elementary student population in the NLRSD was 49. 2% black and 50.8% non-black. 911 RLRSD SP-00710 school district) and will continue in the rotation cycle under that name. 4. Kindergarten students are assigned to their neighborhood schools and are not transported for purposes of racial balance. This was approved by the court in Davis v. Board of Ed., 362 F. Supp. 730 (E.D. Ark. 1973). S. Black students living in predominately white areas and white students living in predominately black areas are not bussed or transferred. The questions and answers concerning the District's student assignment plan (Addendum 18) are published in August of each year and mailed to all patrons of the North Little Rock School District. The decision of the Court of Appeals directs that the student - population in the District have a racial composition within 25% of the racial composition of the District as a whole. Mem. Op. at 62\n778 F.2d at 435. The NLRSD has 4,620 elementary students of whom 2,467 (57.9%) are non-black and 1,793 (42.1%) are black. Thus, in order to meet the~ 25% standard, each school must have a non-black population between 42.4% and 73.4%, i.e., 57.9% ~ 15.5%. All the elementary schools in the District are presently in compliance with this standard. 8 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS9 \u0026amp;rhese data and the use of the present tense related to data provided in March, 1986. 9source: March Plan, 2 JDR 87 and NLR Secondary Reorganization, 4 JDR 910. 912 IILRSD SP-00711 Junior high schools, grades seven and eight, 10 are also assigned by zones. [***) Each junior high school reflects the racial make-up of the District. These zones will be changed, if and when necessary, to maintain the racial balance within the District. [***)11 SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS [ * * * ] 12 For twenty years, the NLRSD had two senior high schools - Northeast and Ole Main. Beginning in the 1990-91 school year, however, these schools were consolidated into a single school - North Little Rock High School - with two campuses. All students grades 9-10 are assigned to the East campus (formerly Northeast High School} and all students grades 11-12 are assigned to the West campus ( formerly Ole Main) . 13 STUDENT DISTRIBUTION NORTH AND SOUTH OF I-40 1As a result of the NLR Secondary Reorganization, 4 JDR 910, Central Junior High School was closed. The remaining three junior high schools were converted to grades 7-8 rather than 8-9 and their attendance zones were redrawn to ensure racial balance. The language of this subsection has been modified to reflect these changes. 11Addendum lC, 2 JDR 94, which was referenced in the deleted language has also been eliminated. 14.l'he section in the March Plan, 2 JDR 88, dealing with senior high school assignment has .been deleted since it has been superseded by the NLR Secondary Reorganization, 4 JDR 910. Addendum lD, 2 JDR 95, which was referenced in this language has also been deleted. 1~ource: NLR Secondary Reorganization, 4 JDR 910. 913 RLRSD SP-00712 [***]14 VOLUNTARY TRANSFERS BETWEEN NLRSD AND PCSSD 15 To a.uoid thi. poti.ntia.l that any NL.RSO :.i.conda.ry :.chool:. might thi. othi.r :.i.conda.ry achool:., and to a.:.:.i:.t thi. Fu.la.a.Id Cou.nty Spi.cia.l School Oi:.trict in thi. gff,-ctiui. impl,-mi.nta.tion of it:. propoai.d long tgrm d,-:.,-gr,-ga.tion plan, th,- North L.ittli. Rock School Oi:.trict will a.:.:.ist th,_ FCSSO in it:. i.ffort:. to rgcru.it black :.tu.d,-nt:. from Ridgi.roa.d, Roa'- City a.nd Ci.ntra.l Junior High School:. to a.tt,-nd Oa.k Groui. Junior High School on a. voluntary ba.:.i:. In addition, th,- NL.RSO will pgrmit black :.tud,-nt:. from Ol,- Ma.in High School to a.tt,-nd thi. :.i.nior high :.chool a.t Oak t\nrovi. prouidi.d no :.chool a.nd that :.a.id tra.n:.f,-r:. do not rg:.ult in a lo:.:. of rgv,-nui. to th,- NL.RSO North L.ittl,- Rock will a.l:.o a.cc,-pt thi. tra.n:.fgr of 1-ihit,- stud,-nt:. from Oak t\nrovi. Junior and Si.nior High School:. to Oli. Ma.in High School a.nd Ro:.,- City, Ridg,-roa.d and Ci.ntra.l Junior High School:. undi.r thi.:.,- :.a.mi. condition:. To aid in the desegregation of NLRSD and PCSSD schools, the North Little Rock School District and the Pulaski County Special School District will cooperate in each other's efforts to recruit 1~he language in the March Plan regarding student distribution north and south of I-40 has been deleted since it does not describe any plan, policy or procedure governing student assignments and any violation in this regard has been found to be corrected. See LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367 (E.D. Ark. 1987). 1~ource: NLR 2/89 Petition, 8 JDR 1739-40. 914 RLRSD SP-00713 black students from the NLRSD to attend PCSSD schools and white students in the PCSSD to attend NLRSD schools on a voluntary basis provided no transfer negatively affects the desegregation status of any NLRSD or PCSSD school. 16 COMMUNICATION OF ANTICIPATED SCHOOL ENROLLMENTS Further, the parties desire that any shifts in the racial composition of schools that might fall outside the Court-approved standard be identified and addressed before the beginning of a school year. To this end, the North Little Rock School District agrees it will prepare an estimate of the anticipated school enrollment of each of its schools on or before July 1 for the coming school year. If it is determined that any school is within two percentage points of the limit approved by the Court, the Court and other parties will be notified and appropriate action, if any, will be determined and taken prior to the commencement of the academic year. INTERDISTRICT TRANSFERS OF TEACHERS' CHILDREN. 17 In the 1987 Legislative Session, the Arkansas General Assembly passed two Acts which either directly affect or could affect the 16source: NLR 2/89 Petition, 8 JDR 1739 -40. The language limiting such transfers to Oak Grove Junior and Senior High Schools in the PCSSD and to secondary schools in the NLRSD has been modified to reflect the adoption of the Public School Choice Act, A.C.A.  6-18-206 (Supp. 1989), passed after the NLR 2/89 Petition was agreed to by the parties and submitted to the Court, which permits such interdistrict transfers to any school in another district provided only that one is moving from a greater racial proportion to a lower racial proportion. 17Source: Proposed Addendum submitted by NLRSD on July 21, 1987 and approved by the Court's Order of July 27, 1987 regarding Acts 624 and 762 of 1987. See Addendum lE. 915 RLRSD SP-00714 desegregation efforts of the North Little Rock School District. Act 762 of 1987, copy attached as part of Addendum lE, 18 directs that no school district may permit or accept transfers of students from other school districts if either school district is under a desegregation order and the transfer would negatively affect the racial balance of the district subject to the desegregation order. This policy is consistent with the established policy of the NLRSD and the District will continue to adhere strictly to these requirements. However, the Legislature also passed Act 624 of 1987, copy attached as part of Addendum lE, which states that \"the children or wards of anyone who is a public school teacher in one school district entitled and a resident of another school district ... shall be to attend school in either ... district ... \". This is seemingly inconsistent with the \"no transfer\" requirements of Act 762, and, as a result, the Attorney General was asked for an opinion regarding this apparent conflict. In Opinion No. 87-190, copy attached as part of Addendum lE, the Attorney General opined that a child living in one district who was enrolled, pursuant to Act 624, in another district was not a transfer subject to the provisions of Act 762 since the child was statutorily entitled to attend school in either district. In light of the Attorney General's opinion, the NLRSD has no discretion regarding the admission of the children or wards of non- 1~hile Addenda lC and 10 have been deleted, see notes 10 and 11 supra, this has been designated lE to avoid any possible confusion. 916 RLRSD SP-00715 resident teachers and this situation could result in an interdistrict segregative effect on the racial composition of the LRSD and NLRSD. Specifically, the NLRSD has 578 teachers of whom 141 live in the LRSD, the great majority of whom are white. 19 Thus, if a significant number of these teachers enrolled their children in the NLRSD, it would result in a negative impact on the racial composition of the LRSD student body. To date, the number of applications for such interdistrict enrollment of teachers' children has been minimal and the race of those applying has been so balanced as to have no adverse effect on either school district involved. However, to protect against the potential adverse interdistrict effect that such enrollment makes possible, the NLRSD will report to the Court annually regarding the - number and race of teacher's children who are being enrolled in the district where the teacher is employed rather than in the district in which they reside. Should a problem develop, the NLRSD will ask the Court for relief. Until that time, however, the NLRSD will adhere to the requirements of Acts 624 and 762 as interpreted by the Attorney General's Opinion No. 87-190. 1'These numbers were accurate as of July, 1987 when the - Addendum was submitted to the court for approval. 917 IILRSD SP-00716 SECTION lA: STUDENT ASSIGNMENT20 Section 1 of NLRX R-1 21 addressed issues relating to student assignment and established a plan for assigning students in the NLRSD which remediated any concentration of whites and blacks north and south of Interstate 40 and achieved a racial balance in each school well within the standard of plus or minus one fourth of the District-wide racial make-up. These student assignment provisions were not criticized at trial or in the proposed findings submitted by the parties and the NLRSD believes these provisions fully remediate the effects of any violation related to student assignment. 22 2Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 544. 21NLRX R-1 is the March Plan. 24I'he Court held in LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367 (E.D. Ark. 1987) that all deficiencies related to student assignment had been corrected. 918 RLRSD SP-00717 - SECTION 2: STAFF RECRUITMENT PLAN23 The Eighth Circuit directed the North Little Rock School District to develop a plan to comply with earlier decrees regarding increasing the representation of blacks as principals and administrators in the North Little Rock School District. To ensure that a greater number of black applicants are attracted to teaching positions which would improve the pool of qualified applicants for administrative positions, and in order to meet the standards set by applicable law, the North Little Rock School District proposes the following components of a comprehensive recruitment plan. INTERNAL ACTIVITIES 24 1. The District will develop a budget that anticipates activities related to all components of the plan and provides the necessary funding for these activities. 2. North Little Rock School District personnel will be notified of vacancies in administrative and principal positions and will be encouraged to apply. 3. Periodically, the North Little Rock School District will conduct an interest survey among its teachers and administrators with the purpose of identifying those individuals who would be interested in advancement to administrative or principal positions. COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CONTACTS25 23source: March Plan, 2 JDR 96 24source: March Plan, 2 JDR 96 25source: March Plan, 2 JDR 97 919 IILRSD SP-OO718 College and universities are perhaps the qualified applicants for teaching positions. District will contact these institutions for recruiting qualified black applicants. best source Therefore, the purpose of the of 1. The District will identify regional colleges and universities which have strong teacher education programs with significant black enrollment. 2. The District will identify regional universities having post graduate education programs with significant black enrollment for the purpose of soliciting black applicants for administrative positions. 3. The district will contact those institutions identified in paragraphs 1 and 2, as well as others, using a letter of introduction (Addendum 2A) and will provide them with a brochure containing brief information about the District, occupational opportunities and employee benefits\nan Equal Opportunity Employer statement\nand a kit containing other pertinent information. 4. District personnel will visit institutions expressing interest, those teacher training with special emphasis on established career days or special events sponsored by the institutions and with special attention given to institutions that have historically produced great numbers of black educators. S. District personnel will attend visitation seminars at interested institutions at times agreed upon by the 920 RLRSD SP-00719 6. institution and the District. Prearrangements and announcements would be made through the appropriate officials at the institutions. The District will develop appropriate materials for distribution to institutions and their interested students, including an introductory letter (Addendum 2B)\na description of employee benefits (Addendum 2C)\na District brochure (Addendum 20)\nan application\nspecific informational items on teaching, coaching, and administrative positions\nnotices on current job vacancies\na schedule of visitations and seminars\nand the brochure described in paragraph 3 above. COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES 26 Another excellent source for recruitment can be found in community programs and activities. To this end, the District will ensure that its participation in community programs and activities is consistent with its commitment as an equal opportunity employers. 1. Black community leaders will be invited to talk with the North Little Rock School District concerning the employment of black administrators. 2. The District will also contact community organizations, such V as the Urban League of Greater Little Rock, which provide employment referrals for black professionals. PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS 27 2t:source: March Plan, 2 JDR 98. 2~ource: March Plan, 2 JDR 99. 921 BLRSD SP-00720 Placement services provided by professional associations for their members is an additional method of recruitment. 1. The District will identify those educational organizations which could serve as a source of black applicants for administrative positions. 2. The District will contact those organizations which provide employment information and will provide them with relevant materials regarding employment with the NLRSD. 3. Where appropriate, District personnel will attend regional or national conferences sponsored by professional associations for the purpose of recruiting administrative personnel. OTHER OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES 28 1. Recruitment activities will be administered by those fully aware of the District's non-discrimination and equal employment opportunity policies. 2. Recruitment programs may be held in hotel/motel conference rooms in cities considered a promising source of applicants - for example, Memphis, Tennessee\nJackson, Mississippi\nBaton Rouge, Louisiana. Such programs would be preceded by extensive local publicity. 3. It will be the policy of the North Little Rock School District to notify in writing all recruitment sources and to state in all recruiting materials, including newspaper advertisements, that it is an \"Equal Opportunity Employer\". 4. The District will produce a 10-minute slide show or videotape 28source: March Plan, 2 JDR 99. 922 SP-00721 IILRSD presentation describing the District and occupational opportunities in the District for use at recruitment sites. 5. When appropriate, the District will advertise teaching and administrative vacancies in newspapers and other media in communities that have colleges and universities targeted for recruitment efforts. SP-00722 923 RLRSD SECTION 2A: STAFF RECRUITMENT PLAN29 In Section 2 of NLRX R-1 30 the NLRSD enumerated the steps it will take to improve the recruitment and selection of black faculty and staff. Included in these are job posting and an employee interest inventory intended to improve promotional opportunities for black employees, with particular emphasis on placing blacks in administrative and principal positions. These efforts are all related to remediating violations 2 and 4 which related to the underrepresentation of blacks principal and coaching positions. in administrative, teaching, At trial, there was criticism of the failure to provide for numerical goals and timetables. In the NLRSD's Proposed Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law, the District addressed this criticism by incorporating requirements that the District develop numerical goals and timetables. NLRSD F.O.F. \u0026amp; C.O.L. #20. A labor economist will be employed to conduct an analysis of the pool of qualified applicants in the relevant labor market for each job classification. 31 In addition, the vacancies in the District for the last five years, anticipated new positions and positions it is anticipated will be eliminated will be considered in determining the vacancies reasonably anticipated in the future. The 29source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 545-46. 3:rhe March Plan. 31This labor market analysis was completed in 1988 and submitted to the Special Master. See 5 JDR 1451-78. 924 RLRSD SP-00723 availability data and vacancy information will then be utilized in developing reasonable goals and timetables for each classification. The NLRSD proposes that these be submitted to the Court no later than March 1, 1987. NLRSD F.O.F. \u0026amp; C.O.L. No. 23. When fully implemented, the NLRSD believes these recruitment efforts and selection goals will fully remediate any violations related to the underrepresentation of blacks in administrative, teaching, principal or coaching positions. 925 RLRSD SP-00724 SECTION 3: SPECIAL EDUCATION PLAN32 INTRODUCTION The Court of Appeals has ordered the North Little Rock School District to adopt a \"racially neutral plan evaluating and placing students requiring special education.\" Mem. Op. at 61, 778 F.2d at 435. In addressing this directive, the NLRSD remains cognizant of several important factors. First, the District is obligated by State and federal law to provide every handicapped child with a free and appropriate education. While classifying black children as in need of special education when, in fact, they do not need it, could be discriminatory and, thus, a violation of the Constitution, the failure to provide special education to a black child who did need it would be a violation of Public Law 94-142 and Arkansas Act - 102 of 197 3. Recognizing the tension between these important public policies, the District considers that the emphasis of its special education plan must be on ensuring the accuracy of its evaluation programs and the elimination of any masking influence caused by cultural of socioeconomic biases. Second, the District recognizes that the Court of Appeals' primary concern is with the classification of black students as educably mentally retarded (EMR) and has, therefore, focused specifically on the evaluation, placement and instructional practices related to its mental retardation programs. Third, the District also notes that the evidence giving rise to the Court's findings arose from data collected in 1976 and 1980. Since 1980, however, significant 32source: March Plan, 2 JDR 117. 926 RLRSD SP-00725 - changes have been implemented in the State and federal regulations governing evaluation and placement in special education programs, many of which were specifically aimed at safeguarding against the misclassification of students as needing special education. See generally, Referral, Placement \u0026amp; Appeal Procedures: For Special Education and Related Services (Ark. Dept. of Educ. 1985) ([***]\nhereinafter referred to as \"Referral Procedures\".) and Program Standards and Eligibility Criteria for Special Education (Ark. Dept. of Educ. 1985). \"Program Standards\".) ( [ ***] 33\nhereinafter referred to as With these factors in mind, the North Little Rock School District proposes the following plan for implementing a race neutral special education program. STRICT ADHERENCE TO PROCEDURAL SAFEGUARDS REQUIRED BY STATE GUIDELINES 34 The Arkansas Department of Education, and the Regulatory Agency Responsible for the enforcement of the Education of the Handicapped Act of 1975, P.L. 94-142, 20 u.s.c.  1401 et seq., has issued detailed regulations governing the operation of special education programs in Arkansas public schools. These detailed guidelines were first issued in 1981 and were updated and reissued in 1985. See \"Referral Procedures\" (1981) and \"Program Standards\" 33since these are published documents available from the Arkansas Department of Education and are quite voluminous, they have been deleted as Addendum 3A and 3B and, references to Addendum 3A or 3B have been deleted. 3'1source: March Plan, 2 JDR 118 927 RLRSD SP-00726 - ( 1981) contained in NLRX 28. [ *** J 35 These guidelines incorporate provisions which specifically act as safeguards against improper evaluation and placement. DUE PROCESS PROTECTIONS36 In \"Referral Procedures\" ( 1981 \u0026amp; 1985), the Department of Education adopted detailed requirements for due process designed to safeguard against the misevaluation of a child and to ensure that the best educational interests of the child were of paramount importance. The North Little Rock School District complied with these requirements by implementing due process procedures consistent with the State regulations. A copy of the NLRSD's due process procedures are attached hereto as Addendum 3C. For a complete understanding of all the details of these procedures, one is referred to the procedures themselves. A summary of some of the more important features follows: 1. Parents must be notified of every step in the referral, evaluation and placement process and given the opportunity to attend and participate in all meetings and conferences. 2. Parents must give their consent before any formal evaluation or testing of the child may be done. 3. The parent has the right to be represented by the person of their choice at all proceedings. While not required by State or federal regulations, the NLRSD provides the parents of children being evaluated with a list of independent agencies who provide assistance to parents in this process. See 35Reference to Addendum 3A and 3B deleted. 3~ource: March Plan, 2 JDR 119 928 lfLRSD SP-00727 Addendum 3D. 4. No child can be placed in a special education program without either parental consent or court order. 5. The parent may request an independent professional evaluation from a list of twenty-four approved agencies. See Addendum 3E. While the NLRSD is required to pay for such an evaluation only in the event the District's evaluation is found to be incorrect, the NLRSD has nonetheless paid for every independent evaluation requested in the past even though its evaluations have never been found to be incorrect. The NLRSD will continue this practice to the extent its budget permits. 6. Finally, the parent has the right to appeal any evaluation or placement decision to a hearing officer, who conducts a formal evidentiary hearing, and ultimately to a court of competent jurisdiction. See \"Referral Procedures\" at 24-33 (1985). 7. In any appeal, the burden of proof as to any placement is upon the school district. See \"Referral Procedures\" at l.B, p. 24 (1985). 8. The NLRSD advises parents of these rights in writing at the beginning of the referral and evaluation process. ---SAFEGUARDS AGAINST IMPROPER USE OF TEST INSTRUMENTS37 In addition to the procedural safeguards discussed above which are designed to ensure an open process involving fully informed parents having access to independent review of any decision, the State regulations first adopted in 1981 also require the incorporation of specific safeguards in the assessment process. 3~ource: March Plan, 2 JDR 120. 929 RLRSD SP-00728 The most important of these safeguards are as follows: 1. Tests and other evaluation materials: a. Have been validated for the specific purpose for which they are used\nand b. Are administered by trained personnel in conformance with the instructions provided by their producer. c. Include materials tailored to assess specific areas of educational need 9nd not merely those which are designed to provide a single general intelligence quotient. 2. No single procedure is used as the sole criterion for determining an appropriate educational program for a child. 3. The evaluation is made by a multidisciplinary team or group of persons, including at least one teacher or other specialist with knowledge in the area of suspected disability. 4. The child is assessed in all areas related to the suspected disability, including, where appropriate, health, vision, hearing, social and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, communicative status, and motor abilities. 5. Intellectual ability must be measured by an individual intelligence test appropriate to the student and such testing may only be done by a certificated educational examiner, licensed psychologist or licensed psychological examiner. See \"Referral Procedures\" at 3-4 (1985). STATE REGULATIONS SPECIFY WHICH TESTS MAY BE USED IN MENTAL RETARDATION ASSESSMENT38 38source: March Plan, 2 JDR 122. 930 RLRSD SP-00729 In furtherance of the requirement that tests must have been validated for the purpose for which they are used, the Arkansas Department of Education, in its \"Program Standards\" specifies by name, which tests may be validly used for what purpose. This is done for each handicap category. The provisions relating to mental retardation assessment are found at pages 13-1 through 13-7 of the \"Program Standards\" (1985). The North Little Rock School District is in compliance with these regulations. It uses no test not specifically approved in these regulations in making final evaluation and placement decisions and will continue to adhere to this practice. ADOPTION OF ALTERNATIVE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES AND INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICES SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED TO AVOID OVERREPRESENTATION OF MINORITY STUDENTS IN EMR PROGRAMS39 In addition to maintaining its compliance with all State and federal regulations governing special education, particularly those provisions designed as safeguards against the misclassification of individuals as being mentally retarded, the North Little Rock School District will engage in an on-going effort to identify and study new assessment and evaluation techniques which are designed to address the problem of overrepresentation of minority children in EMR programs. [ * * * ] 40 39source: March Plan, 2 JDR 122 4References to SOMPA found in the March Plan, 2 JDR 123, have been eliminated pursuant to the NLR 2/89 Petition, 8 JDR 1740-41. 931 RLRSD SP-00730 CANTALICIAN STUDY41 In 1984, the Cantalician Foundation, published a booklet entitled \"Technical Assistance on Alternative Practices Related to the Problem of the Overrepresentation of Black and Other Minority Students in Classes for the Educ ably Mentally Retarded\" (Cantalician Foundation, Inc.: 1984). (Addendum 3F\nhereinafter referred to as \"Cantalician Study at __ \"). This publication was commissioned by the Office of Civil Rights, United States Department of Education in an effort to provide technical assistance to state and local educational agencies in the reduction of the overrepresentation of minority students in EMR programs. As a result of its study, the Cantalician Foundation identified six alternative instructional practices, two alternative referral practices and two alternative assessment practices which appeared to be effective in reducing minority placement in EMR classes. The alternative instructional practices were endorsed by the Foundation because, if implemented successfully, they would enable some students at risk of EMR placement to improve their performance to the extent that referral for special services would not be necessary. The six practices identified were: 1. Direct Instruction with DISTAR (Cantalician Study at 10) 2. Exemplary Center for Reading Instruction (Id. at 13) 3. Precision Teaching (Id. at 20) 4~ource: March Plan, 2 JDR 123. 932 RLRSD SP-00731 4. Peer Tutoring (Id. at 20) 5. Adaptive Learning Environment Model (Id. at 23) 6. Computer Assisted Instruction (Id. at 26) 42 At page 7-8 of its March, 1986 Plan, the NLRSD committed to implement the six alternative instructional practices recommended by the Cantalician Foundation in its report in 1984. Three of these practices have been implemented -- DISTAR, Peer Tutoring and Computer Assisted Instruction. The contents of the Exemplary Center for Reading Instruction (ECRI) and Adaptive Learning Environment Model (ALEM) have been implemented through other programs although not necessarily in the form specifically described by the Cantalician Foundation in its report. The parties recognize that the purpose of the Cantalician Report was to provide - school districts with exemplary programs which could be adapted to each district's curriculum and needs. It was never suggested that the programs could be effective only if implemented exactly as described in the Report. Thus, because the North Little Rock School District has adopted various programs such as PACIR, TESA and Classroom Management as well as DISTAR and Computer Assisted Instruction which implement the educational content and elements of ECRI and ALEM, the District has acted consistent with the intent of the Cantalician Report. Therefore, the parties agree that the North Little Rock School District should not be required to 42A detailed description of these practices is contained in the Cantalician Study attached hereto as Addendum 3F and will not be repeated here. [This footnote is in the original Plan. See October Supplement, 2 JDR 124.) 933 RLRSD SP-00732 implement the Adaptive Learning Environment Model and the Exemplary Center for Reading Instruction alternative practices except as is already being done through other programs. (See Exhibit A Attached Addendum 3J). The sixth proposed alternative instructional practice was Precision Teaching. This has been very effective in teaching the profoundly handicapped but even the Cantalician Foundation warned that there was as yet no evidence of its efficacy in teaching nonhandicapped students. The North Little rock School District has made several attempts to obtain information regarding the effectiveness of this method in teaching non-handicapped students but has been unable to obtain such information. The District will continue to seek this information but the parties agree that the North Little Rock School District should not be required to implement the Precision Teaching Model as an alternative instructional practice until such supporting data is forthcoming. The District will assess the use of Precision Teaching when data is supplied supporting its efficacy for non-handicapped students. 43 CANTALICAN STUDY -- ALTERNATIVE ASSESSMENT PRACTICES 44 The Cantalician Foundation also recommended four alternative referral and assessment practices: 1. Pupil Appraisal Assessment Program (Id. at 30) 4~ource: NLR Petition, 8 JDR 1741-43. 44source: March Plan, 2 JDR 124-25. 934 RLRSD 2. Rapid Exam for Early Referral and Classroom Learning Screening (Id. at 35) 3. Reclassification and Declassification (Id. at 40) 4. Interactive Model for Professional Acticn and Change for Teachers (Id. at 46) The alternative referral and assessment practices listed above will be closely studied by the NLRSD. If there are critical attributes within the above referenced practices that are not currently in use in the North Little Rock School District and the addition of these attributes will lower referral and placement rates in the District without compromising educational quality, these attributes will be added or used to replace current practices. OTHER ALTERNATIVE PRACTICES45 In addition to the alternative instructional practices endorsed by the Cantalician Foundation, the NLRSD has also implemented a Chapter I Project for Elementary schools designed to identify children in grades K - 2 who lack the basic learning skills necessary for successful performance in the regular classroom. Teacher aides are assigned to the regular classroom specifically for the purpose of working with the students in this program and provide these students with intensive, individualized instruction designed to develop the learning skills needed. When successful this program avoids the need to place a student in a special education program and permits advancement through the 4~ource: March Plan, 2 JDR 125. 935 RLRSD normal curriculum. A more detailed description of this program is contained in Addendum 3G, entitled \"North Little Rock Public Schools: A Chapter I Project for Elementary schools\". INCREASED REVIEW BY INDEPENDENT PARTIES 46 State regulations provide that the Department of Education will conduct a review of each school district's special education program at least once every three years to determine compliance with all State and federal regulations. The North Little Rock School District's last compliance review was completed on April 18, 1984 and the District was found to be in compliance. See NLRX 30 \"Monitoring Checklist and Compliance Letter'' attached as Addendum 3H. All suggested improvements were implemented by January 31, 1985. See Letter to Ark. Dept of Education dated 1/31/85 attached as Addendum 3 I . In addition to this regularly scheduled compliance review, the District will invite the following organizations to conduct inservice training and/or periodic review of the district's policies, practices and procedures related to special education. 1. Child Advocacy Services, Inc. 2. Bureau of the Educationally Handicapped 3. Parents' Coalition for the Handicapped 4. Federal Office of Special Education 5. Arkansas Department of Education 6. Office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education 46source: March Plan, 2 JDR 126. 936 RLRSD 5p-00735 As a further effort to open the District's assessment process to outside review and constructive criticism, child advocates will be invited to attend conferences where children's needs are being discussed, subject to parental approval where necessary. The Superintendent of the North Little Rock School District will also appoint a committee whose members will include, but will not be limited to, parents, patrons, students, teachers, licensed examiners, counselors, principals, speech therapists and special education administrators which committee will be charged with reviewing student records and special education procedures and whose members will be asked to attend student conferences. Additionally, this committee will be asked to monitor all phases of the District's special education program and its compliance with State and federal regulations at least every 18 months. 937 RLRSD SP-00736 SECTION 4: COMPENSATORY EDUCATION49 The North Little Rock School District believes that each student can learn and encourages each student to achieve according to his or her best abilities. Careful appraisal, frequent evaluation, and flexible grouping ensure that each student will receive instruction according to identified strengths and needs. The curriculum in the elementary schools places primary emphasis on the basics of reading, spelling, language, mathematics, writing, social studies, science and health. Students also participate in music, art, and physical education activities. Mastery of skills in each subject is stressed, and career awareness is a component in many of the basic subjects. The junior high program provides a period of transition from the elementary school to senior high school. The transition covers all areas of school life: academic, co-curricular, and social. At the junior high level, continued emphasis is placed on the individual and on basic skills instruction, while a wider scope of instructional programs and co-curricular activities is introduced. In addition to basic disciplines, junior high students may select electives in modern foreign languages, industrial arts, home economics, exploratory business, art, communications, choral music, and band. Introduction to competitive athletics, student government, spirit clubs, and special interest organizations encourage self-development and preparation for high school. The senior high schools provide a comprehensive course of 49source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 548. 939 RLRSD SP-00738 study based on the District's commitment to providing a classical college preparatory curriculum and career preparation programs. A strong basic academic program and a wide-range of electives in fine arts, foreign languages, forensics, business, and vocationaltechnical skills offer a multitude of options to high school students. The District recognizes, however, that the regular curriculum is often insufficient in aiding disadvantaged students, particularly disadvantaged minority students suffering the effects of centuries of societal discrimination, to achieve mastery of basic skills. Therefore, within the framework of a comprehensive curriculum which meets and exceeds state standards and which is structured to meet the varying individual needs of all students, the North Little Rock School District must address identified remedial needs of disadvantaged minority students. The following compensatory programs and compensatory components of programs will be provided to help students overcome the segregative effects of a nonunitary school system. Like the Little Rock School District, however, the North Little Rock School District lacks sufficient resources to implement all the compensatory programs it would like to have available and still provide a regular program of instruction which is educationally adequate. The District is aware that Little Rock contends that the State is obligated, pursuant to the Court of Appeals decision in this case, to provide additional funds to all three school districts for additional compensatory education. The NLRSD does 940 RLRSD SP-00739 not necessarily share this interpretation but should Little Rock's position be the correct one, there are compensatory programs beyond the District's present means which should be implemented if the State is obligated to provide the additional funding. Because of this ambiguity in the availability of resources, the NLRSD has provided two lists of compensatory programs. The first lists those programs which the District has implemented or will implement from its present funding base and without additional funding from the State. The second lists those compensatory programs the District would like to implement but cannot without additional State aid. [***)~ PROGRAMS IMPLEMENTED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL STATE ASSISTANCE EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAM Kindergarten programs will be implemented at each elementary school with a District goal of 100 percent attendance by all eligible students. Two diagnostic tests, the Boehm-R Test of Basic Concepts and the [***) Early Prevention of School Failure Test 51 , will be administered to all kindergarten children at the first of each school year. The Boehm test assesses student understanding of fifty basic concepts which are fundamental to understanding verbal 5Addendum 4A and, thus, references to Addendum 4A have been eliminated since Add. 4A has been deleted and superseded by the NLR Comp. Ed. Stip. regarding compensatory programs to be implemented with the settlement funds from the State. See 14 JDR 3584-91. 51The Early Prevention of School Failure Test has replaced the Dallas Preschool Screening Test included in the October Supplement (3 JDR 550-51) pursuant to the NLR 2/89 Petition, 8 JDR 1743. 941 IILRSD SP-00740 instruction and are essential for early school achievement. [***] 52 Teachers will use the data from these two tests to design a prescriptive learning program for each child. They will assume the responsibility for implementing the instructional learning programs. Intensified Instruction. At levels kindergarten through second grade, teacher aides will be assigned to assist teachers in providing learning experiences for selected students who exhibit deficiencies in reading, language, and basic concepts. Third grade students in selected schools will also receive special instruction from paraprofessionals. The paraprofessional will provide supplemental compensatory instruction for selected students. Instruction will occur in small groups and on a one-to-one basis. The instructional lessons provided by the paraprofessional will be correlated with the instructional lessons provided by the teachers. BASIC SKILLS INSTRUCTION53 The curriculum in grades K-7 places primary emphasis on the mastery of the basic skills in reading, language arts, and mathematics. Careful appraisal, frequent evaluation, and flexible grouping ensure that each student will receive instruction according to identified strengths and needs. s2I d. 5~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 552. 942 RLRSD SP-00741 In grades 8-12, continued emphasis will be placed on the individual student and on basic skills instruction within the framework of a comprehensive secondary curriculum. 1. PACIR. A curriculum renewal project for Mathematics and Language Arts called Practical Approach to Curriculum and Instructional Renewal (PACIR) will be developed to insure that classroom learning meets the expectations of parents and students. In this program, objectives will be developed\nstudents' progress will be measured\nstudents' needs will be identified\nany programs, practices, and resources will be adjusted. Through this emphasis on the mastery of the basic skills, the North Little Rock School District will continue to focus on the remediation of identified deficiencies in reading, language arts, and mathematics. 2. Early Childhood Program. First and second grade students, as well as third grade students in selected schools, who have identified reading deficiencies will receive supplemental reading instruction as described in the Early Childhood section. This instruction will be in addition to the regular reading instruction and will be planned and directed by the classroom teacher. The program will include one-to-one tutoring by a trained paraprofessional. 3. Additional Reading Instruction. Generally, District elementary students will be involved 943 RLRSD sp-00742 in only one small group classroom instructional reading lesson per day. Selected elementary students will be involved in an additional reading instructional lesson per day. Students who are reading below grade level and who are experiencing difficulty in reading will be prime candidates for this additional instruction. 4. Academic Skills Development Plans. State Minimum Performance Tests will be administered to students at the third, sixth, and eighth grade levels. Teachers will work in cooperation with principals, parents, and counselors to develop and implement Academic Skills Development Plans for all students who do not pass the Minimum Performance Tests. Each individual student plan will include a list of the basic skills which were not mastered by the student and strategies for remediation of these deficiencies. Teachers will be required to indicate the date when mastery of each skill has been reached. 5. Remedial Reading at the Junior High School Level. Remedial reading classes will be provided at each junior high school for students with deficiencies in reading. The classes will be staffed by reading specialists. Special emphasis will be placed on the following skills: comprehension, word recognition, communication, study skills and survival reading skills. PUPIL SERVICES 54 54source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 554. 944 RLRSD SP-00743 In addition to the opportunities for academic achievement provided by the core curriculum, the District will provide specialized programs and services to diagnose and meet the particular educational needs of all students and to foster their individual physical, social, intellectual, and emotional growth. The special needs of identified disadvantaged and minority students will be met in a variety of ways. 1. Guidance Services. A guidance program will be provided in each school to aid students in educational, personal, social, and vocational development. All students will have access to a guidance counselor. The ratio for secondary schools will be one counselor for every 450 students. For elementary schools, the ratio will be one counselor for every 600 students. Particular attention will be paid in this program to the needs of minority and disadvantaged students. 2. Diagnosis and Prescription. A comprehensive assessment program will permit the District to identify students who are having academic problems and to provide opportunities for them to experience success. The assessment program will include standardized tests in grades 2-10\nMinimum Performance Tests in grades 3, 6, and 8\naptitude tests\nsubject area mastery tests\ndiagnostic tests, such as the Boehm Test\nteacher-made tests\npsychological tests\nand heal th screening. Test data will be used in planning appropriate compensatory programs and services for 945 RLRSD SP-00744 students. Again, particular emphasis will be placed on the needs of minority and disadvantaged students. 3. Social Work. A half-time social worker will provide services for students who have serious problems with school adjustment. The social worker will serve as a link between school, home, and community and will assist students in overcoming academic, social, and behavior problems. 4. Homebound Services. Students with medical conditions which require them to be absent from school for four or more consecutive weeks will be provided instruction by a certified teacher. LEARNING RESOURCES55 1. Library/Media Program. The library/media program is a key component of the instructional program. The District Instructional Materials Center and the individual school media centers are extensions of classroom instruction as books, films, videotapes, and other instructional materials are utilized to expand and enrich the curriculum. The media specialist, recognizing students' unique learning abilities, performance levels, learning styles, and interest, prescribes appropriate curricular and special interest learning materials. This service is extremely beneficial to educationally disadvantaged students as their specific learning needs are matched to 5~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 556 946 RLRSD SP-00745 appropriate learning materials. 2. Computer Assisted Instruction. For those students whose instructional needs require reteaching and additional drill and practice to achieve mastery in reading, language, and mathematics, computer assisted instruction will be provided. Computer activities will be integrated into the instructional program so that classroom instruction will be reinforced by concentrated ontask learning on the computer. All schools will use computers and computer assisted instruction and computer managed instruction software. 3. Basic Skills Computer Laboratories. Basic Skills Computer Laboratories have been established at Argenta Elementary School, Central Junior High School, and Rose City Junior High School. The basic skills computer laboratories provide supplementary computer assisted and computer managed instruction in reading, language, and mathematics for all students on a regularly scheduled basis. Utilizing IMPAC software and course materials, the supplemental instruction is geared to the individual student's needs. The educationally disadvantaged student will benefit greatly from this individualized program. SUMMER LEARNING EXPERIENCES56 To extend students' opportunities for the mastery of the basic skills and for enrichment, a program of summer learning experiences 5'Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 558. 947 IILRSD SP-00746 will be established. 1. Summer School for Secondary Students. A summer school program will be offered on a tuition basis for students in grades 9-12. Students may elect to take remedial or enrichment courses. 2. Pilot Project for Eighth Grade Students. During the summer of 1987, a pilot summer program funded by JTPA (Job Training Partnership Act) will be conducted to remediate the learning deficiencies of eighth grade students who did not pass the Minimum Performance Test. The procedure will be to assess learning deficiencies, plan for and provide individualized instruction, and utilize the best learning approaches available in a concentrated time frame. Transportation will be provided for the students. If the pilot project is successful and if JTPA continues to fund the project, the eighth grade summer school will be implemented each summer. PARENTAL/COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT57 Parents will be encouraged to become informed about the District's educational program and involved in their children's instructional program. Opportunities for involvement will include: PTA\nChapter 1 Parent Advisory Committee\nDistrict committees such as Curriculum, Textbook, Discipline, Gifted, Special Education, and Six-Year Planning\nand local school committees such as Six-Year Planning, 5~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 558. 948 RLRSD SP-O0747 - PTA, and NCA Self-Study. Steps will be taken to assure that there is biracial participation in this committee work. A part-time coordinator will work with Volunteers in Public Schools (VIPS) which serves as a vehicle to involve parents directly in the instructional process. Parents will serve as resource persons, do one-to-one tutoring for students not achieving mastery of the basic skills, and perform other volunteer tasks. Parents will be kept well-informed of their children's progress in school. Conferences will be scheduled at least twice each year for parents of elementary students and at least once each year for parents of secondary students. This parental involvement, while important for all students, is extremely critical to the success of many disadvantaged and minority students, and special - attention will be paid to these students. Report cards will be issued at the end of each nine week grading period. Written interim progress reports will be sent home to parents if a student is making unsatisfactory progress. Parents will be asked to confer with teachers throughout the year concerning the student's progress. For minority students who are participating in other compensatory education programs extra steps will be taken to involve parents or guardians in the student's educational experiences. Through the Classmates Program, the business community will become more informed about and more involved in the educational process. Efforts will be made to extend Classmates, which provides the opportunity for a business and a school to become community 949 RLRSD SP-00748 partners, to all North Little Rock schools. STAFF DEVELOPMENT58 The North Little Rock School District Staff Development Program is designed to assist each staff member in performing at his/her optimum level in every area of the total teaching act. The District programs which will impact greatly on compensatory education are the Program for Effective Teaching (PET) and Classroom Management Training. 1. Program for Effective Training. The Program for Effective Training (PET) teaches the teacher the key elements which must be present in any instructional lesson if student mastery is to occur. A training cycle consists of: seven full days of instruction for the teacher\nfive practice lessons taught by the teacher while being observed by a trained observer\nand follow-up conferences by the observed and teacher. Since all present staff members have completed PET training, new teachers will receive the training each spring. Students with learning deficiencies will profit as the instructional proficiency of teachers is increased. 2. Classroom Management Training. In the training sessions, Classroom Management is approached as a matter of preparation, organization, and instruction. The program stresses that effective classroom managers are successful, not so much because they are more 5~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 560. 950 RLRSD SP-00749 effective in responding to problems of inattention or disruption, but because they are more effective in preventing such problems. Each training cycle consists of two days of training for each teacher and three classroom observations. Following each observation, the trained observer confers with the teacher to commend areas of strength and to provide assistance in overcoming deficiencies in classroom management. All elementary teachers have completed this training. New elementary teachers and all secondary teachers will receive Classroom Management Training. Since many students who are encountering learning problems are often inattentive or disruptive, this program impacts positively on these students as teachers learn to manage classrooms more efficiently and effectively. 951 RLRSD SP-00750 STIPULATED COMPENSATORY EDUCATION PROGRAMS TO BE IMPLEMENTED BY NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT WITH SETTLEMENT MONIES59 The programs listed below will be implemented with settlement monies pursuant to paragraph VIII. D, at page 39, of the Pulaski County School Desegregation Case Settlement Agreement, March, 1989, as amended. The District cannot presently implement these programs without funds from the Settlement Agreement due to the financial condition of the District. In its October, 1986 Supplement to Plan for Implementing the Remedial Order of the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit as it Applies to the North Little Rock School District, approved by the Court in its Order of February 27, 1987 (LRSD v. PCSSD, et al., 659 F. Supp. 363, 367-68 (E.D. Ark. 1987), the NLRSD described in Section 4: Compensatory Education, certain educational programs needed to address achievement disparity of black students which could be implemented only with additional funding from the State. With the settlement monies from the State, the NLRSD will now be able to implement those programs as described below. SETTLEMENT PLAN FOR COMPENSATORY EDUCATION Programs to be Implemented with Settlement Monies I. Learning Resources 59source: NLR Comp. Ed. Stip., 14 JDR 3584-91. These stipulated programs were approved by the Court of Appeals in LRSD v. PCSSD, 921 F.2d 1371, 1387-88 (8th Cir. 1990). This stipulation gave effect to and now replaces that portion of Section 4 of the October Supplement describing programs which could only be implemented with additional state funds. Therefore, 3 JDR 562-574 has been deleted and replaced by this stipulation. 952 RLRSD SP-00751 Goal: Provide technology based remedial basic skills instruction to reduce the achievement disparity between black and non-black students. A. Basic Skills Computer Laboratories The first priority of this Settlement Plan is to establish a twenty-eight station Basic Skills Computer Laboratory in each elementary school to assist students in mastering the basic reading, language and mathematics skills. Settlement funds, federal funds and other available funds will be utilized to fund the computer laboratories. The first priority will be to increase the size of existing computer laboratories at Redwood, Boone Park, Amboy, Glenview and Rose City elementaries to twenty-eight station labs. Computer laboratories would then be added to all other elementary schools in priority based upon the largest number of economically deprived students as determined by the eligible participants in the free/reduced lunch program. The expansion of labs at these five schools will occur the first year of the Plan and additional schools will be equipped with a computer laboratory starting the second year of the Settlement Plan and completing that installation process by the end of the fourth year of the Settlement Plan. B. Diagnostic and Prescription Diagnostic and prescriptive services will be 953 HLRSD SP-00752 available to each grade 1-8 student and teacher in reading, language and mathematics through locally developed PACIR objectives with prescriptive test and the use of the Curriculum Management software that IBM has under development or some comparable alternative. 60 The North Little Rock School District has requested that IBM Corporation allow North Little Rock School District to participate in the pilot of this software this year. Through the use of PACIR objectives and diagnostic tests using the Curriculum Management software, individual education plans (IEP) will be made available for students. These services will be available during the fourth year of the Plan provided IBM Corporation has developed and releases the Curriculum Management software in early 1990. 61 II. Pupil Services (and Program Monitoring) Goal: To assess student achievement and monitor the reduction of achievement disparity between black and non-black students. A. Diagnosis and Prescrietion Standardized achievement testing will be extended to grade 1 and grade 11 in order to provide more sequential 6~BM has withdrawn the Curriculum Management software and the status of its development and likelihood of release is unknown. The NLRSD is presently seeking a suitable alternative. 954 RLRSD SP-00753 and comprehensive data for curriculum assessment and individual student mastery. Achievement data by race will be developed for each school by grade. These data will be analyzed each year to determine program efficacy and in developing achievement components of each school's annual School Improvement Plan. Beginning in year one of the Settlement Plan, the District will provide up to $5,000.00 to assist disadvantaged youth in paying for college entrance testing such as the SAT and ACT. III. Staff Development Goal: Provide teachers with additional skills and awareness which will more greatly involve minority students into the mainstream of classroom activities and reduce teacher preconceptions which might hinder learning by black students. A. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (TESA) Extensive research shows that teacher interaction with students perceived as low achievers is less motivating and less supportive than interaction with students perceived as high achievers. Research also shows that high achievers receive more response opportunities and are given more time to respond to questions. This has particular application to educating minority and disadvantaged students. The Teacher Expectation and Student Achievement Program (TESA) deals with these important research data. 955 NLRSD SP-00754 It addresses the effects of teacher expectations on student achievement. In the program, teachers learn to increase specific motivating and supportive interactions with low achievers. Fifteen interactions are presented in the program. The training program consists of five workshop sessions and five classroom observations per teacher. The TESA program will begin implementation the first year of the Plan, and all teachers will have received TESA training by the end of the sixth year of the Plan. IV. Early Childhood Goal: To better prepare disadvantaged and minority four and five year old students for school success. A. Pre-Kindergarten Program To better prepare disadvantaged and minority students for school success, a HIPPY program will be established in lower socio-economic elementary attendance zones such as Redwood, Pine, Boone Park, Argenta, Glenview and Seventh Street. This program will focus on academic and social skills necessary for school success. Parent involvement in the learning process of the students is a component of the program. One attendance zone will be added each year beginning in 1989-90 school year and continuing until all identified schools' programs are made operational. Funds outside the settlement funds will be utilized until after 956 RLRSD SP-00755 V. year four of the Settlement Plan. Summer Learning Experiences Goal: Provide tuition grants and transportation to low socio-economic students to attend summer school. A. Summer School for Secondary Students To meet the summer school needs of educationally disadvantaged students, tuition scholarships and transportation will be provided to those students who would be unable to attend without assistance. Regulations governing the free and reduced lunch participants will be the guide in awarding scholarship tuition and transportation for secondary summer school. Tuition scholarships and transportation will be made available the second year of the implementation plan. B. Summer School for Elementary and Junior High School Students Goal: To enable low achieving opportunity to receive small instruction. students the group remedial Summer learning opportunities will be provided for selected elementary and junior high school students who have not mastered the basic skills curriculum. Each year the instructional department will carefully review and analyze Metropolitan Achievement Test data and the data from the Minimum Performance Tests to determine the content areas and grades in greatest need of remediation services. The curriculum would provide remedial and enrichment activities in large and small group settings 957 RLRSD SP-00756  through both computer assisted and teacher directed instruction. Summer school activities are currently on-going for grades 1, 3, 6 and 8. An evaluation and review of each program is made each summer. Continued review and evaluation will continue with consideration given for program expansion for the second year of the implementation plan. VI. Basic Skills Instruction Goal: A. B. Provide remedial instruction mastery to reduce achievement black and non-black students for basic skills disparity between Remedial Reading Laboratories at the Senior High School Level Remedial reading instruction will be provided at each senior high school for students with deficiencies in reading. Instruction would be provided jointly through computer assisted and teacher directed by a reading specialist. Special emphasis would be placed on the following skills: comprehension, word recognition, communication and survival reading skills. These services will be implemented beginning with the fifth year of the Settlement Plan and continuing through year seven. Remedial Reading and Mathematics Supplementary Instruction at the Elementary Level Remedial reading and/or remedial mathematics 958 IILRSD SP-00757 supplementary instruction will be provided in the elementary schools serving students who score below the twentieth percentile in grades 1, 2 and 3. The Metropolitan Achievement Test (MAT-6) will be used as the evaluative instrument for grades 2 and 3. An appropriate standardized instrument will be selected for evaluation of grade 1 students prior to implementation date. Grades 4, 5 and 6 will be served as funds become available. The supplementary instructional program will be staffed by itinerate (floating) reading and/or mathematics specialists who will be assigned to schools as needed to deliver instruction to students who score below the twentieth percentile on diagnostic instruments described above for grades 1, 2 and 3. The learning experiences would be in addition to classroom instruction, but will be correlated with classroom programs. The supplementary instructional services will be provided the fifth, sixth and seventh year of the settlement plan. VII. The implementation of the District's compensatory education programs will also be monitored by the State pursuant to Section III A of the Settlement Agreement and nothing in this plan is intended to limit that monitoring responsibility. 959 RLRSD SP-00758  SECTION 5: COMPENSATORY PROGRAMS AIMED AT DROPOUT PREVENTION62 In North Little Rock, as in any urban school district today, at least 25 percent of the students could be categorized as potential dropouts. Characteristics of these \"at risk\" students may include: poor self-concept, a high degree of frustration with school work, possession of values that are in direct conflict with those of the school, and difficulties in verbal and nonverbal communication. All compensatory programs address those symptoms, even at the early elementary level\nhowever, if the problems have not been corrected as the student enters the secondary schools, the risk of dropout intensifies . A number of intervention programs which address the \"at risk\" student will be implemented. WIN PROGRAM63 The WIN Program (We Intervene Now), designed to identify and modify student behaviors which interfere with educational progress, is being piloted at Lakewood Junior High School during 1986-87. If the program is successful, it will be implemented in other secondary schools. The intent of the program is to provide an intervention process that involves the student, parent, and school personnel. This intervention process will be especially beneficial for disadvantaged students. 62source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 575. 6~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 575. 960 RLRSD SP-00759 STUDENT ASSIGNMENT CLASSES (SAC) 64 Student Assignment Classes (SAC) will be established for oncampus suspension of secondary school students. Students involved in this program will continue academic work under the supervision of the SAC teacher during the time of suspension. ALTERNATIVE SCHOOL65 Suspension to the North Little Rock Boys Club is an alternative to out-of-school suspension that will be provided for selected secondary school students. This program will be available for students whose behavior is unmanageable both at school and at home and who cannot function in the on-campus suspension program. Students involved in this program will continue their academic work, and receive counseling services at the Boys Club Alternative School. VOCATIONAL SERVICES 66 Compensatory services in the area of vocational education will also be provided through the Carl Perkins Project, which is specifically targeted for students who are potential dropouts. An individualized written vocational plan will be completed for each student identified for inclusion in this program. Services will include the assessment of interests, learning modes, and individual needs by a vocational education evaluator and the use of a computerized Job Opportunity Based Search System to place students 64source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 576. 65source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 576. 66source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 576. 961 RLRSD SP-00760  in the most appropriate vocational courses. STUDENT ATTENDANCE67 When possible, parents of senior high school students will be notified each day that a student is absent from one or more classes. To aid in this effort, an automatic phone calling system will be installed in each of the senior high schools. A computer will call the home of each absentee at night and ask for a response from a parent. Follow-up calls will be made the next day by school personnel . 6~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 577. 962 SP-00761 RLRSD SECTION 6: EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES 68 The North Little Rock School District recognizes that clubs and student organizations are an important part of the total educational experience for students. All clubs and student organizations shall operate under the direction of the principal and shall be under the supervision of a staff member appointed or approved by the principal. Membership in student organizations and clubs shall not be restricted on the basis of race, sex, national origin, or other arbitrary criteria. Further, entry shall not be by decision of the current membership of the organization. Eligibility requirements for participation in cheerleading,  drill teams and athletic activities are determined by the Arkansas Activities Association. Other extracurricular activities and/or organizations related to special interests or subject areas do not have a minimum grade requirement, except those clubs and organizations that are governed by charters from parent organizations. In order to assure greater participation by minority students the following actions will be taken: 1. Principals, counselors, sponsors, and teachers will inform and encourage minority students to become more active in all extracurricular activities. 2. Schools will publicize and inform minority students and 68source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 578. 963 NLRSD SP-00762  their parents well in advance of the selection process so that they will know what to expect and when to apply. 3. All selection committees will be biracial in make-up. 4. The District recognizes that one impediment to minority participation in extracurricular activities is the lack of transportation before or after normal school hours. Unfortunately, the NLRSD lacks the resources to provide extracurricular transportation for its students and, therefore, has requested that the Court direct the Department of Education to provide such transportation, not only for majority-to-minority transfer students but for all students. See NLRSD F.O.F. \u0026amp; C.O.L. Nos. 10 \u0026amp; 11. Absent funding by the State, however, the NLRSD will be unable, with its present resources, to provide such additional transportation and still provide a regular program which is educationally adequate. 5. Principals and sponsors will monitor participation in all extracurricular activities and, where such participation is racially identifiable, special efforts will be made to promote minority participation in any such racially identifiable clubs and/or organizations. 6. The District will annually review try-out procedures and eligibility requirements to identify and eliminate any practices that discourage or adversely affect minority participation. 7. Each school will prepare a summary report for all clubs, 964 RLRSD SP-00763  organizations and other extracurricular activities reflecting the racial composition of the officers in each activity, the total membership, and all those who tried out or sought membership. This report will be prepared in April of each year which provides sufficient lead-time to permit planning, publication and recruitment of minority participation for the following year. See Addendum 6A. These reports will be compiled in a District summary for all extracurricular activities which will be completed and presented to the Board of Education at its May meeting each year . 965 RLRSD SP-00764 SECTION 7: DISCIPLINE, EXPULSIONS AND SUSPENSIONS DISCIPLINE 69 Disciplinary polices are periodically reviewed to ensure fundamental fairness and the absence of bias. In this effort all District policies relating to student conduct and discipline were revised in the 1985-86 school year. See Addendum 7A. To ensure that parents and students are advised of expected student conduct, bases for discipline and all disciplinary procedures including any right of appeal, District-wide handbooks were developed in the 1985-86 school year and given to each student. Students are annually required to have their parents read the handbooks and sign a statement acknowledging that both the parents and the student have read the handbook. Additionally, the handbook  is reviewed with the students in all schools during class time. SUSPENSIONS 70 The NLRSD student population is 40% black and 60% white. 71 In the 1985-86 school year 48% of those students suspended were black. While the District does not believe this is significantly disproportionate, it has taken additional steps to ensure fairness and the absence of bias. First, as discussed above, it has revised its policy to provide clear standards of expected behavior as well as guarantees of due process including the right of appeal. Second, each 69source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 582. 7Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 582. 71This was the population in 1985-86. 966 RLRSD SP-00765  suspension is reviewed by the Assistant Superintendent for Student Affairs and the Superintendent to ensure that District policies are followed. Third, a summary of suspensions showing the number and race of students suspended in each school will be compiled by the Assistant Superintendent for Student Affairs and will be provided to the Board of Education at its July meeting each year. A review of all suspensions will be conducted for any school that has a disproportionate number of suspensions of minority students to ensure that race has not been a factor in the suspensions. EXPULSIONS 72 The North Little Rock School District has expelled only twenty students during the last three years. 73 Of this number ten have been black. Seventeen of these expulsions have been because of serious offenses relating to drugs or the possession and/or use of weapons. Given the very small number of expulsions and the extreme seriousness of the offenses involved, the District believes that any violation relating to expulsions has been corrected. Further, all expulsions are made by the Board of Education and then only after a hearing. 7~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 583. 73The data in this section were accurate as of the 1985-86 school year. 967 RLRSD SP-00766 SECTION 8: GIFTED AND TALENTED EDUCATION74 The Court based its determination that the NLRSD denied black students access to its program for gifted and talented students on data from 1980. LRSD I, 584 F. Supp at 349, Paragraph 100. Since that time, significant changes have been made in the District's identification procedures designed specifically to improve the identification of gifted minority students. These efforts, which are detailed below, have been described by Dr. Emily Stewart, an expert in gifted and talented education, as comparing favorably with the state of the art for identifying minority gifted students. T. 2692. She also testified that the referral and placement of minority children in the NLRSD gifted program for the 1983-84  school year, NLRX 22 and 23, were consistent with the national norm and were reflective of a concerted effort to identify gifted minority students. T. 2689. [ * * * ] 75 CALLAHAN/TREFFINGER STUDY76 During the 1982-83 school year, the District's concern was the identification of all gifted students, but an overriding concern was the identification of the culturally disadvantaged. Through a 7'tlctober Supplement, 3 JDR 613 75References to SOMPA found in the October Supplement, 3 JDR 613, have been eliminated pursuant to the Petition to Modify NLRSD's Desegregation Plan, 8 JDR 1740-41, which was in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. 76source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 614 968 RLRSD SP-00767 Title IV-C Grant, the District was afforded the opportunity to hire two consul tan ts in the field of gifted education, Dr. Donald Treffinger from State University College at Buffalo, New York, and Dr. Carolyn Callahan, University of Virginia. The plan was to develop a methodological case-study/placement procedure. The casestudy method provides information from a variety of sources and also summarizes strengths and weaknesses for instructional programming. Dr. Callahan evaluated the District's case-study placement procedures. She found that although the identification of minority students was uneven across the District, the selection of minority students had increased by 43% districtwide. Recommendations in Dr. Callahan's study were used by the District to implement other  strategies to increase identification and selection of culturally different students as well as to even out the process across the District. CREATIVE POSITIVES FOR IDENTIFYING DISADVANTAGED YOUTH77 During the same year, Positives of Disadvantaged Torrence. See Addendum BA. the District utilized the Youth and Children,\" by \"Creative E. Paul The District also adopted the Torrence Test of Creative Thinking. This test has been even more useful in discovering giftedness among the culturally different. The District continues to use the test, and special scoring of strengths is used in the creativity test for purposes of screening and identification of 7~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 614. 969 RLRSD SP-00768 culturally disadvantaged students. MULTIPLE REFERRAL SOURCES78 As a safeguard against bias, nominations for placement in the gifted program are sought from a wide variety of sources including parents, other students, and the individual student himself or herself as well as from teachers and principals. This ensures that everyone who might see a different facet of the nominated student perhaps not seen by others is encouraged to nominate that student if he or she feels the student might be gifted. MULTIPLE PLACEMENT CRITERIA 79 Student placement decisions are based on multiple criteria. See Addendum 8B. No single criterion or cut-off score is used to exclude a student from placement. Teacher ratings may override  poor test scores\nhowever, good normative information may outweigh negative teacher ratings. Creative Positives Among the Culturally Different by E. Paul Torrence is used to assist in identification of the culturally different. GROUP DECISION-MAKING 80 Another safeguard against bias and a further assurance that no student is overlooked lies in the fact that no single individual makes a placement decision. Each school has a case study/placement committee made up of the principal or assistant principal, counselor, resource teacher for gifted and talented, and two 78source October Supplement, 3 JDR 615. 79source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 615. 8Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 616. 970 RLRSD SP-00769 classroom teachers. On the elementary level, one teacher is primary\nthe other is intermediate. On the secondary level, one classroom teacher is a current teacher of the student being referred. The principal is responsible for the total process and serves as chairman of the case study/placement committee. The resource teacher of gifted and talented will be actively involved in the committee work. The supervisor of gifted and talented assists as needed. student. No single person can decide to place or not to place a PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT AND APPEAL81 Parents are involved throughout the referral and placement process. They are invited to refer their children for placement.  They are required to complete the Parent Questionnaire, Addendum 8C, which is an important source of information not obtainable by other means. They meet with the case study/placement committee concerning placement recommendations. Finally, parents have the right to appeal the decision of the case study/placement committee to the Director of Elementary or Secondary Education. The Director and the Supervisor of the Gifted and Talented Program then review all identification instruments, Addendum 8B, and meet with the parents to review all placement criteria. If an error has occurred an appropriate correction will be made. MONITORING AND INTERVENTION 8~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 616. 971 RLRSD SP-00770 Reports are submitted to the Central Administration showing the race and grade of all students referred and placed in the gifted programs in each school. Where there is an unevenness of nominations, referrals, and placements of the culturally disadvantaged students, the permanent folders are carefully examined by the Supervisor for Gifted and Talented Education. As a result of such additional reviews, minority students who might be gifted are identified and follow-up procedures are initiated to observe and document the student's actions which would justify referral, evaluation and possible placement. Also, additional in-service training regarding the use of the creative positives in identifying minority gifted students is conducted for teachers in those schools. 972 RLRSD SP-00771 SECTION 9: SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION AND INADEQUATE FACILITIES 82 The North Little Rock School District was established in 1901 with all students housed in a single building. As the population increased during the next several years, schools were added to accommodate student growth. The District made an early commitment to neighborhood schools as evidenced by the relatively small size and geographic location of school buildings. Such commitment prevailed until recent times. Constructed in the 1950 's, the Belwood Elementary School, for example, contains only seven classrooms and small spaces for library, offices, and cafeteria. Most elementary schools were originally designed to house two hundred or less pupils. Almost all of the existing school facilities have been expanded since their original construction. Although facility expansion has increased pupil capacity in most North Little Rock Schools, the neighborhood school concept has remained evident in the location of elementary schools. No elementary pupil within the District is assigned to a home school which is located two or more miles from his place of residence. From its inception in 1901 until the 1969-70 school year, student population grew at a steady rate until reaching the alltime high of 14,000. Since the 1969-70 school year, student population has, consistently declined. The October, 1986, enrollment was 9,686 students, an overall decrease of 4,414 since 8~ource: October Supplement, 3 JDR 632. 973 IILRSD SP-00772 1969-70. Through its history, various school facilities have come into and gone out of existence. During the 1970-71 school year, elementary and secondary students attended school on twenty-eight separate school campuses. Twenty-three regular schools and two special schools currently serve students in the twenty-six square mile district. Beginning with the 1972-73 school year, all North Little Rock schools have been fully integrated in accordance with the \"Storm Plan\" approved by the Federal District Court ( Judge Henley). Attendance zones have been established and racial quotas established to ensure that the racial composition in all elementary and secondary schools is within plus or minus twenty-five percent of the percentage of the minority school population. Beginning with the rebuilding of Amboy Elementary School (fire) in 1970, the North Little Rock School District has sought Court approval of all openings, closings, and additions to school facilities. The most recent such action was a request (granted) to close the Levy Elementary School prior to the 1985-86 school year. In light of the declining to stable student population, it does not appear likely that new school construction will be necessary in the near future. If new facilities or additions to existing facilities become necessary in the future, the District shall rely on the standards contained in Swann v. CharlotteMecklenburg Bd. of Educ., 402 U.S.l (1977). The overall condition of school facilities in the North Little 974 RLRSD SP-00773 Rock School District is excellent. A rather well-financed maintenance program has kept facilities in a very serviceable and attractive condition. This is evidenced by the fact that since the 1982-83 school year every school in the District has been reviewed as part of the ongoing North Central Accreditation process and all have satisfied NCA standards. No building is in need of major renovation. All buildings are well ventilated and heated. Over fifty percent of the students attend school in air-conditioned facilities. The overall condition of buildings shows only minor variations throughout the District. Certainly, no building condition bears a relationship to its geographical location within the District. 975 RLRSD SP-00774 IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT PLAINTIFF VS. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, et al. DEFENDANTS MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, et al. NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT DESEGREGATION PLAN AS MODIFIED JULY 22, 1991 Appendix 5p-Q0775 ,:  l Addendum lA Addendum lB Addendum lE Addendum 2A Addendum 2B Addendum 2C Addendum 2D Addendum 3C Addendum 3D Addendum 3E Addendum 3F Addendum 3G Addendum 3H Addendum 3I Addendum 3J Addendum 6A Addendum 7A Addendum 8A Addendum 8B Addendum 8C TABLE OF CONTENTS NLRSD Racial Count as of 10/1/85 Questions and Answers Addendum to Section 1 Notice Regarding Applicants Notice Regarding Positions. Schedule of Benefits NLRSD Brochure Due Process Steps for Appraisal NLRSD Special Services Dept. List of Agencies 63 Cantilician Study 69 Chapter I. Project 101 . A.D.E. Monitoring Checklist Letter to Arkansas Dept. of Educ. Recommendations Activities Report Policies and Procedures Gifted/Talented Program Instruments of Identification 1050 1051 1054 1064 1065 1066 1069 1080 1112 1113 1119 1151 1168 1191 1197 1198 1200 1228 1238 Parent Questionnaire . . . 1239 SP-00776 Pages 976 - 1049 are Reserved for Future Use RLRSD SP-00777 IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT PLAINTIFF VS. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, et al. DEFENDANTS MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, et al. NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT DESEGREGATION PLAN AS MODIFIED MAY 1, 1991 Appendix SP-00778 Addendum lA Addendum lB Addendum lE Addendum 2A Addendum 2B Addendum 2C Addendum 2D Addendum 3C Addendum 3D Addendum 3E Addendum 3F Addendum 3G Addendum 3H Addendum 31 Addendum 3J Addendum 6A Addendum 7A Addendum 8A Addendum 8B Addendum SC TABLE OF CONTENTS NLRSD Racial Count as of 10/1/85 Questions and Answers Addendum to Section 1 Notice Regarding Applicants Notice Regarding Positions. Schedule of Benefits NLRSD Brochure Due Process Steps for Appraisal NLRSD Special Services Dept. List of Agencies 63 Cantilician Study 69 Chapter I. Project 101 A.D.E. Monitoring Checklist Letter to Arkansas Dept. of Educ. Recommendations Activities Report Policies and Procedures Gifted/Talented Program Instruments of Identification 1050 1051 1054 1064 1065 1066 1069 1080 1112 1113 1119 1151 1168 1191 1197 1198 1200 1228 1238 Parent Questionnaire . . . . . 1239 SP-00779 -. :. - NORTH LITTLE ROCK ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS RACIAL COUNT AS OF OCTOBER 1, 1985 EXCLUDING KINDERGARTEN STUDENTS ADDENDUM lA SCHOOLS GROUP A LAKEWOOD CRESTWOOD BELWOOD PINE TOTALS GROUP B PIKE VIEW ARGENTA TOTALS GROUP C GLENVIEW LYNCH DRIVE TOTALS GROUP D AMBOY INDIAN HILLS SEVENTH STREET BOONE PARK TOTALS GROUPE PARK HILL NORTH HEIGHTS REDWOOD TOTALS GROUP F MEADOW PARK ROSE CITY TOTALS BARING CROSS* DISTRICT TOTALS NONBLACK No.(%) 143 (63.6) 100 (57.l) 61 (55.0) 93 (53.l) 397 (57.9) 234 (60.6) 97 (53.9) 331 (58.5) 104 (58.8) 123 (51.0) 227 (54.3) 172 (58.1) 209 (63.5) 169 (57.1) 239 (54.8) 789 (58.1) 116 ( 61. 7) 238 (63.2) 133 (54.l) 4 8 7 ( 61. 0) 117 (56.5) 116 (53.5) 233 (55.0) 3 (30.0) 2,467 (57.9) BLACK No. ( % ) 82 (36.4) 75 (42.9) 50 (45.0) 82 (46.9) 289 (42.1) 152 (39.4) 83 (46.l) 235 ( 41. 5) 73 (41.2) 118 (49.0) 191 (45. 7) 124 (41.9) 120 (36.5) 127 (42.9) 197 (45.2) 568 (41.9) 72 (38.3) 127 (34.8) 113 (45.9) 312 (39.0) 90 (43.5) 101 (46.5) 191 (45.0) 7 (70.0) 1,793 (42.1) TOTALS 225 175 111 175 686 386 180 566 177 241 418 296 329 296 436 1357 188 365 246 799 207 21 7 424 10 4,260 *Baring Cross was created as an alternative to placing severely handicapped children in state institutions. The only students assigned to this school are those who are profoundly and mult~isD handicapped. (/) \"O I 0 0 \"-J CXl 0 001050 QUESTIONAS NDA NSWERS ADDENDUM 1B CONCERNINTGH E REVISEDE LEMENTARSYCH OOLD ESEGREGATIPOLNA N FORT HE NORTHL ITTLE ROCKS CHOOLD ISTRICT 1. Q. What about children in the same family who have different names? A. A child who enters the School District after May 1, 1978, as a first grader or as a newcomer to the district on any grade level will be placed in the pupil assignment rotation according to his/her last name as it appears on the official birth certificate. Special consideration cannot be given to families whose members have different last names. 2. Q. After the number of assignments have been made in the spring to achieve the proper racial balance, what provisions will be made to protect that balance from losses resulting from moving during the summer? A. An additional 10 percent will be selected as a standby list. 3. Q. Will the elementary schools continue to operate on a staggered time schedule? A. Yes, this is necessary to prevent st~dents fro~ having to wait at school longer than is desirable. It should be noted that no child will be transported more than 7.5 miles one way\ntherefore, the staggered time schedule causes only slight differences in school schedules. ~. Q. Can a student avoid being transported if he/she attend~ a private school during the year(s) he was assigned to a school outside his neighborhood? A. Any movement within the District will place the student in the rotation plan or assignment presently in effect in the attenda~ce zone where he will be residing. If a student attends a private school during the years(s) he is to be bused he is auto~aticallv buse~ ~hen te ret~c~~ to the ~orth Little Rock Puhlic Schools. SP-00781 HLRSD 0010 fj l 5. Q. Where do students attend school who enroll after the school year begins? A. Students will be assigned according to their place in the alphabetical rotation system. 6. Q. Are the loading and unloading of buses used to transport children supervised? A. Yes, principals and teachers supervise the loading and unloading of each bus. 7. Q. Where do buses load and unload? A. The neighborhood elementary school will be the pick-up point for all children being transported. 'No stops vill be made to receive or discharge pupils at any other point. It is the parent's responsibility to deliver children to the neighborhood school\nit is the district's responsibility to return the children to the neighborhood school in the afternoon. In case the student is late and does not board the bus at the neighborhood school, it is the responsibility of the parent to transport the child to the school he/she attends. 8. Q. When this plan was revised, were any changes made in the elementary attendance zones? A. Yes, minor changes were made to alleviate crowding in two schools. The zones were revised so that some students who would have attended Crestwood Elementary will now attend Indian Hills, Some students who would have attended Crestwood will now attend Lakewood, and some students who would have attended Seventh Street will no~ attend Redwood. SP-00782 HLRSD 0 0 1 0 r- 'J J ,) ,_ 9. Q. How were the groupings of schools determined? A. Using the percentages of 42 percent black and 58 percent nonblack students as a goal for each groupings, factors such as the racial composition of attendance zones, the present enrollment of each school and the capacity of each school were considered. 10. Q. Will any student be exempt from assignment outside their neighborhood? A. Yes, kindergarten students and students who live in an elementary zone with a racial composition such that their race is in the ~inority. Also, there may be instances where some handicapped children will not be transported although it is the general policy of the district to include special education students in the pupil assignment plan. There are children whose handicapping condition requires a particular special education program which may not be available in every school. It is also necessary to consider the number of students who can be accommodated in a particular program in a school since it is essential that enrollment in special education classes be small enough to allow for as much individual attention as is needed for each child. Exceptions may also be made for children with a medical disability if the situation warrants. These must be considered on an individual basis. SP-00783 HLRSD 0010~53 I -1- i I l . ADDENDUMlE FILED U.S. DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT ARKAl'ISAS JUL 211987 IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COttfARLR . BRENTSC LE EAS'l'ERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS ' RK WESTERN DIVISION Sy: ____ ~-- oEP.cLtRK LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT PLAil'ITI:fF vs. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, et al DEF.HlDANTS ADDENDUMT O STUDENT ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS Of SECTION 1 OF THE PLAN FOR IMPLEMENTING THE REMEDIAL ORDER OF THE COURT OF APPEALS FOP. THE EIGHTH CIRCUIT AS IT APPLIES TO THE ~ORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT (NORTH LITTLE ROCK FLAN) In the 1987 Legislative Session, the Ark~.r).S~.s G\u0026lt;.=n\u0026lt;.=ra.l Assembly passed two Acts which either directly affect or could affect the desegregation efforts of the North Littl\u0026lt;.= Rock School , District. Act 762 of 1987, copy attached as Exhibit \"A\", directs that no school district may permit or a.cc\u0026lt;.=pt tra.nsfers of students from other school districts if \u0026lt;.=ither school district is under a desegregation order and the transfer would negatively affect the racial balance of the district subj\u0026lt;.=ct to the desegregation order. This policy is consistent with the established policy of the NLRSD and the District will continue to adhere strictly to these requirements. However, the Legislature also passed Act 624 of 198,, copy attached as Exhibit \"B\", which states that \"the children or wards of anyone who is a public school teacher in one school district ... and a resident of another school district ... shall lfLRSD 001054 03-009 (/) \"Cl I 0 0 '-J (X) ,p,.  be entitled to attend school in either ... district This is seemingly inconsistent with the no transfer requirements of Act 762, and, as a result, the Attorney General was asked for an opinion regarding this apparent c~nflict. In Opinion No. 87-190, copy attached as Exhibit c, the Attorney General opined that a child living in one district who was enrolled, pursuant to Act 624, in another district was not a transfer subject to the provisions of Act 762 since the child was statutorily entitled to attend school in either district. In light of the Attorney General's opinion, the !lLRSD ha.s nc discretion regarding the admission of the children 0r wards 0 non-resident teachers and this situation could result in an interdistrict segregative effect on the racial coroposition of the LRSD and NLRSD. Specifically, the NLRSdhas 578 teachers of whom 141 live in the LRSD, the great majority of whom are white. Thus, if a significant number of these teachers enrolled their children in the NLRSD, it would result in a negative impact on the racial composition of the LRSD student body. To date, the number of applications for such interdistrict enrollment of teacher's children has been minimal and he race of those applying has been so balanced as to have nc adverse effect on either school district involved. Howe~er, to protect against the potential adverse interdistrict effect that SQCh enrollment makes _possible, the NLRSD will report to the Court BLRSD (/) 'U I 0 0 '-J Cl) 0, -2- 0010[5~-j I '  annually regarding the number and race.of teacher's children who are being enrolled in the district where the teacher is employed rather than in the district in which they reside. Should a problem develop the NLRSD will ask the Court for ielief. Until that time, however, the NLRSD will adhere to the requirements of Acts 624 and 762 as interpreted by the Attorney General's Opinion No 87-190. July 21, 1987 Respectfully submitted, JACK, LYON \u0026amp; JONES, P.A. 3400 Capitol Tower Capitol at Broadway Little Rock, AR 7220! (501) 375-1122 . STEE'HEl'l W. JONES, Attorneys for the North Little Rock School District CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE I hereby certify that a true and correct copy 0f the foregoing Addendum was mailed to the attached. list '2 counsel on this 21st day of July, 1987. SP-00786 HLRSD 00105t\u0026gt; -3- 0 3-0'J 9 , 2 3 State of Arkan5a5 76th General A55embly Regular Se5sion, 1987 ACT7 62 l~d7 A Bill By: Reps. Towosend, I. Brown, Walker For An Act To Be Entitled HOUSE BILL 1790 \"AN ACT TO ALLOWT HE TRANSFERO F CHILDRENF ROHO NE SCHOOL DISTRICT TO ANOTHER\nAND FOR OTHER PURPOSES.\" 4 BE IT ENACTEDB Y THE GENERALA SSEHBLYO F THE STATE OF ARKANSAS: 5 6 SECTION 1. Upon the petition of a 5tudent residing in one school 7 district (resident district), to transfer to another school district (receiving 8 district)\nthe Board of Directors of the resident district may enter into an 9 agreement with the Board of Directors of the receiving school district trans- 10 ferring the 5tudent to the receiving district for purposes of education. 11 Forms for use in transferring children from one school district to another  12 shall be provided by the State Department of Education. After the petition 13 has been approved by the Board of Directors of th~ resident district and the 14 Board of Directors of the receiving district, copies of approved transfers 15 shall be filed by the receiving district with the office of the County Clerk, 16 with the administrative offices of the respective 5chool districts, and with 17 the State Department of Education. This legal transfer of a student from one 18 district to another places the responsibility for the education of the student 19 on the receiving district and permits the receiving district to count these 20 children in average daily memb~rship for state aid purposes. This- section '- 21 does not transfer the local tax money from the resident district. -:\"----..-.._ 2 2 ~  I 23 SECTION 2. Boards of Directors of local ~chool districts are prohib~ted 24 from granting legal transfers in the following situations: ~'-~\\ ~5 (a) where eith~r the resident or the receiving district is under.a ~ 26 desegregation related court order or has ever been under such a court o~e i 27 and , \\ 28 (b) the transfer in question would negatively affect the ra~~a~ 2: of ,that di~trict which 1 ~en unrlA uch a court order. , \\ ~,' 3 /4(/1,~'fi- .I BIT -...........S.P.-0-0787 00105'1 mih227 '.  , 2 3 !i 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 H.B. SECTION 3, Each form filed with the State Department or Education reporting a legal ~tudent tran~fer must be accompanied by an affidavit 8igned by each member or both ~ch~ol boards 8tating that the transfer does not violate the prohibition ~et forth in Section 2. SECTION 4. The Arkansas Department or Education ~hall w~thhold state aid in an amount equal to that to be generated by the student in Question in the respective districts from each district, if the transfer fails to comply with Section 3, SECTION 5, (a) Any di~trict not currently unde~ a desegregation related court order but which bas been under such a court order in the past may apply for a waiver of the prohibition ~et forth in Section 2. (b) The State Board of Education may grant ~uch a di~trict a v.aiver from the provisions of Section 2 if it is determined that the district's desegregation status would cot be adversely affected by allowing a legal transfer which would negatively affect tbe district's racial balance. 22 23 2~ 25 SECTION 6. Act 275 of 1959 as a.mended, the,~ame being Arkansas Statutes 80-1518.1, 80-1518.2 and 80-1525 through 80-1528, is hereby specifically repealed along with all other laws or par . of laws in conflict with this Act. . . lif fr( \u0026gt;1,,,(I( I( J7\n.M: f f?// ..  .,' :-\n', .~. ,-:, .. . 26 ,,..,\n. , .. /:, . SP-00788 NLRSD onio,~_c' \\ J l 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 -11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 \"'I, 19 '20 :~ 22 ,, 23 (\\ 24 \u0026gt; 2S ~\n~~-8 ' 9 ' \\ 30 State of Arkanau  76th General .laaembly hgular Seaaion. 1987 !y: kpreaentative Thomason ACT6 24 1987 A Bill ROUSE !ILL167 4 For An Act To Be Entitled \"AN ACT TO PROVIDE ni.AT liU: CHILDREN OR WARDS OF A PERSON \\,/HQ IS A PUBLIC SCHOOL TEACHER IN ONr SCHdbL DISTRICT AND A RrSIDEh'T OF ANOTHER SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL !E Eh'TITLED TO ENROLL IN AHD A.ITEND SCHOOL IN EITHER TrlE DISTRICT IN \"7HICH THE PARrh'T OR GUARDIAN RESIDES OR IN nu: DISTRICT Di lir'RICH THE PARENT OR GUARDIAN TE.ACHES\nAND FOR OTHER PURPOSES.\" :BE IT ENACTEDB Y '11:ITG ENERALA SSEMBLYO F 'IRE STATE OF ARKANSAS: ) SECTION l. The children or vards of any person vho is a public achool teacher in one school district in this State and a resident of another achool district in this State ahall be entitled to be enrolled in and to attend school in either the district in which the parent or guardian resides or the district in vhich the parent or guardian is a public achool teacher. SECTION 2. All lavs and parts of lavs in conflict vith this Ar:.t are hereby repealed. _ C), _0 J-~., ,r J.ef'-~ {A~~ SP-00789 EXHIBIT B STATE OF ARKANSAS OFFICE OF THE ATTORNEY GENERAL 201 EAST MARKHAM STREET STEVE CLARK TORNEY GENERAL HERITAGE WEST BUILDING LITTLE ROCK. ARKANSAS 72201 (501) 371-2007 Opinion No. 87-190 May 29, 1987 The Honorable John Ward Representative, District 6S 2705 Donaghey Drive North Little Rock, AR 72116 Dear Representative Ward: This is in response to your opinion request wherein you posed the following inquiries ~hich appear to result from the apparent conflicts between Act 624 and Act 762 of 1987, to-wit: 1. By virtue of Act 624, is i school district required to enroll the children of teachers who reside in other districts and whose children have been attending in another district if the receiving district is currently under a desegregation order? 2. Would it be considered a \"transfer\" under Act 762 for children who have been attending another district to enroll in another under the provisions of Act 624? 3. Would it be considered a \"transfer\" under Act 762 for the receiving distriet to enroll children of teachers who reside in other districts (by virtue of Act 624) which children have not been enrolled in any district (e.g., first graders)? Act 624 of 1987 provides in pertinent part as follows: SECTION 1. The children or wards of any person who is a public school teacher in one school district in this State and a resident of another school district in this State shall be entitled to be enrolled in and to attend school in either the district in which the parent or guardian resides or the district in which the parentHLRS or guardian is a public school teacher. D 0010GO Cl) 'U I 0 .0. .., (0 0 Representative John Ward May 29, 1987 Page 2 Act 762 of 1987 limits legal transfers among school districts to those situations where such transfer would not adversely impact the racial balance of either the sending or receiving district if one of the districts were under a court ordered desegregation plan. Because Act 624 of 1987 entitles children of public school teachers to attend school in either their resident district or the district wherein their parent or guardian teaches, it is the opinion of this Office that such children are not transfers and would not come under the limiting provisions of Act 762 of 1987. Thus, in response to your question 1, the school district wherein the parent or guardian teaches would be required to accept the child of the parent or guardian. As stated above, the answer to your question 2 is that a child coming under the provisions of Act 624 would not be considered a transfer under Act 762. And, new students (e.g., first graders) availing themselves of the special provisions of Act 624 would also not be considered transfers under Act 762. The foregoing opinion, which I hereby approve,. was prepared by Assistant Attorney General C. Randy McNair III. JSC:CRM:jk SP-00791 NLRSD 00108.l FILED U.$. DIHRICT . (ASTfRN D.  COURT ISTRICT ARKANSA!\" IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT JUL 2 'l 1987 EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DI STRICT PLAINT I FIi. V. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, et al DEFENDANTS ORDER The North Little Rock School District (NLRSD) has requested this Court's approval of an addendum to its desegregation plan which was approved in the Order of February 27, 1987. The NLRSD has expressed the concern that Arkansas Act 624 of 1987, which provides that teachers residing in one school district but teaching in anothe~ have the right to enroll their children in either district, could have an interdistrict segregative effect on student enrollment in the Little Rock School District (LRSD). Since 141 of the NLRSD's 578 teachers live in the LRSD and most of these teachers are white, these concerns are legitimate although the problem is merely prospective and no such interdistrict segregative effect has occurred to date. In its plan addendum, the NLRSD corrmits to report to this Court annually regarding the number and race of students being enrolled in the NLRSD from other districts and in other districts - from the NLRSD. No further action is contemplated unless a segregative effect actually occurs at which time this CourtH,UU\nD 0010 E\n!, I (/) 'ti I 0 .0. .., lO I\\J be asked for appropriate relief. The scope of the NLRSD's proposed addendum to its desegregation plan is appropriate in light of the speculative nature of the problem. The NLRSD proposes to comply with the State law until such time that this compliance actually results in a segregative effect. Until that time it will keep the Court apprised of the impact of Act 624. Such reporting compromises no party's rights and is entirely consistent with rulings of this Court and the Court of Appeals requiring the school districts in this case not only to remediate past interdistrict segregative effects but also to avoid further such effects.  For these reasons, the NLRSD's Motion to Approve Plan Addendum is approved and it is directed to report to the Court on an annual basis the number and race of children enrolled in the NLRSD or removed from the NLRSD and enrolled in other districts pursuant to Arkansas Act 624 of 1987. IT IS SO ORDERED this ,J._7 day of July, 1987. SP-00793 HLRSD -- i I I -  ADDENDUM 2A ADMINISTRATIVEO FFICES 2700 POPLAR STREET January 14, 1986 MEMTOO : Officers of Teacher Training Institutions FROM: Doyle Crownover, Assistant Superintendent for Administration SUBJECT: Employment Applications The North Little Rock Public Schools seeks to staff its schools with the best teachers available. To be able to do this, we covet opportunities to consider your teacher candidates. Toward this end we have prepared material that gives prospective teacher applicants information concerning employment in the District. We are eager to have this information placed in the hands of all potential teachers, and solicit your assistance in this effort. We would welcome calls or visits from your teacher candidates, and would be happy to visit your campus to talk with groups of prospects if it appears this would be mutually beneficial. SP-00794 NORTHLI TTLER OCKS CHOODLI STRICTIS ANE QUAOL PPORTUNIETMY PLOYER HLRSD P.O. BOX 687, NORTH LITTLE ROCK, AR 72115/0687 501/758-1760 00108'1  ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES 2700 POPLAR STREET The North Little Rock (Arkansas) School District is seeking an opportunity to consider for employment the most outstanding teaching and administrative candidates available. If you desire to be a part of the professional staff of a public school district that is recognized as being a state leader in learning opportunities and student performance, we earnestly solicit your application. We ask you to examine the enclosed materials to acquaint you with the advantages and desirability of employment with tre North Little Rock School District. If becoming associated with this District appeals to you, we encourage you to complete and return the application form, ADDENDUM 2B SP-00795 NLRSD P.O. BOX 687, NORTH LITTLE ROCK. AA 72115/0687 501 /758-1760 0010 6\n_) ADDENDUM 2C Salary NORTHLI TTLER OCKS CHOODLI STRICT North Little Rock, Arkansas Benefits of Teaching in North Little Rock School District Teachers are paid on an indexed salary scale that recognizes training and experience. Increments are provided for each 12 hours of graduate study beyond the Bachelor's Degree, and for each 15 hours beyond the Master's, and for each year's experience up to eight years at the Bachelor's Degree level, and up to 15 years at the Specialist's Degree level. For the 1985-86 school year the salary for a regular classroom teacher of 187 days of employment with a Bachelor's Degree and no previous experience is $14,530. A teacher with a Specialist's Degree and 15 years experience receives $25,611. Fringe Benefits Each teacher is provided a fully paid Blue Cross-Blue Shield Major Medical Coverage, a dental insurance coverage, and a hospital indemnity plan, with the option of having f~nily members included through payroll deduction. We provide $21,000 life insurance coverage on each teacher. Each teacher is provided an amount of $15.83 per month which may be applied to the cost of family coverages, or for additional life insurance. The total value of these coverages is $91.93 per month. All teachers must be members of the Arkansas Teacher Retirement System. Beginning on July 1, 1986, they will have the option of joining the contributory plan (6% of salary) or non-contributory plan (05~ of salary). Those choosing the contributory system will qualify for a greater annuity upon retirement. Deferred tax options are also available for retirement planning. Teachers also participate in the Social Security retire1ilent system. Sick Leave Teachers in the North Little Rock system receive nine days per year sick leave for the first four years in the District. These days per year then increase for each of next six years until 20 days per year are awarded for the tenth year and thereafter. Unused sick days are accumulated up to 100 days. Personal Leave Teachers of the District are awarded one day per year of leave for personal reasons. There is an accumulation provision for these days if they are unused. HLRSD en \"O I 0 0 \"-I (0 C]) 00108ii - Page 2 (Benefits of Teaching in North Little Rock School District) Inservice Training The North Little Rock School District maintains an ongoing, indepth program for increasing the competency of its staff. The program is constantly revised and adapted to the needs of the staff. Professional Leave Upon approval of request, teachers are granted professional leave for a wide variety of activities. SP-00797 NLRSD ADDENDUM 2D NORTH LITTLE ROCK PUBLIC SCHOOLS-- moving in the right direction, helping every child achieve 001osn SP-00798 From the Superintendent .. We arc pleased that you want to know about public schools in Nonh Little Rock. This brochure will give you some basic facts about our schools, students, teachers and educational programs. We hope you will also visit our schools to see for yourself why we have one of the state's best school systems. Quality education has been a standard in the Nonh Little Rock School District since the first school door opened in 1901. Since then, the District has grown to approximately 30 square miles with 25 schools serving nearly 9,500 students, the founh largest in Arkansas. Along with growth in siz.c and enrollment, the District has also grown in educational stature to become a recognized leader in learning opponunities and student performance. To ensure individual student growth, school curriculum is broad in scope while emphasinng basic skills in reading, communication and computation. All schools have earned accreditation status by the Nonh Central Accreditation Association, and all are rated \"A\" by the State of Arkansas. Public suppon for our schools is reflected through Parent Teacher Associations (PT A), the District PT A Council, advisory committees and other groups. The District enjoys the help of patrons through the Volunteers in Public Schools program. Through these and other efforts, community members are involved in the education of our children. The School Board and the staff agree with the\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_988","title":"Desegregation: ''North Little Rock School District Desegregation Plan as Modified''","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1991-05-01"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","Education--Arkansas","Educational law and legislation","Educational planning","Educational statistics","School improvement programs","School integration","School employees","School facilities","Student assistance programs","School discipline"],"dcterms_title":["Desegregation: ''North Little Rock School District Desegregation Plan as Modified''"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/988"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLittle Rock School District v. Pulaski County Special School District\nThe transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.\nLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT VS. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, et al. DEFENDANTS MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, et al. NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT DESEGREGATION PLAN AS MODIFIED MAY lrAPRIL 22, 1991 ~lW (I 1 1991 IN THE UNITED sTATEs DISTR.JtC1iC\"(l g)(nti91 CARL H O ... Nrs c EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS B .  H... ' LEAK ,, , . . WESTERN DIVISJ.@h. I . .,\n,h ... 111 I::\u0026gt;, CLE~\n~,-------- By: ----------:--:---:: DEP. CLERK DEP. CLER~ LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT PLAINTIFF VS. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, et al. DEFENDANTS MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, et al. NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT DESEGREGATION PLAN AS MODIFIED !!f.A.:Yf\n.\":.lt PRIL 22, 1991 :,.\n~--.\n.,\n-\n,.-\n,.,\n-..\n.. .:.\n. . -\n- TABLE OF CONTENTS HISTORY OF HLRSD DESEGREGATION PLAN SECTION 1: STUDENT ASSIGNMENT PLAN. SECTION 2: STAFF RECRUITMENT PLAN. SECTION 2A: STAFF RECRUITMENT PLAN SECTION 3: SPECIAL EDUCATION PLAN SECTION 3A: SPECIAL EDUCATION SECTION 4: COMPENSATORYED UCATION . . . 902 . . . 910 ..... 919 .... 924 . . . 926 .. 938 . 939 SECTION 5: COMPENSATORYPR OGRAMSA IMED AT DROPOUTP REVENTIOB62 SECTION 6: EXTRACURRICULARA CTIVITIES . . . . . . . 965 SECTION 7: DISCIPLINE, EXPULSIONS AND SUSPENSIONS DISCIPLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968 SECTION 8: GIFTED AND TALENTED EDUCATION. . 970 SECTION 9: SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION AND INADEQUATE FACILITIES .. 975 901 NLRSD HISTORY OF NLRSD DESEGREGATION PLAN The desegregation plan approved by the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit in its decision in Little Rock School Dist. v. Pulaski County Special School Dist. No. 1, et al, 921 F.2d 1371 (8th Cir. 1990) on December 12, 1990 (hereinafter \"NLR Plan\") is actually to be found in several documents beginning with its original submission in March, 1986 and culminating with the stipulation regarding compensatory education filed on October 25, 1989. The purpose of this document is to consolidate all the elements of the Plan into a single document for ease of reference. The NLR Plan was initiated by the filing on March 17, 1986 of the \"Plan for Implementing the Remedial Order of the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit as It Applies to the North Little Rock School District\" (hereinafter \"March Plan\"). See Joint Designated Record Vol. 1 at 67-69\nVol. 2 at 81-364\nand Vol.3 at 365-535 (hereinafter\" __ JDR __ \"). The purpose of this initial submission was to address the interdistrict violations addressed by the Court of Appeals in LRSD v. PCSSD, 778 F.2d 404, 435 (8th Cir. 1985). The district court, however, required the NLRSD to provide a plan to address its intradistrict violations as well, and in response the NLRSD filed on October 14, 1986, its \"Supplement to Plan for Implementing the Remedial Order of the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit as It Applies to the North Little Rock School District\" (hereinafter \"October Supplement\"). 3 JDR 536- 634. 902 NLRSD In its Order of February 27, 1987, the district court approved the NLR Plan as described in these two documents. LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367-68 (E.D. Ark. 1987)\nsee also, LRSD v. PCSSD, 921 F.2d at 1387. Subsequently, some modifications to the NLR Plan were made either by petition to and approval by the district court or by operation of the settlement among the parties which has now been approved. LRSD v. PCSSD, Order (E.D. Ark., January 18, 1991). The first modification occurred as a result of the NLRSD's motion of July 21, 1987 to add an addendum to the NLR Plan to address the impact of Acts 624 and 762 of 1987 which was approved by the district court by its Order of July 27, 1987. Copies of the Addendum and the district court's order have been attached as Addendum lE to Section 1 of the NLR Plan which addresses student assignment. The next modification occurred as a result of the NLRSD  s \"Petition to Modify NLRSD Student Assignment Plan and to Close Central Junior High School\" filed on July 20, 1988 (4 JDR 910) (hereinafter \"NLR Secondary Reorganization\") and approved by the district court by its Order of September 1, 1988. 5 JDR 1032. This modification provided for the reorganization of NLRSD secondary schools beginning in the 1990-91 school year and resulted in a single high school for the NLRSD with grades 9-10 at the former Northeast High School campus and grades 11-12 at the former Ole Main campus. Additionally, Central Junior High School was closed and the student assignment zones for the remaining three 903 NLRSD junior high schools for grades 7 and 8 redrawn to ensure comparable racial balance. These modifications were implemented at the beginning of the 1990-91 school year, i.e., August, 1990. The remaining modifications occurred as a result of the settlement among the parties. First, the parties agreed to the NLRSD's \"Petition to Modify NLRSD's Desegregation Plan\" (hereinafter \"NLR 2/89 Petition\") submitted to the Special Master in February, 1989 and incorporated into the parties' \"Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\". See 8 JDR 1737-46. The provisions of the Petition dealing with interim efforts to desegregate Lakewood Junior High School pending the secondary reorganization to be implemented in the 1990-91 school year (8 JDR 1737-39) were satisfied and are no longer applicable since the secondary reorganization has now been accomplished. The other provisions of the Petition have now been incorporated into the NLR Plan. The final modification of the NLR Plan occurred as a result of the \"Stipulated Compensatory Education Programs to be Implemented by the NLRSD with Settlement Monies\" (hereinafter \"NLR Comp. Ed. Stip.\") filed on October 25, 1989 (14 JDR 3584-91) which satisfied paragraph VIII D, of the Pulaski County School Desegregation Case Settlement Agreement, March, 1989 (as revised September 28, 1989) (14 JDR 3483) (requiring a description of the compensatory education programs to be implemented by the NLRSD with funds to be received from the Settlement Agreement). This Stipulation also gave effect to and now supersedes that portion of the original NLR Plan which described additional compensatory education programs 904 NLRSD which could be implemented only with additional State funds. See 3 JDR 562-574. In organizing the original NLR Plan and these modifications into a single plan document, the March Plan has been used as the base document. Thus, Sections 1, 2 and 3 of the October Supplement, which involve the same topics as Sections 1, 2 and 3 of the March Plan, have been relabeled Sections lA, 2A and 3A and placed immediately after Sections 1, 2 and 3 respectively of the March Plan language. Sections 4 through 9 of the October Supplement have then been added as Sections 4 through 9 of this consolidated plan document. The addenda which immediately followed the respective sections of the March Plan and October Supplement have been moved to a separate volume for attachments. Commentary is included through the use of footnotes or parentheticals\nomissions are reflected by\"[***]\" with an explanatory footnote as appropriate\nand new language is identified by footnote or by underlining as appropriate (except for this History, all of which is new). These ste~s were taken to minimize the amount of editorial change and to retain as much of the original language as possible since that is the language approved by this Court and the Court of Appeals. 905 NLRSD PLAN FOR IMPLEMENTING THE REMEDIAL ORDER OF THE COURT OF APPEALS FOR THE EIGHTH CIRCUIT AS IT APPLIES TO THE NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT1 1Originally submitted on March 17, 1986, supplemented on October 14, 1986 and approved by the Court in LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367-68 (E.D. Ark. 1987). 906 NLRSD INTRODUCTION II 3 In its decision of April 13, 1984, this Court found the North Little Rock School District (NLRSD) to have committed the following segregative acts: 1. The NLRSD constructed and renovated schools in a manner which sought to preserve the racial identification of North Little Rock neighborhoods. Little Rock School Dist. v. Pulaski County Special School District No. 1, 584 F. Supp. 328, 343, Paragraph 39 (E.D. Ark. 1984) (LRSD I). 2. Blacks were underrepresented on the administrative staff and teaching faculties of the NLRSD schools. Paragraph 91. Id. at 348, 3. Whites were underrepresented in schools south of Interstate 40 and blacks were underrepresented in schools north of Interstate 40. Id., Paragraph 92. 4. The NLRSD has failed to have blacks coaching at the senior high school level. Id., at 348-49, Paragraph 93. S. Blacks were significantly overrepresented in special education classes and no valid testing procedure could explain it. Id., at 349, Paragraph 94 and 99. Furthermore, the NLRSD classified white students as \"learning disabled\" while blacks 2The March Plan Introduction was rendered irrelevant by the requirement to file a plan to address the NLRSD's intradistrict as well as interdistrict violations and has therefore been deleted. See 2 JDR 83-84. 3Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 541-43. 907 NLRSD were classified as \"mentally retarded.\" Id. at 350, Paragraph 103(l)(d) \u0026amp; (l)(g). 6. Blacks were underrepresented in the NLRSD's gifted and talented program. Id. at 349-50, Paragraph 100 \u0026amp; Paragraph 103(1) (a). 7. A disproportionate number of blacks drop out of school. Id. at 349, Paragraph 102. 8. Blacks were disproportionately expelled from school. Id., Paragraph 102. 9. The NLRSD does not provide education programs for black students. 103(1) (c). adequate compensatory Id. at 350, Paragraph 10. A disproportionate number of black students were bussed in the NLRSD with \"less than satisfactory desegregation results.\" Id. at 351, Paragraph 103(5)(a). However, only four of these violations were found to have had a continuing interdistrict effect. Specifically, the NLRSD \"(a) failed to assign blacks to its central administration or to high school principalships and coaching posi~ions\n(b) concentrated whites in schools north of Interstate 40 and blacks in schools out of it\n(c) assigned students to special education classifications on a discriminatory basis\nand (d) failed to apportion the burdens of transportation equally on black and white students.\" Id. at 353, Paragraph 10. The NLRSD's remedial plan, submitted as NLRX R-1, was directed toward remedying those segregative acts determined to have 908 NLRSD interdistrict segregative effects and did not address those violations which were intradistrict in their effect under the assumption that remedial efforts directed to intradistrict violations would be addressed in proceedings in Davis v. Board of Educ. of NLRSD, No. LR-68-C-151. The Court, however, directed that North Little Rock supplement its remedial plan in the present case to address the intradistrict violations that were not determined to have an interdistrict effect and that is the purpose of this document. 909 NLRSD SECTION 1: STUDENT ASSIGNMENT PLAN' HISTORY OF STORM PLAN5 Elementary students within the District are assigned according to the Storm Plan in grades 1-6. The Storm Plan pairs a school in a predominately black area with one or more schools in a predominately white area. These schools are grouped so that each group's racial make-up represents the racial make-up of the District. This plan is based on two primary premises: first, that it accomplish total integration and, second, that it is the least discriminatory method possible in that no area of the District can be considered to be favored in any way. In order to be as fair as possible, students were initially selected at random for transportation. The following procedure was used: all letters of the alphabet were placed in a container and an alphabet was drawn from the container. Beginning with that letter of the alphabet the student body in each school was divided into groups of appropriate size. When the end of the alphabet is reached, the process starts over and the District continues to regroup alphabetically. ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS6 The North Little Rock School District desegregation plan, 4The Court found in LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367 (E.D. Ark. 1987) that the NLRSD had corrected any violations relating to student assignment. 5Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 85 'source: March Plan, 2 JDR 85 910 NLRSD approved by the Court of Appeals, see Davis v. Board of Ed., 449 F.2d 500, 501 (8th Cir. 1971) and revised with the approval of the district court, see Davis v. Board of Ed., Order (E,D. Ark., May 12, 1978), incorporates the following features': 1. Since the total student population of the elementary schools in the North Little Rock School District is approximately 42 percent black and 58 percent non-black students, each elementary school in the district must have a student population which approximates as nearly as is feasible these percentages. 2. To assure that each school will have a student population which is composed of approximately 42 percent black students and 58 percent non-black students, schools are placed in groups so that students within each group can be assigned to schools in such numbers as is necessary to achieve the desired racial composition in each school. See Addendum lA. 3. Children entering the first grade after May 1, 1978, as well as all children entering the district from another school district after May 1, 1978, will enter the District pupil assignment plan according to the last name of the child shown on his official birth certificate (or his previous school record if he is entering from another 'statistics in this section reflect the school population of the NLRSD in the 1985-86 school year since this part of the Plan was submitted in March, 1986. As of October 1, 1990, the elementary student population in the NLRSD was 49. 2% black and 50.8% non-black. 911 NLRSD school district) and will continue in the rotation cycle under that name. 4. Kindergarten students are assigned to their neighborhood schools and are not transported for purposes of racial balance. This was approved by the court in Davis v. Board of Ed., 362 F. Supp. 730 (E.D. Ark. 1973), 5. Black students living in predominately white areas and white students living in predominately black areas are not bussed or transferred. The questions and answers concerning the District's student assignment plan (Addendum 1B) are published in August of each year and mailed to all patrons of the North Little Rock School District. The decision of the Court of Appeals directs that the student population in the District have a racial composition within 25% of the racial composition of the District as a whole. Mem. Op. at 62\n778 F.2d at 435. The NLRSD has 4,620 elementary students of whom 2,467 (57.9%) are non-black and 1,793 (42.1%) are black. Thus, in order to meet the 25% standard, each school must have a non-black population between 42.4% and 73.4%, i.e., 57.9%  15.5%,(:-A11~ne ~ ...... ....,.\n,x..\n.\n.,\n...:\n:-:,...,~..vX J~il~~Ei.:~.S~.El!w. ~n-\" ~~~p~s~.!.~. ~~,\n~ }-n,::S~l\u0026gt;1-:!~il!i.l4:1ii, ~:~yj ,,,.tandarcf\"when the Court a ~ rovedthe .NI.a Plan~rn=,T!f8ii,Y.Rb\"\"v'! l,.,,..,,_ \"'-'\"\"\"\" \"\"'', v ... ='- N,.--.-,.x-.--.,, .............., ., ... PI\u0026gt;..,.,..,.',\u0026gt;.w ... ,N=\u0026lt;,.X,vx, =....-.x,,. -~ .~ .. \"', . ...._,__-..,,,.,. \"\"\"'\"\"M=- 1[~QZ\":.3~p~_~ [.ee.)~\n-3~):]\"~\"':-~::~Ji~:J~:!7_,'U[.l' the elementary schools in the District are preseAtly in compliaAce with thi\u0026amp; 912 NLRso JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS8 Junior high schools, grades seven and eight, 9 are also assigned by zones. [***] Each junior high school reflects the racial make-up of the District. These zones will be changed, if and when necessary, to maintain the racial balance within the District. [***]~ SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS For twenty years, the NLRSD had two senior high schools - Northeast and Ole Main. Beginning in the 1990-91 school year, however, these schools were consolidated into a single school - North Little Rock High School - with two campuses. All students grades 9-10 are assigned to the east campus (formerly Northeast High School) and all students grades 11-12 are assigned to the West campus ( formerly Ole Main). 12 8Source: March Plan, Reorganization, 4 JDR 910. 2 JDR 8 7 and NLR Secondary 9As a result of the NLR Secondary Reorganization, 4 JDR 910, Central Junior High School was closed. The remaining three junior high schools were converted to grades 7-8 rather than 8-9 and their attendance zones were redrawn to ensure racial balance. The language of this subsection has been modified to reflect these changes. 10Addendum lC, 2 JDR 94, which was referenced in the deleted language has also been eliminated. 11The section in the March Plan, 2 JDR 88, dealing with senior high school assignment has been deleted since it has been superseded by the NLR Secondary Reorganization, 4 JDR 910. Addendum lD, 2 JDR 95, which was referenced in this language has also been deleted. 12 Source: NLR Secondary Reorganization, 4 JDR 910. 913 NLRSD STUDENT DISTRIBUTION NORTH AND SOUTH OF I-40 [***)13 VOLUNTARYT RANSFERSB ETWEENN LRSD AND PCSSDu [***] To aid in the desegregation of NLRSD and PCSSD schools, the North Little Rock School District and the Pulaski County Special School District will cooperate in each other's efforts to recruit black students from the NLRSD to attend PCSSD schools and white students in the PCSSD to attend NLRSD schools on a voluntary basis provided no transfer negatively affects the desegregation status of any NLRSD or PCSSD school. COMMUNICATIOONF ANTICIPATED SCHOOLE NROLLMENT15 S Further, the parties desire that any shifts in the racial composition of schools that might fall outside the Court-approved standard be identified and addressed before the beginning of a school year. To this end, the North Little Rock School District agrees it will prepare an estimate of the anticipated school enrollment of each of its schools on or before July 1 for the coming school year. If it is determined that any school is within 13The language in the March Plan regarding student distribution north and south of I-40 has been deleted since it does not describe any plan, policy or procedure governing student assignments and any violation in this regard has been found to be corrected. See LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367 (E.D. Ark. 1987). -- uSource: NLR 2/89 Petition, 8 JDR 17 39-40. The language limiting such transfers to Oak Grove Junior and Senior High Schools in the PCSSD and to secondary schools in the NLRSD has been eliminated to facilitate voluntary desegregative transfers. 15Source: NLR 2/89 Petition, 8 JDR 1739. 914 NLRSD two percentage points of the limit approved by the Court, the Court and other parties will be notified and appropriate action, if any, will be determined and taken prior to the commencement of the academic year. INTERDISTRICT TRANSFERS OF TEACHERS' CHILDREN.16 In the 1987 Legislative Session, the Arkansas General Assembly passed two Acts which either directly affect or could affect the desegregation efforts of the North Little Rock School District. Act 762 of 1987, copy attached as part of Addendum lE, 17 directs that no school district may permit or accept transfers of students from other school districts if either school district is under a desegregation order and the transfer would negatively affect the racial balance of the district subject to the desegregation order. This policy is consistent with the established policy of the NLRSD and the District will continue to adhere strictly to these requirements. However, the Legislature also passed Act 624 of 1987, copy attached as part of Addendum lE, which states that \"the children or wards of anyone who is a public school teacher in one school district entitled and a resident of another school district ... shall be to attend school in either ... district ... \". This is seemingly inconsistent with the \"no transfer\" requirements of Act 16Source: Proposed Addendum submitted by NLRSD on July 21, 1987 and approved by the Court's Order of July 27, 1987 regarding Acts 624 and 762 of 1987. See Addendum lE. 17While Addenda lC and 1D have been deleted, see notes 10 and 11 supra, this has been designated lE to avoid any possible confusion. 915 NLRSD 762, and, as a result, the Attorney General was asked for an opinion regarding this apparent conflict. In Opinion No. 87-190, copy attached as part of Addendum lE, the Attorney General opined that a child living in one district who was enrolled, pursuant to Act 624, in another district was not a transfer subject to the provisions of Act 762 since the child was statutorily entitled to attend school in either district. In light of the Attorney General's opinion, the NLRSD has no discretion regarding the admission of the children or wards of nonresident teachers and this situation could result in an interdistrict segregative effect on the racial composition of the LRSD and NLRSD. Specifically, the NLRSD has 578 teachers of whom 141 live in the LRSD, the great majority of whom are white, 18 Thus, if a significant number of these teachers enrolled their children in the NLRSD, it would result in a negative impact on the racial composition of the LRSD student body. To date, the number of applications for such interdistrict enrollment of teachers' children has been minimal and the race of those applying has been so balanced as to have no adverse effect on either school district involved. However, to protect against the potential adverse interdistrict effect that such enrollment makes possible, the NLRSD will report to the Court annually regarding the number and race of teacher's children who are being enrolled in the district where the teacher is employed rather than in the district 18These numbers were accurate as of July, 1987 when the Addendum was submitted to the court for approval. 916 NLRSD in which they reside. Should a problem develop, the NLRSD will ask the Court for relief. Until that time, however, the NLRSD will adhere to the requirements of Acts 624 and 762 as interpreted by the Attorney General's Opinion No. 87-190. 917 NLRSD SECTION lA: STUDENT ASSIGNMENT19 Section 1 of NLRX R-1 20 addressed issues relating to student assignment and established a plan for assigning students in the NLRSD which remediated any concentration of whites and blacks north and south of Interstate 40 and achieved a racial balance in each school well within the standard of plus or minus one fourth of the District-wide racial make-up. These student assignment provisions were not criticized at trial or in the proposed findings submitted by the parties and the NLRSD believes these provisions fully remediate the effects of any violation related to student assign. men. t 21 19 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 544. 20NLRX R-1 is the March Plan. 21The Court held in LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363, 367 (E.D. Ark. 1987) that all deficiencies related to student assignment had been corrected. 918 NLRSD SECTION 2: STAFF RECRUITMENT PLAN22 The Eighth Circuit directed the North Little Rock School District to develop a plan to comply with earlier decrees regarding increasing the representation of blacks as principals and administrators in the North Little Rock School District. To ensure that a greater number of black applicants are attracted to teaching positions which would improve the pool of qualified applicants for administrative positions, and in order to meet the standards set by applicable law, F#f'''N.5fiTtl'.#.1\n:l)~'.1)l\u0026lt;R::\nsph.QQI:'.\n:P!'.~fi\nt,q.1\n/~g1l~'.t#g''.'.'.::sBmP9f.\\.~P#.!''.X:R~,'.'''.'.:~::::\n'if~9#P##!i~n#ln::::::::'.:'.#~~i.'\ntfig~~n{f:'.''.~e'''Ji'.~~:::''::Ji:~::::):\u0026gt;\"~$th~e fRN'o.r\nt:h: :aL~itt~.lex ~:ey:%~?.~:'~': Reek School District. proposes the following components of a eomprehensive reeruit.ment plan, INTERNAL ACTIVITIES 23 1. The District will develop a budget that anticipates activities related to all components of the plan and provides the necessary funding for these activities. 2. North Little Rock School District personnel will be notified of vacancies in administrative and principal positions and will be encouraged to apply. 3. Periodically, the North Little Rock School District will conduct an interest survey among its teachers and administrators with the purpose of identifying those individuals who would be interested in advancement to 22 Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 96 23 Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 96 919 NLRSD administrative or principal positions. COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CONTACTS2 ' College and universities are perhaps the best source of qualified applicants for teaching positions. Therefore, the District will contact these institutions for the purpose of recruiting qualified black applicants. 1. The District will identify regional colleges and universities which have strong teacher education programs with significant black enrollment. 2. The District will identify regional universities having post graduate education programs with significant black enrollment for the purpose of soliciting black applicants for administrative positions. 3. The district will contact those institutions identified in paragraphs 1 and 2, as well as others, using a letter of introduction (Addendum 2A) and will provide them with a brochure containing brief information about the District, occupational opportunities and employee benefits\nan Equal Opportunity Employer statement\nand a tit containing other pertinent information. 4. District personnel will visit those teacher training institutions expressing interest, with special emphasis on established career days or special events sponsored by the institutions and with special attention given to institutions that have historically produced great numbers of black 2'source: March Plan, 2 JDR 97 920 NLRSD educators. 5. District personnel will attend visitation seminars at interested institutions at times agreed upon by the institution and the District. Prearrangements and announcements would be made through the appropriate officials at the institutions. 6. The District will develop appropriate materials for distribution to institutions and their interested students, including an introductory letter (Addendum 2B)\na description of employee benefits (Addendum 2C)\na District brochure (Addendum 2D)\nan application\nspecific informational items on teaching, coaching, and administrative positions\nnotices on current job vacancies\na schedule of visitations and seminars\nand the brochure described in paragraph 3 above. COMMUNITYA CTIVITIES 25 Another excellent source for recruitment can be found in community programs and activities. To this end, the District will ensure that its participation in community programs and activities is consistent with its commitment as an equal opportunity employers. 1. Black community leaders will be invited to talk with the North Little Rock School District concerning the employment of black administrators. 2. The District will also contact community organizations, such as the Urban League of Greater Little Rock, which provide 25 Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 98. 921 NLRSD employment referrals for black professionals. PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS26 Placement services provided by professional associations for their members is an additional method of recruitment. 1. The District will identify those educational organizations which could serve as a source of black applicants for administrative positions. 2. The District will contact those organizations which provide employment information and will provide them with relevant materials regarding employment with the NLRSD. 3. Where appropriate, District personnel will attend regional or national conferences sponsored by professional associations for the purpose of recruiting administrative personnel. OTHER OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES 27 1. Recruitment activities will be administered by those fully aware of the District's non-discrimination and equal employment opportunity policies. 2. Recruitment programs may be held in hotel/motel conference rooms in cities considered a promising source of applicants - for example, Memphis, Tennessee\nJackson, Mississippi\nBaton Rouge, Louisiana. Such programs would be preceded by extensive local publicity. 3. It will be the policy of the North Little Rock School District to notify in writing all recruitment sources and to state in 26 Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 9 9 . 27Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 99. 922 NLRSD all recruiting materials, including newspaper advertisements, that it is an \"Equal Opportunity Employer\". 4. The District will produce a 10-minute slide show or videotape presentation describing the District and occupational opportunities in the District for use at recruitment sites. 5. When appropriate, the District will advertise teaching and administrative vacancies in newspapers and other media in communities that have colleges and universities targeted for recruitment efforts. 923 NLRSD SECTION 2A: STAFF RECRUITMENT PLAN28 In Section 2 of NLRX R-1 29 the NLRSD enumerated the steps it will take to improve the recruitment and selection of black faculty and staff. Included in these are job posting and an employee interest inventory intended to improve promotional opportunities for black employees, with particular emphasis on placing blacks in administrative and principal positions. These efforts are all related to remediating violations 2 and 4 which related to the underrepresentation of blacks in administrative, principal and coaching positions. teaching, At trial, there was criticism of the failure to provide for numerical goals and timetables. In the NLRSD's Proposed Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law, the District addressed this criticism by incorporating requirements that the District develop numerical goals and timetables. NLRSD F. 0. F. \u0026amp; C. 0. L. #2 0. A labor economist will be employed to conduct an analysis of the pool of qualified applicants in the relevant labor market for each job classification. 30 In addition, the vacancies in the District for the last five years, anticipated new positions and positions it is anticipated will be eliminated will be considered in determining the vacancies reasonably anticipated in the future. it\n}\n[J.\n[~j 28 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 545-46. 29 The March Plan. 30This labor market analysis was completed in 1988 and submitted to the Special Master. See 5 JDR 1451-78. 924 NLRSD 1\u0026amp;:1+M+'+~::1::s~f.4.':1\n~#@'n::s#s~ns:m+ntsm~~2n1:::t\\!4i++':Jim:::::\n:p.ijy~J\nsifffig:'~~-~Pn~l$.X#:'gjl,ilibai:tm\u0026amp;'eil.f\u0026gt;lJii!::r.l'.)'.~A#ti:'.'qX~iJiJ.:$.l.o.,~.~'nfaif.\\l\n++Y.l[:{i.jpJ\n~~#j,.i\n@P:i: 'i'he aailability data aftd T.\"aeaftey iftformatioft will theft be utilized ift deelopiftg reasofta.ble goals and timetables for eaeh elassifieation. 'i'he NLRSD proposes that these be submitted to the Court no later than Mareh 1, 1987. NLRSD F.O.F. \u0026amp; c.o.L. No. 23. When fully implemented, the NLRSD believes these recruitment efforts and selection goals will fully rernediate any violations related to the underrepresentation of blacks in administrative, teaching, principal or coaching positions. 925 NLRSD SECTION 3: SPECIAL EDUCATION PLAN31 INTRODUCTION The Court of Appeals has ordered the North Little Rock School District to adopt a \"racially neutral plan evaluating and placing students requiring special education.\" Mem. Op. at 61, 778 F. 2d at 435. In addressing this directive, the NLRSD remains cognizant of several important factors. First, the District is obligated by State and federal law to provide every handicapped child with a free and appropriate education. While classifying black children as in need of special education when, in fact, they do not need it, could be discriminatory and, thus, a violation of the Constitution, the failure to provide special education to a black child who did need it would be a violation of Public Law 94-142 and Arkansas Act 102 of 1973. Recognizing the tension between these important public policies, the District considers that the emphasis of its special education plan must be on ensuring the accuracy of its evaluation programs and the elimination of any masking influence caused by cultural of socioeconomic biases. Second, the District recognizes that the Court of Appeals' primary concern is with the classification of black students as educably mentally retarded (EMR) and has, therefore, focused specifically on the evaluation, placement and instructional practices related to its mental retardation programs. Third, the District also notes that the evidence giving rise to the Court's findings arose from data collected in 1976 and 1980. Since 1980, however, significant 31 Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 117. 926 NLRSD changes have been implemented in the State and federal regulations governing evaluation and placement in special education programs, many of which were specifically aimed at safeguarding against the misclassification of students as needing special education. See generally, Referral, Placement \u0026amp; Appeal Procedures: For Special Education and Related Services (Ark. Dept. of Educ. 1985) ([***]\nhereinafter referred to as \"Referral Procedures\". ) and Program Standards and Eligibility Criteria for Special Education (Ark. Dept. of Educ. 1985). ( [***] 32\nhereinafter referred to as \"Program Standards\",) With these factors in mind, the North Little Rock School District proposes the following plan for implementing a race neutral special education program. STRICT ADHERENCE TO PROCEDURAL SAFEGUARDS REQUIRED BY STATE GUIDELINES33 The Arkansas Department of Education, and the Regulatory Agency Responsible for the enforcement of the Education of the Handicapped Act of 1975, P.L. 94-142, 20 u.s.c. S 1401 et seg., has issued detailed regulations governing the operation of special education programs in Arkansas public schools. These detailed guidelines were first issued in 1981 and were updated and reissued in 1985. See \"Referral Procedures\" (1981) and \"Program Standards\" 32 Since these are published documents available from the Arkansas Department of Education and are quite voluminous, they have been deleted as Addendum 3A and 3B and, references to Addendum 3A or 3B have been deleted. l3 Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 118 927 NLRSD (1981) contained in NLRX 28. [***] 34 These guidelines incorporate provisions which specifically act as safeguards against improper evaluation and placement. DUE PROCESS PROTECTIONS35 In \"Referral Procedures\" ( 1981 \u0026amp; 1985), the Department of Education adopted detailed requirements for due process designed to safeguard against the misevaluation of a child and to ensure that the best educational interests of the child were of paramount importance. The North Little Rock School District complied with these requirements by implementing due process procedures consistent with the State regulations. A copy of the NLRSD's due process procedures are attached hereto as Addendum 3C. For a complete understanding of all the details of these procedures, one is referred to the procedures themselves. A summary of some of the more important features follows: 1. Parents must be notified of every step in the referral, evaluation and placement process and given the opportunity to attend and participate in all meetings and conferences. 2. Parents must give their consent before any formal evaluation or testing of the child may be done. 3. The parent has the right to be represented by the person of their choice at all proceedings. While not required by State or federal regulations, the NLRSD provides the parents of children being evaluated with a list of independent agencies who provide assistance to parents in this process. See 3'Reference to Addendum 3A and 3B deleted. 35Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 119 928 NLRSD Addendum 3D. 4. No child can be placed in a special education program without either parental consent or court order. 5. The parent may request an independent professional evaluation from a list of twenty-four approved agencies. See Addendum 3E. While the NLRSD is required to pay for such an evaluation only in the event the District's evaluation is found to be incorrect, the NLRSD has nonetheless paid for every independent evaluation requested in the past even though its evaluations have never been found to be incorrect. The NLRSD will continue this practice to the extent its budget permits. 6. Finally, the parent has the right to appeal any evaluation or placement decision to a hearing officer, who conducts a formal evidentiary hearing, and ultimately to a court of competent jurisdiction. See \"Referral Procedures\" at 24-33 (1985). 7. In any appeal, the burden of proof as to any placement is upon the school district. See \"Referral Procedures\" at l.B, p. 24 (1985). 8. The NLRSD advises parents of these rights in writing at the beginning of the referral and evaluation process. ---SAFEGUARDS AGAINST IMPROPER USE OF TEST INSTRUMENTS36 In addition to the procedural safeguards discussed above which are designed to ensure an open process involving fully informed parents having access to independent review of any decision, the State regulations first adopted in 1981 also require the incorporation of specific safeguards in the assessment process. 36 Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 120. 929 NLRSD The most important of these safeguards are as follows: 1. Tests and other evaluation materials: a. Have been validated for the specific purpose for which they are used\nand b. Are administered by trained personnel in conformance with the instructions provided by their producer. c. Include materials tailored to assess specific areas of educational need and not merely those which are designed to provide a single general intelligence quotient. 2. No single procedure is used as the sole criterion for determining an appropriate educational program for a child. 3. The evaluation is made by a multidisciplinary team or group of persons, including at least one teacher or other specialist with knowledge in the area of suspected disability. 4. The child is assessed in all areas related to the suspected disability, including, where appropriate, health, vision, hearing, social and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, communicative status, and motor abilities. 5. Intellectual ability must be measured by an individual intelligence test appropriate to the student and such testing may only be done by a certificated educational examiner, licensed psychologist or licensed psychological examiner. See \"Referral Procedures\" at 3-4 (1985). STATE REGULATIONS SPECIFY WHICH TESTS MAY BE USED IN MENTAL RETARDATION ASSESSMENT 31 37 Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 122. 930 NLRSD In furtherance of the requirement that tests must have been validated for the purpose for which they are used, the Arkansas Department of Education, in its \"Program Standards\" specifies by name, which tests may be validly used for what purpose. This is done for each handicap category. The provisions relating to mental retardation assessment are found at pages 13-1 through 13-7 of the \"Program Standards\" (1985). The North Little Rock School District is in compliance with these regulations. It uses no test not specifically approved in these regulations in making final evaluation and placement decisions and will continue to adhere to this practice. ADOPTION OF ALTERNATIVEA SSESSMENTP ROCEDURESA ND INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICES SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED TO AVOID OVERREPRESENTATIOONF MINORITY STUDENTS IN EMR PROGRAMS 38 In addition to maintaining its compliance with all State and federal regulations governing special education, particularly those provisions designed as safeguards against the misclassification of individuals as being mentally retarded, the North Little Rock School District will engage in an on-going effort to identify and study new assessment and evaluation techniques which are designed to address the problem of overrepresentation of minority children in EMR programs. [ *** )39 38 Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 12 2 39References to SOMPA found in the March Plan, 2 JDR 123, have been eliminated pursuant to the NLR 2/89 Petition, 8 JDR 1740-41. 931 NLRSD CANTALICIAN STUDY'0 In 1984, the Cantalician Foundation, published a booklet entitled \"Technical Assistance on Alternative Practices Related to the Problem of the Overrepresentation of Black and Other Minority Students in Classes for the Educ ably Mentally Retarded\" (Cantalician Foundation, Inc.: 1984). (Addendum 3F\nhereinafter referred to as \"Cantalician Study at __ \"). This publication was commissioned by the Office of Civil Rights, United States Department of Education in an effort to provide technical assistance to state and local educational agencies in the reduction of the overrepresentation of minority students in EMR programs. As a result of its study, the Cantalician Foundation identified six alternative instructional practices, two alternative referral practices and two alternative assessment practices which appeared to be effective in reducing minority placement in EMR classes. The alternative instructional practices were endorsed by the Foundation because, if implemented successfully, they would enable some students at risk of EMR placement to impr?ve their performance to the extent that referral for special services would not be necessary. The six practices identified were: 1. Direct Instruction with DISTAR (Cantalician Study at 10) 2. Exemplary Center for Reading Instruction (Id. at 13) 3. Precision Teaching (Id. at 20) ' 0source: March Plan, 2 JDR 123. 932 NLRSD 4. Peer Tutoring (Id. at 20) 5. Adaptive Learning Environment Model (Id. at 23) 6. Computer Assisted Instruction (Id. at 26)' 1 At page 7-8 of its March Plan, the NLRSD committed to implement the six alternative instructional practices recommended by the Cantalician Foundation in its report in 1984. Three of these practices have been implemented -- DISTAR, Peer Tutoring and Computer Assisted Instruction. The contents of the Exemplary Center for Reading Instruction (ECRI) and Adaptive Learning Environment Model (ALEM) have been implemented through other programs although not necessarily in the form specifically described by the Cantalician Foundation in its report. The parties recognize that the purpose of the Cantalician Report was to provide school districts with exemplary programs which could be adapted to each district's curriculum and needs. It was never suggested that the programs could be effective only if implemented exactly as described in the Report. Thus. because the North Little Rock School District has adopted various programs such as PACIR, TESA and Classroom Management as well as DISTAR and Computer Assisted Instruction which implement the educational content and elements of ECRI and ALEM, the District has acted consistent with the intent of the Cantalician Report. Therefore. the parties agree that the North Little Rock School District should not be required to 41A detailed description of these practices is contained in the Cantalician Study attached hereto as Addendum 3F and will not be repeated here. [This footnote is in the original Plan. See October Supplement, 2 JDR 124.] 933 NLRSD implement the Adaptive Learning Environment Model and the Exemplary Center for Reading Instruction alternative practices except as is already being done through other programs. (See Addendum 3J). The sixth proposed alternative instructional practice was Precision Teaching. This has been very effective in teaching the profoundly handicapped but even the Cantalician Foundation warned that there was as yet no evidence of its efficacy in teaching nonhandicapped students. The North Little rock School District has made several attempts to obtain information regarding the effectiveness of this method in teaching non-handicapped students but has been unable to obtain such information. The District will continue to seek this information but the parties agree that the North Little Rock School District should not be required to implement the Precision Teaching Model as an alternative instructional practice until such supporting data is forthcoming. The District will assess the use of Precision Teaching when data is supplied supporting its efficacy for non-handicapped students.' 2 CANTALICAN STUDY -- ALTERNATIVE ASSESSMENT PRACTICES'3 The Cantalician Foundation also recommended four alternative referral and assessment practices: .,.-,'M~,:2,soyrce :_.. , ,. NLR Peti tigp, ~-8 JDR .P 41\"'.':43_ ~ _F \"''\"-TliTs\"''underl'rn~ ~anguage paraphrases pages portions of the Petition Modify, 8JDR '.1741-43, regarding the Cantalician Study, If there are .ahx ~i~Iu~~~~~~I{'.l:c!_.!~-~! l~g- ~-~ n~~~!.:1..:1 ~:A~~ 9.A~9!:.~.'. :.~.~~ 1-:~-~ $~~-~-~--A!.~~ffi}J\\~ ' 3Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 124-25. 934 NLRSD 1. Pupil Appraisal Assessment Program (Id. at 30) 2. Rapid Exam for Early Referral and Classroom Learning Screening (Id. at 35) 3. Reclassification and Declassification (Id. at 40) 4. Interactive Model for Professional Action and Change for Teachers (Id. at 46) The alternative referral and assessment practices listed above will be closely studied by the NLRSD. If there are critical attributes within the above referenced practices that are not currently in use in the North Little Rock School District and the addition of these attributes will lower referral and placement rates in the District without compromising educational quality, these attributes will be added or used to replace current practices. OTHER ALTERNATIVE PRACTICES\" In addition to the alternative instructional practices endorsed by the Cantalician Foundation, the NLRSD has also implemented a Chapter I Project for Elementary schools designed to identify children in grades K - 2 who lack the basic learning skills necessary for successful performance in the regular classroom. Teacher aides are assigned to the regular classroom specifically for the purpose of working with the students in this program and provide these students with intensive, individualized instruction designed to develop the learning skills needed. When successful this program avoids the need to place a student in a \"source: March Plan, 2 JDR 125. 935 NLRSD special education program and permits advancement through the normal curriculum. A more detailed description of this program is contained in Addendum 3G, entitled \"North Little Rock Public Schools: A Chapter I Project for Elementary schools\". INCREASED REVIEW BY INDEPENDENT PARTIES' 5 State regulations provide that the Department of Education will conduct a review of each school district's special education program at least once every three years to determine compliance with all State and federal regulations. The North Little Rock School District's last compliance review was completed on April 18, 1984 and the District was found to be in compliance. See NLRX 30 \"Monitoring Checklist and Compliance Letter\" attached as Addendum 3H. 1985. All suggested improvements were implemented by January 31, See Letter to Ark. Dept of Education dated 1/31/85 attached as Addendum 31. In addition to this regularly scheduled compliance review, the District will invite the following organizations to conduct inservice training and/or periodic review of the district's policies, practices and procedures related to special education. 1. Child Advocacy Services, Inc. 2. Bureau of the Educationally Handicapped 3. Parents' Coalition for the Handicapped 4. Federal Office of Special Education 5. Arkansas Department of Education ' 5Source: March Plan, 2 JDR 126. 936 NLRSD 6. Office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education As a further effort to open the District's assessment process to outside review and constructive criticism, child advocates will be invited to attend conferences where children's needs are being discussed, subject to parental approval where necessary. The Superintendent of the North Little Rock School District will also appoint a committee whose members will include, but will not be limited to, parents, patrons, students, teachers, licensed examiners, counselors, principals, speech therapists and special education administrators which committee will be charged with reviewing student records and special education procedures and whose members will be asked to attend student conferences. Additionally, this committee will be asked to monitor all phases of the District's special education program and its compliance with State and federal regulations at least every 18 months. 937 NLRSD SECTION 3A: SPECIAL EDUCATION'6 The provisions of the NLRSD's plan for remediating violations related to the overrepresentation of blacks in special education programs is fully set forth in Section 3 of NLRX R-1\". In its Proposed Findings of Fact and Conclusions of the Law, the NLRSD did provide that the District would maintain records sufficient to identify and tabulate separately the total number of students by race in each school and grade level and by type of placement who are (a) referred for consideration for placement in a special education program\n(b) evaluated for such placement\nand (c) actually placed in a special education program. These data are to be maintained in the central administrative offices although separately from each student's individual file. This data is to be reviewed by the central administrative staff and reported to the Court annually. NLRSD F.O.F. \u0026amp; C.O.L. No. 80a. Furthermore, it is suggested that the Arkansas Department of Education monitor compliance with all classification procedures and safeguards on an annual basis rather than once every three years. NLRSD F.O.F. \u0026amp; C.O.L. No. 80b. Also, the NLRSD would establish an intradistrict review committee to monitor the District's special education programs and, particularly, its classification proceedings . NLRSD F. 0. F. \u0026amp; C . 0. L. No. 8 0c . F\"\n ~he\"\" Joshua ~--, ~.  ................. .-. )., /4 I\u0026gt;rx-i..t-.e....r -.v...e ... r..i..o...r...s. -.............m... -a.y..... ..a.. p p.o.. .i-.. n-... t.. ......a...-. ... ..r...e..p....: r..e .s...e...n. t..a..t..f..v.. e ..   .... -.. -.t..o.... ......t..h. ios:. . ... ..,.,. ..\"...c....o .... m.- .-...m . .- ..-.x f. .-t ...:..t.-.e.......m..e .. sv ! ,6 Source: October 1986 Supplement, 3 JDR 547. \"The March Plan. 938 NLRSD SECTION 4: COMPENSATORYE DUCATION48 The North Little Rock School District believes that each student can learn and encourages each student to achieve according to his or her best abilities. Careful appraisal, frequent evaluation, and flexible grouping ensure that each student will receive instruction according to identified strengths and needs. The curriculum in the elementary schools places primary emphasis on the basics of reading, spelling, language, mathematics, writing, social studies, science and health. Students also participate in music, art, and physical education activities. Mastery of skills in each subject is stressed, and career awareness is a component in many of the basic subjects. The junior high program provides a period of transition from the elementary school to senior high school. The transition covers all areas of school life: academic, co-curricular, and social. At the junior high level, continued emphasis is placed on the individual and on basic skills instruction, while a wider scope of instructional programs and co-curricular activities is introduced. In addition to basic disciplines, junior high students may select electives in modern foreign languages, industrial arts, home economics, exploratory business, art, communications, choral music, and band. Introduction to competitive athletics, student government, spirit clubs, and special interest organizations encourage self-development and preparation for high school. '8Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 548. 939 NLRSD The senior high schools provide a comprehensive course of study based on the District's commitment to providing a classical college preparatory curriculum and career preparation programs. A strong basic academic program and a wide-range of electives in fine arts, foreign languages, forensics, business, and vocationaltechnical skills offer a multitude of options to high school students. The District recognizes, however, that the regular curriculum is often insufficient in aiding disadvantaged students, particularly disadvantaged minority students suffering the effects of centuries of societal discrimination, to achieve mastery of basic skills. Therefore, within the framework of a comprehensive curriculu..~ which meets and exceeds state standards and which is structured to meet the varying individual needs of all students, the North Little Rock School District must address identified remedial needs of disadvantaged minority students,t\"\"The Oist:flc't  c-. - -   X ,.r also recognizes. that. achlevement disparity does existootweeti t:n.4 X\u0026lt;- . ...   -  -   -  ,. - -     -   ---  --    -- -   . . ._  .... ---v CVX .. .\n-.. e::::::oc:.:.J.1., pLic'k'.~:and-nc,nbfac~ student __p_o piilatiqn::~=~d,?fessi~g ~ ~:?~SR~!~ [ssuemay start \"1fth' 1:he''developmentof disparit:y\"i\nffans''\"''a1fWeaER XJ. ......- .. -.. ... -.,.. . -... -..........  ... ..  .......... ,... . . . . ...- .. -.-..-.... ..... ,....  ..-,,-,...  .-.. -,-,. ..........  ... ,.t-.. ., .. . ........... -.-......  . . ... -..-... -.-.... -.. -..-... .-..,. ..... ~...,,. ...-. .-.-.-..X.-.\u0026lt; The following compensatory programs and compensatory components of programs will be provided to help students overcome the segregative effects of a nonunitary school system. Like the Little Rock School District, however, the North Little Rock School District lacks sufficient resources to implement all the 940 NLRSD compensatory programs it would like to have available and still provide a regular program of instruction which is educationally adequate. The District is aware that Little Rock contends that the State is obligated, pursuant to the Court of Appeals decision in this case, to provide additional funds to all three school districts for additional compensatory education. The NLRSD does not necessarily share this interpretation but should Little Rock's position be the correct one, there are compensatory programs beyond the District's present means which should be implemented if the State is obligated to provide the additional funding. Because of this ambiguity in the availability of resources, the NLRSD has provided two lists of compensatory programs. The first lists those programs which the District has implemented or will implement from its present funding base and without additional funding from the State. The second lists those compensatory programs the District would like to implement but cannot without additional State aid. [***] 49 PROGRAMSIM PLEMENTEDW ITHOUTA DDITIONALS TATE ASSISTANCE EARLY CHILDHOODP ROGRAM Kindergarten programs will be implemented at each elementary school with a District goal of 100 percent attendance by all eligible students. ,9 Addendum 4A and, thus, references to Addendum 4A have been eliminated~ince _A_d d. 4A has been deleted and superseded by the NLR Comp. Ed.rstip.\nStrip, regarding compensatory programs to be implemented with the settlement funds from the State. See 14 JDR 3584-91. 941 NLRSD Two diagnostic tests, the Boehm-R Test of Basic Concepts and the [***] Early Prevention of School Failure Test 50 , will be administered to all kindergarten children at the first of each school year. The Boehm test assesses student understanding of fifty basic concepts which are fundamental to understanding verbal instruction and are essential for early school achievement. [***] 51 Teachers will use the data from these two tests to design a prescriptive learning program for each child. They will assume the responsibility for implementing the instructional learning programs. Intensified Instruction. At levels kindergarten through second grade, teacher aides will be assigned to assist teachers in providing learning experiences for selected students who exhibit deficiencies in reading, language, and basic concepts. Third grade students in selected schools will also receive special instruction from paraprofessionals. The paraprofessional will provide supplemental compensatory instruction for selected students. Instruction will occur in small groups and on a one-to-one basis. The instructional lessons provided by the paraprofessional will be correlated with the instructional lessons provided by the teachers. 50 The Early Prevention of School Failure Test has replaced the Dallas Preschool Screening Test included in the October Supplement (3 JDR 550-51) pursuant to the NLR 2/89 Petition, 8 JDR 1743. 51Id. 942 NLRSD BASIC SKILLS INSTRUCTION52 The curriculum in grades K-7 places primary emphasis on the mastery of the basic skills in reading, language arts, and mathematics. Careful appraisal, frequent evaluation, and flexible grouping ensure that each student will receive instruction according to identified strengths and needs. In grades 8-12, continued emphasis will be placed on the individual student and on basic skills instruction within the framework of a comprehensive secondary curriculum. 1. PACIR. r.wt:J \\~\n'~a:f:\u0026gt; ~\n:J:lieJ~$.91~~2y'~)\n'.1Y.$*t::C:.J:: if'.iC:t:\u0026lt;J\ngU\nt,_ t~iiew.a.r:,p r~\nfj~ c\n:'1:\":: )~~f.'7''.ff~i:$$ajlt.r' c\n@s a ::\nta:i\ngw.,ageL~ti'Jl1.:iillJia Ji.t~~\niiii:.:..~.:. PP#i~4h,:t.p\n, '~: :c:~t,i.q.4J.wn'L~na::1M'.t.~t\ntgn!ft,:\n:::g~\u0026amp;a.1 K~!i.C:C:.Rw .tJp ::\n~~.'.:.4~~],9.~4#? :,,::\ntn~.W:f:..-h~(t,ct\n'.. ::s1},.):~~gqijf::lf(tJilhg A C\\H:fi:E.'W:lfi renewal project for Mathematics and Language Arts called Practical Approach to CurriculWII and Instructional Renewal (PACIR} will be developed to insure that classroom learning meets the expectations of pacccnts and students, In this program, objectives will be developed\nstudents' progress will be measured\nstudents' needs will be identified\nany programs, practices, and resources will be adjusted. Through this emphasis on the mastery of the basic skills, the North Little Rock School District will continue to focus on the remediation of identified deficiencies in reading, language arts, and 52 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 552. 943 NLRSD mathematics. 2. Early Childhood Program. l\\Y\u0026lt;tl\nffi\\gnp. g\n::jtfig'.}l~~+H~.?)t~h)klY.~A:Pt!%itf:[t@i!\n)Ni,pt:l.[jj.eptinq first and second grade students, as well as third grade students in selected schools, who have identified reading deficiencies will receive supplemental reading instruction as described in the Early Childhood section. This instruction will be in addition to the regular reading instruction and will be planned and directed by the classroom teacher. The program will include one-to-one tutoring by a trained paraprofessional. 3. Additional Reading Instruction. Generally, District elementary students will be involved in only one small group classroom instructional reading lesson per day. Selected elementary students will be involved in an additional reading instructional lesson per day. Students who are reading below grade level and who are experiencing difficulty in reading will be prime candidates for this additional instruction. 4. Academic Skills Development Plans. State Minimum Performance Tests will be administered to students at the third, sixth, and eighth grade levels. Teachers will work in cooperation with principals, parents, and counselors to develop and implement Academic Skills Development Plans for all students who do not pass the Minimum Performance Tests. Each individual student plan will include 944 NLRSD a list of the basic skills which were not mastered by the student and strategies for remediation of these deficiencies. Teachers will be required to indicate the date when mastery of each skill has been reached. 5. Remedial Reading at the Junior High School Level. Remedial reading classes will be provided at each junior high school for students with deficiencies in reading. The classes will be staffed by reading specialists. Special emphasis will be placed on the following skills: comprehension, word recognition, communication, study skills and survival reading skills. PUPIL SERVICES53 In addition to the opportunities for academic achievement provided by the core curriculum, the District will provide specialized programs and services to diagnose and meet the particular educational needs of all students and to foster their individual physical, social, intellectual, and emotional growth. The special needs of identified disadvantaged and minority students will be met in a variety of ways. 1. Guidance Services. A guidance program will be provided in each school to aid students in educational, personal, social, and vocational development. All students will have access to a guidance counselor. The ratio for secondary schools will be one 53 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 554. 945 NLRso counselor for every 450 students. For elementary schools, the ratio will be one counselor for every 600 students. Particular attention will be paid in this program to the needs of minority and disadvantaged students. 2. Diagnosis and Prescription. A comprehensive assessment program will permit the District to identify students who are having academic problems and to provide opportunities for them to experience success. The assessment program will include standardized tests in grades 2-10\nMinimum Performance Tests in grades 3, 6, and 8\naptitude tests\nsubject area mastery tests\ndiagnostic tests, such as the Boehm Test\nteacher-made tests\npsychological tests\nand heal th screening. Test data will be used in planning appropriate compensatory programs and services for students. Again, particular emphasis will be placed on the needs of minority and disadvantaged students. 3. Social Work. A half-time social worker will provide services for students who have serious problems with school adjustment. The social worker will serve as a link between school, home, and community and will assist students in overcoming academic, social, and behavior problems. 4. Homebound Services. Students with medical conditions which require them to be absent from school for four or more consecutive weeks will be 946 NLRSD provided instruction by a certified teacher. LEARNING RESOURCES54 1. Library/Media Program. The library /media program is a key component of the instructional program. The District Instructional Materials Center and the individual school media centers are extensions of classroom instruction as books, films, videotapes, and other instructional materials are utilized to expand and enrich the curriculum. The media specialist, recognizing students' unique learning abilities, perfonnance levels, learning styles, and interest, prescribes appropriate curricular and special interest learning materials. This service is extremely beneficial to educationally disadvantaged students as their specific learning needs are matched to appropriate learning materials. 2. Computer Assisted Instruction. For those students whose instructional needs require reteaching and additional drill and practice to achieve mastery in reading, language, and mathematics, computer assisted instruction will be provided. Computer activities will be integrated into the instructional program so that classroom instruction will be reinforced by concentrated ontask learning on the computer. All schools will use computers and computer assisted instruction and computer managed instruction software. 5'Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 556 947 NLRSD 3. Basic Skills Computer Laboratories. Basic Skills Computer Laboratories have been established at Argenta Elementary School, Central Junior High School, and Rose City Junior High School. The basic skills computer laboratories provide supplementary computer assisted and computer managed instruction in reading, language, and mathematics for all students on a regularly scheduled basis. Utilizing IMPAC software and course materials, the supplemental instruction is geared to the individual student's needs. The educationally disadvantaged student will benefit greatly from this individualized program. SUMMERL EARNINGE XPERIENCES55 To extend students' opportunities for the mastery of the basic skills and for enrichment, a program of sununer learning experiences will be established. 1. Summer School for Secondary Students. A summer school program will be offered on a tuition basis for students in grades 9-12. Students may elect to take remedial or enrichment courses. 2. Pilot Project for Eighth Grade Students. During the summer of 1987, a pilot summer program funded by JTPA (Job Training Partnership Act) will be conducted to remediate the learning deficiencies of eighth grade students who did not pass the Minimum Performance Test. The procedure will be to assess learning deficiencies, 55Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 558. 948 NLRSD plan for and provide individualized instruction, and utilize the best learning approaches available in a concentrated time frame. Transportation will be provided for the students. If the pilot project is successful and if JTPA continues to fund the project, the e~ghth grade summer school will be implemented each summer. PARENTAL/COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT56 Parents will be encouraged to become informed about the District's educational program and involved in their children's instructional program. Opportunities for involvement will include: PTA\nChapter 1 Parent Advisory Committee\nDistrict committees such as Curriculum, Textbook, Discipline, Gifted, Special Education, and Six-Year Planning\nand local school committees such as Six-Year Planning, PTA, and NCA Self-Study. Steps will be taken to assure that there is biracial participation in this committee work. A part-ti.me coordinator will work with Volunteers in Public Schools (VIPS) which serves as a vehicle to involve parents directly in the instructional process. Parents will serve as resource persons, do one-to-one tutoring for students not achieving mastery of the basic skills, and perform other volunteer tasks. Parents will be kept well-informed of their children's progress in school. Conferences will be scheduled at least twice each year for parents of elementary students and at least once each year for parents of secondary students. This parental involvement, 56 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 558. 949 NLRSD while important for all students, is extremely critical to the success of many disadvantaged and minority students, and special attention will be paid to these students. Report cards will be issued at the end of each nine week grading period. Written interim progress reports will be sent home to parents if a student is making unsatisfactory progress. Parents will be asked to confer with teachers throughout the year concerning the student's progress. For minority students who are participating in other compensatory education programs extra steps will be taken to involve parents or guardians in the student's educational experiences. Through the Classmates Program, the business community will become more informed about and more involved in the educational process. Efforts will be made to extend Classmates, which provides the opportunity for a business and a school to become community partners, to all North Little Rock schools. STAFF DEVELOPMENT57 The North Little Rock School District Staff Development Program is designed to assist each staff member in performing at his/her optimum level in every area of the total teaching act. The District programs which will impact greatly on compensatory education are the Program for Effective Teaching (PET) and Classroom Management Training. 1. Program for Effective Training. The Program for Effective Training (PET) teaches the 57 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 560. 950 NLRsD teacher the key elements which must be present in any instructional lesson if student mastery is to occur. A training cycle consists of: seven full days of instruction for the teacher\nfive practice lessons taught by the teacher while being observed by a trained observer\nand follow-up conferences by the observed and teacher. Since all present staff members have completed PET training, new teachers will receive the training each spring. Students with learning deficiencies will profit as the instructional proficiency of teachers is increased. 2. Classroom Management Training. In the training sessions, Classroom Management is approached as a matter of preparation, organization, and instruction. The program stresses that effective classroom managers are successful, not so much because they are more effective in responding to problems of inattention or disruption, but because they are more effective in preventing such problems. Each training cycle consists of two days of training for each teacher and three classroom observations. Following each observation, the trained observer confers with the teacher to commend areas of strength and to provide assistance in overcoming deficiencies in classroom management. All elementary teachers have completed this training. New elementary teachers and all secondary teachers will receive Classroom Management Training. 951 NLRSD Since many students who are encountering learning problems are often inattentive or disruptive, this program impacts positively on these students as teachers learn to manage classrooms more efficiently and effectively. 952 NLRSD STIPULATED COMPENSATOREYD UCATIONP ROGRAMS TO BE IMPLEMENTEDB Y NORTHL ITTLE ROCK SCHOOLD ISTRICT WITH SETTLEMENTM ONIES58 The programs listed below will be implemented with settlement monies pursuant to paragraph VIII. D, at page 39, of the Pulaski County School Desegregation Case Settlement Agreement, March, 1989, as amended. The District cannot presently implement these programs without funds from the Settlement Agreement due to the financial condition of the District. In its October, 1986 Supplement to Plan for Implementing the Remedial Order of the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit as it Applies to the North Little Rock School District, approved by the Court in its Order of February 27, 1987 (LRSD v. PCSSD, et al., 659 F. Supp. 363, 367-68 (E.D. Ark. 1987), the NLRSD described in Section 4: Compensatory Education, certain educational programs needed to address achievement disparity of black students which could be implemented only with additional funding from the State. With the settlement monies from the State, the NLRSD will now be able to implement those programs as described below. SETTLEMENTP LAN FOR COMPENSATOREYD UCATION Programs to be Implemented with Settlement Monies I. Learning Resources 58 Source: NLR Comp. Ed. Stip., 14 JDR 3584-91. These stipulated programs were approved by the Court of Appeals in LRSD v. PCSSD, 921 F.2d 1371, 1387-88 (8th Cir. 1990). This stipulation gave effect to and now replaces that portion of Section 4 of the October Supplement describing programs which could only be implemented with additional state funds. Therefore, 3 JDR 562-574 has been deleted and replaced by this stipulation. 953 NLRSD Goal: Provide technology based remedial basic skills instruction to reduce the achievement disparity between black and non-black students. A. Basic Skills Computer Laboratories B. The first priority of this Settlement Plan is to establish a twenty-eight station Basic Skills Computer Laboratory in each elementary school to assist students in mastering the basic reading, language and mathematics skills. Settlement funds, federal funds and other available funds will be utilized to fund the computer laboratories. The first priority will be to increase the size of existing computer laboratories at Redwood, Boone Park, Amboy, Glenview and Rose City elementaries to twenty-eight station labs. Computer laboratories would then be added to all other elementary schools in priority based upon the largest number of economically deprived students as determined by the eligible participants in the free/reduced lunch program. The ex~ansion of labs at these five schools will occur the first year of the Plan and additional schools will be equipped with a computer laboratory starting the second year of the Settlement Plan and completing that installation process by the end of the fourth year of the Settlement Plan. Diagnostic and Prescription Diagnostic and prescriptive services will be 954 NLRSD available to each grade 1-8 student and teacher in reading, language and mathematics through locally developed PACIR objectives with prescriptive test and the use of the Curriculum Management software that IBM has under development or some comparable alternative. 59 The North Little Rock School District has requested that IBM Corporation allow North Little Rock School District to participate in the pilot of this software this year. Through the use of PACIR objectives and diagnostic tests using the Curriculum Management software, individual education plans (IEP) will be made available for students  El~ :::#filjij9'.p:#gy\n'.pi\nggj\n!~~~:\ni~A~f']?!!:!.E.!:at\nIgqjltl ~p.1: #\n2y#iei: raaJ'#.Jap#XC~9-c:\u0026lt;1.t\ntpila:t\n'\n#i\u0026gt;?:4!g-:h.iPf~:~#C1'.iJi#'49 ~~n~,~ .f.~. g:14\u0026lt;swi~~:::::0::::\n:\n.m:~-iil:i,'.\\~n~~9.:~til:M\\t~Pe+~vffi1i)\nThese services will be available during the fourth year of the Plan provided IBM Corporation has developed and releases the Curriculum Management software in early 1990. 60 II. Pupil Services (and Program Monitoring) Goal: To assess student achievement and monitor the reduction of achievement disparity between black and non-black students. 59IBM has withdrawn the Curriculum Management software and the status of its development and likelihood of release is unknown. The NLRSD is presently seeking a suitable alternative. ' 0Id. 955 NLRSD A. Diagnosis and Prescription Standardized achievement testing will be extended to grade 1 and grade 11 in order to provide more sequential and comprehensive data for curriculum assessment and individual student mastery. Achievement data by race will be developed for each school by grade. These data will be analyzed each year to determine program efficacy and in developing achievement components of each school's annual School Improvement Plan. Beginning in year one of the Settlement Plan, the District will provide up to $5,000.00 to assist disadvantaged youth in paying for college entrance testing such as the SAT and ACT. III. Staff Development Goal: Provide teachers with additional skills and awareness which will more greatly involve minority students into the mainstream of classroom activities and reduce teacher preconceptions which might hinder learning by black students. A. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (TESA) Extensive research shows that teacher interaction with students perceived as low achievers is less motivating and less supportive than interaction with students perceived as high achievers. Research also shows that high achievers receive more response opportunities and are given more time to respond to questions. This has particular application to educating 956 NLRSD minority and disadvantaged students. The Teacher Expectation and Student Achievement Program (TESA) deals with these important research data. It addresses the effects of teacher expectations on student achievement. In the program, teachers learn to increase specific motivating and supportive interactions with low achievers. Fifteen interactions are presented in the program. The training program consists of five workshop sessions and five classroom observations per teacher. The TESA program will begin implementation the first year of the Plan, and all teachers will have received TESA training by the end of the sixth year of the Plan. IV. Early Childhood Goal: To better prepare disadvantaged and minority four and five year old students for school success. A. Pre-Kindergarten Program To better prepare disadvantaged and minority students for school success, a HIPPY program will be established in lower socio-economic elementary attendance zones such as Redwood, Pine, Boone Park, Argenta, Glenview and Seventh Street. This program will focus on academic and social skills necessary for school success. Parent involvement in the learning process of the students is a component of the program. 957 NLRSD One attendance zone will be added each year beginning in 1989-90 school year and continuing until all identified schools' programs are made operational. Funds outside the settlement funds will be utilized until after year four of the Settlement Plan. Summer Learning Experiences Goal: Provide tuition grants and transportation to low socio-economic students to attend summer school. A. Summer School for Secondary Students B. To meet the summer school needs of educationally disadvantaged students, tuition scholarships and transportation will be provided to those students who would be unable to attend without assistance. Regulations governing the free and reduced lunch participants will be the guide in awarding scholarship tuition and transportation for secondary summer school. Tuition scholarships and transportation will be made available the second year of the implementation plan. Summer School for Elementary and Junior High School Students Goal: To enable low achieving students the opportunity to receive small group remedial instruction. Summer learning opportunities will be provided for selected elementary and junior high school students who have not mastered the basic skills curriculum. Each year the instructional department will carefully review and analyze Metropolitan Achievement Test data and the data 958 NLRSD from the Minimum Performance Tests to determine the content areas and grades in greatest need of remediation services. The curriculum would provide remedial and enrichment activities in large and small group settings through both computer assisted and teacher directed instruction. Summer school activities are currently on-going for grades 1, 3, 6 and 8. An evaluation and review of each program is made each summer. Continued review and evaluation will continue with consideration given for program expansion implementation plan. VI. Basic Skills Instruction for the second year of the Goal: Provide remedial instruction for basic skills mastery to reduce achievement disparity between black and non-black students A. Remedial Reading Laboratories at the Senior High School Level Remedial reading instruction will be provided at each senior high school for students with deficiencies in reading. Instruction would be provided jointly through computer assisted and teacher directed by a reading specialist. Special emphasis would be placed on the following skills: comprehension, word recognition, communication and survival reading skills. These services will be implemented beginning with the fifth year of the Settlement Plan and continuing 959 NLRSD VII. B. through year seven. Remedial Readina and Mathematics Supplementary Instruction at the Elementary Level Remedial reading and/or remedial mathematics supplementary instruction will be provided in the elementary schools serving students who score below the twentieth percentile in grades 1, 2 and 3 . The Metropolitan Achievement Test (MAT-6) will be used as the evaluative instrument for grades 2 and 3. An appropriate standardized instrument will be selected for evaluation of grade 1 students prior to implementation date. Grades 4, 5 and 6 will be served as funds become available. The supplementary instructional program will be staffed by itinerate ( floating) reading and/or mathematics specialists who will be assigned to schools as needed to deliver instruction to students who score below the twentieth percentile on diagnostic instruments described above for grades 1, 2 and 3. The learning experiences would be in addition to classroom instruction, but will be correlated with classroom programs. The supplementary instructional services will be provided the fifth, sixth and seventh year of the settlement plan. The implementation of the District's compensatory education programs will also be monitored by the State 960 NLRSD pursuant to Section III A of the Settlement Agreement and nothing in this plan is intended to limit that monitoring responsibility. 961 NLRSD SECTION 5: COMPENSATORPYR OGRAMSA IMED AT DROPOUTP REVENTION61 In North Little Rock, as in any urban school district today, at least 25 percent of the students could be categorized as potential dropouts. Characteristics of these \"at risk\" students may include: poor self-concept, a high degree of frustration with school work, possession of values that are in direct conflict with those of the school, and difficulties in verbal and nonverbal coI!llllunication. All compensatory programs address those symptoms, even at the early elementary level\nhowever, if the problems have not been corrected as the student enters the secondary schools, the risk of dropout intensifies. A number of intervention programs which address the \"at risk\" student will be implemented. WIN PROGRAM62 The WIN Program (We Intervene Now), designed to identify and modify student behaviors which interfere with educational progress, is being piloted at Lakewood Junior High School during 1986-87. If the program is successful, it will be implemented in other secondary schools. The intent of the program is to provide an intervention process that involves the student, parent, and school personnel. This intervention process will be especially beneficial for disadvantaged students. 61Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 575. 62Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 575. 962 NLRSD STUDENT ASSIGNMENT CLASSES (SAC)63 Student Assignment Classes (SAC) will be established for oncampus suspension of secondary school students. Students involved in this program will continue academic work under the supervision of the SAC teacher during the time of suspension. ALTERNATIVE SCHOOL 64 Suspension to the North Little Rock Boys Club is an alternative to out-of-school suspension that will be provided for selected secondary school students. This program will be available for students whose behavior is unmanageable both at school and at home and who cannot function in the on-campus suspension program. Students involved in this program will continue their academic work, and receive counseling services at the Boys Club Alternative School. VOCATIONALS ERVICES65 Compensatory services in the area of vocational education will also be provided through the Carl Perkins Project, which is specifically targeted for students who are potential dropouts. An individualized written vocational plan will be completed for each student identified for inclusion in this program. Services will include the assessment of interests, learning modes, and individual needs by a vocational education evaluator and the use of a computerized Job Opportunity Based Search System to place students 63Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 576. \"source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 576. 155Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 576. 963 NLRSD in the most appropriate vocational courses. STUDENT ATTENDANCE 66 When possible, parents of senior high school students will be notified each day that a student is absent from one or more classes. To aid in this effort, an automatic phone calling system will be installed in each of the senior high schools. A computer will call the home of each absentee at night and ask for a response from a parent. Follow-up calls will be made the next day by school personnel. 66 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 577. 964 NLRSD SECTION 6: EXTRACURRICULARA CTIVITIES 67 The North Little Rock School District recognizes that clubs and student organizations are an important part of the total educational experience for students. All clubs and student organizations shall operate under the direction of the principal and shall be under the supervision of a staff member appointed or approved by the principal. Membership in student organizations and clubs shall not be restricted on the basis of race, sex, national origin, or other arbitrary criteria. Further, entry shall not be by decision of the current membership of the organization. Eligibility requirements for participation in cheerleading, drill teams and athletic activities are determined by the Arkansas Activities Association. Other extracurricular activities and/or organizations related to special interests or subject areas do not have a minimum grade requirement, except those clubs and organizations that are governed by charters from parent organizations. In order to assure greater participation by minority students the following actions will be taken: 1. Principals, counselors, sponsors, and teachers will inform and encourage minority students to become more active in all extracurricular activities. 2. Schools will publicize and inform minority students and 17 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 578. 965 NLRSD their parents well in advance of the selection process so that they will know what to expect and when to apply. 3. All selection committees will be biracial in make-up. 4. The District recognizes that one impediment to minority participation in extracurricular activities is the lack of transportation before or after normal school hours. Unfortunately, the NLRSD lacks the resources to provide extracurricular transportation for its students and, therefore, has requested that the Court direct the Department of Education to provide such transportation, not only for majority-to-minority transfer students but for all students. See NLRSD F.O.F. \u0026amp; C.O.L. Nos. 10 \u0026amp; 11. Absent funding by the State, however, the NLRSD will be unable, with its present resources, to provide such additional transportation and still provide a regular program which is educationally adequate. 5. Principals and sponsors will monitor participation in all extracurricular activities and, where such participation is racially identifiable, special efforts will be made to promote minority participation in any such racially identifiable clubs and/or organizations. 6. The District will annually review try-out procedures and eligibility requirements to identify and eliminate any practices that discourage or adversely affect minority participation. 7. Each school will prepare a summary report for all clubs, 966 NLRso organizations and other extracurricular activities reflecting the racial composition of the officers in each activity, the total membership, and all those who tried out or sought membership. This report will be prepared in April of each year which provides sufficient lead-time to permit planning, publication and recruitment of minority participation for the following year. See Addendum 6A. These reports will be compiled in a District summary for all extracurricular activities which will be completed and presented to the Board of Education at its May meeting each year. 967 NLRSD SECTION 7: DISCIPLINE, EXPULSIONS AND SUSPENSIONS DISCIPLINE 68 Disciplinary polices are periodically reviewed to ensure fundamental fairness and the absence of bias. In this effort all District policies relating to student conduct and discipline were revised in the 1985-86 school year. See Addendum 7A. To ensure that parents and students are advised of expected student conduct, bases for discipline and all disciplinary procedures including any right of appeal, District-wide handbooks were developed in the 1985-86 school year and given to each student. Students are annually required to have their parents read the handbooks and sign a statement acknowledging that both the parents and the student have read the handbook. Additionally, the handbook is reviewed with the students in all schools during class time. SUSPENSIONS69 The NLRSD student population is 40% black and 60% white. 70 In the 1985-86 school year 48% of those students suspended were black. While the District does not believe this is significantly disproportionate, it has taken additional steps to ensure fairness and the absence of bias. First, as discussed above, it has revised its policy to provide clear standards of expected behavior as well as guarantees of due process including the right of appeal. 68 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 582. 69 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 582. 70This was the population in 1985-86. 968 Second, each NLRSD suspension is reviewed by the Assistant Superintendent for Student Affairs and the Superintendent to ensure that District policies are followed. Third, a summary of suspensions showing the number and race of students suspended in each school will be compiled by the Assistant Superintendent for Student Affairs and will be provided to the Board of Education at its July meeting each year. A review of all suspensions will be conducted for any school that has a disproportionate number of suspensions of minority students to ensure that race has not been a factor in the suspensions. EXPULSIONS71 The North Little Rock School District has expelled only twenty students during the last three years. 72 Of this number ten have been black. Seventeen of these expulsions have been because of serious offenses relating to drugs or the possession and/or use of weapons. Given the very small number of expulsions and the extreme seriousness of the offenses involved, the District believes that any violation relating to expulsions has been corrected. Further, all expulsions are made by the Board of Education and then only after a hearing. 71Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 583. 72 The data in this section were accurate as of the 1985-86 school year. 969 NLRSD SECTION 8: GIFTED AND TALENTED EDUCATION73 The Court based its determination that the NLRSD denied black students access to its program for gifted and talented students on data from 1980. LRSD I, 584 F. Supp at 349, Paragraph 100. Since that time, significant changes have been made in the District's identification procedures designed specifically to improve the identification of gifted minority students. These efforts, which are detailed below, have been described by Dr. Emily Stewart, an expert in gifted and talented education, as comparing favorably with the state of the art for identifying minority gifted students. T. 2692. She also testified that the referral and placement of minority children in the NLRSD gifted program for the 1983-84 school year, NLRX 22 and 23, were consistent with the national norm and were reflective of a concerted effort to identify gifted minority students. T. 2689. [* * *]\" CALLAHA/NTR EFF INGER STUDY75 During the 1982-83 school year, the District's concern was the identification of all gifted students, but an overriding concern was the identification of the culturally disadvantaged. Through a 73 October Supplement, 3 JDR 613 ''References to SOMPA found in the October Supplement, 3 JDR 613, have been eliminated pursuant to the Petition to Modify NLRSD's Desegregation Plan, 8 JDR 1740-41, which was in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. 75Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 614 970 NLRSD Title IV-C Grant, the District was afforded the opportunity to hire two consultants in the field of gifted education, Dr. Donald Treffinger from State University College at Buffalo, New York, and Dr. Carolyn Callahan, University of Virginia. The plan was to develop a methodological case-study /placement procedure. The casestudy method provides information from a variety of sources and also sununarizes strengths and weaknesses for instructional programming. Dr. Callahan evaluated the District's case-study placement procedures. She found that although the identification of minority students was uneven across the District, the selection of minority students had increased by 43% districtwide. Recommendations in Dr. Callahan's study were used by the District to implement other strategies to increase identification and selection of culturally different students as well as to even out the process across the District. CREATIVE POSITIVES FOR IDENTIFYING DISADVANTAGED YOUTH76 During the same year, the District utilized the \"Creative Positives of Disadvantaged Youth and Children,\" by E. Paul Torrence. See Addendum SA. The District also adopted the Torrence Test of Creative Thinking. This test has been even more useful in discovering giftedness among the culturally different. The District continues to use the test, and special scoring of strengths is used in the creativity test for purposes of screening and identification of 76 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 614. 971 NLRSD culturally disadvantaged students. MULTIPLE REFERRALS OURCE7S7 As a safeguard against bias, nominations for placement in the gifted program are sought from a wide variety of sources including parents, other students, and the individual student himself or herself as well as from teachers and principals. This ensures that everyone who might see a different facet of the nominated student perhaps not seen by others is encouraged to nominate that student if he or she feels the student might be gifted. MULTIPLE PLACEMENTC RITERIA78 Student placement decisions are based on multiple criteria. See Addendum 8B. No single criterion or cut-off score is used to exclude a student from placement. Teacher ratings may override poor test scores\nhowever, good normative information may outweigh negative teacher ratings. Creative Positives Among the Culturally Different by E. Paul Torrence is used to assist in identification of the culturally different. GROUP DECISION-MAKING79 Another safeguard against bias and a further assurance that no student is overlooked lies in the fact that no single individual makes a placement decision. Each school has a case study/placement committee made up of the principal or assistant principal, counselor, resource teacher for gifted and talented, and two 77Source October Supplement, 3 JDR 615. 78Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 615. 79Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 616. 972 NLRso classroom teachers. On the elementary level, one teacher is primary\nthe other is intermediate. On the secondary level, one classroom teacher is a current teacher of the student being referred. The principal is responsible for the total process and serves as chairman of the case study/placement committee. The resource teacher of gifted and talented will be actively involved in the committee work. The supervisor of gifted and talented assists as needed. No single person can decide to place or not to place a student. PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT AND APPEAL 80 Parents are involved throughout the referral and placement process. They are invited to refer their children for placement. They are required to complete the Parent Questionnaire, Addendum SC, which is an important source of information not obtainable by other means. They meet with the case study/placement committee concerning placement recommendations. Finally, parents have the right to appeal the decision of the case study/placement committee to the Director of Elementary or Secondary Education. The Director and the Supervisor of the Gifted and Talented Program then review all identification instruments, Addendum 8B, and meet with the parents to review all placement criteria. If an error has occurred an appropriate correction will be made. MONITORING AND INTERVENTION ' 0 source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 616. 973 NLRSD Reports are submitted to the Central Administration showing the race and grade of all students referred and placed in the gifted programs in each school. Where there is an unevenness of nominations, referrals, and placements of the culturally disadvantaged students, the permanent folders are carefully examined by the Supervisor for Gifted and Talented Education. As a result of such additional reviews, minority students who might be gifted are identified and follow-up procedures are initiated to observe and document the student's actions which would justify referral, evaluation and possible placement. Also, additional in-service training regarding the use of the creative positives in identifying minority gifted students is conducted for teachers in those schools. 974 NLRSD SECTION 9: SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION AND INADEQUATE FACILITIES 81 The North Little Rock School District was established in 1901 with all students housed in a single building. As the population increased during the next several years, schools were added to accommodate student growth. The District made an early commitment to neighborhood schools as evidenced by the relatively small size and geographic location of school buildings. Such commitment prevailed until recent times. Constructed in the 1950 's, the Belwood Elementary School, for example, contains only seven classrooms and small spaces for library, offices, and cafeteria. Most elementary schools were originally designed to house two hundred or less pupils. Almost all of the existing school facilities have been expanded since their original construction. Although facility expansion has increased pupil capacity in most North Little Rock Schools, the neighborhood school concept has remained evident in the location of elementary schools. No elementary pupil within the District is assigned to a home school which is located two or more miles from his place of residence. From its inception in 1901 until the 1969-70 school year, student population grew at a steady rate until reaching the alltime high of 14,000. Since the 1969-70 school year, student population has, consistently declined. The October, 1986, enrollment was 9,686 students, an overall decrease of 4,414 since 11 Source: October Supplement, 3 JDR 632. 975 NLRSD 1969-70. Through its history, various school facilities have come into and gone out of existence. During the 1970-71 school year, elementary and secondary students attended school on twenty-eight separate school campuses. Twenty-three regular schools and two special schools currently serve students in the twenty-six square mile district. Beginning with the 1972-73 school year, all North Little Rock schools have been fully integrated in accordance with the \"Storm Plan\" approved by the Federal District Court ( Judge Henley) . Attendance zones have been established and racial quotas established to ensure that the racial composition in all elementary and secondary schools is within plus or minus twenty-five percent of the percentage of the minority school population. Beginning with the rebuilding of Amboy Elementary School (fire) in 1970, the North Little Rock School District has sought Court approval of all openings, closings, and additions to school facilities. The most recent such action was a request (granted) to close the Levy Elementary School prior to the 1985-86 school year. In light of the declining to stable student population, it does not appear likely that new school construction will be necessary in the near future. If new facilities or additions to existing facilities become necessary in the future, the District shall rely on the standards contained in Swann v. CharlotteMecklenburg Bd. of Educ., 402 U.S.1 (1977). The overall condition of school facilities in the North Little 976 NLRsD Rock School District is excellent. A rather well-financed maintenance program has kept facilities in a very serviceable and attractive condition. This is evidenced by the fact that since the 1982-83 school year every school in the District has been reviewed as part of the ongoing North Central Accreditation process and all have satisfied NCA standards. No building is in need of major renovation. All buildings are well ventilated and heated. Over fifty percent of the students attend school in air-conditioned facilities. The overall condition of buildings shows only minor variations throughout the District. Certainly, no building condition bears a relationship to its geographical location within the District. 977 NLRso IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT PLAINTIFF VS. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, et al. DEFENDANTS MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, et al. NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT DESEGREGATION PLAN AS MODIFIED MAY 1, 1991 Appendix Addendum lA Addendum 1B Addendum lE Addendum 2A Addendum 2B Addendum 2C Addendum 2D Addendum 3C Addendum 3D Addendum 3E Addendum 3F Addendum 3G Addendum 3H Addendum 3I Addendum 3J Addendum 6A Addendum 7A Addendum SA Addendum 8B Addendum SC TABLE OF CONTENTS NLRSD Racial Count as of 10/1/85 Questions and Answers Addendum to Section 1 Notice Regarding Applicants Notice Regarding Positions. Schedule of Benefits NLRSD Brochure Due Process Steps for Appraisal . NLRSD Special Services Dept. List of Agencies Cantilician Study 63 69 Chapter I. Project 101 A.D.E. Monitoring Checklist Letter to Arkansas Dept. of Educ. Recommendations Activities Report Policies and Procedures Gifted/Talented Program Instruments of Identification 1050 1051 1054 1064 1065 1066 1069 1080 1112 1113 1119 1151 1168 1191 1197 1198 1200 1228 1238 Parent Questionnaire . . . . 1239 SCHOOLS GROUP A LAKEWOOD CRESTWOOD BELWOOD PINE TOTALS GROUP B PIKE VIEW ARGENTA TOTALS GROUP C GLENVIEW LYNCH DRIVE TOTALS GROUP D AMBOY INDIAN HILLS SEVENTH STREET BOONE PARK TOTALS GROUPE PARK HILL NORTH HEIGHTS REDWOOD TOTALS GROUP F MEADOW PARK ROSE CITY TOTALS BARING CROSS* DIS'l'RICT TOTALS NORTH LITTLE ROCK ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS RACIAL COUNT AS OF OCTOBER 1, 1985 EXCLUDING KINDERGARTEN STUDENTS NONBLACK No. ( % ) 143 (63.6) 100 (57.l) 61 (55.0) 93 (53.l) 397 (57.9) 234 (60.6) 97 (53.9) 331 ( 58. 5) 104 (58.8) 123 (51.0) 227 (54.3) 172 (58.l) 209 (63.5) 169 (57.l) 239 (54.8) 789 ( 58.1) 116 ( 61. 7) 238 (63.2) 133 (54.l) 487 (61.0) 117 (56.5) 116 (53.5) 233 (55.0) 3 (30.0) 2,467 (57.9) BLACK No.(%) 82 (36.4) 75 (42.9) 50 (45.0) 82 (46.9) 289 (42.l) 152 (39.4) 83 (46.1) 235 (41.5) 73 (41.2) 118 (49.0) 191 (45. 7) 124 (41.9) 120 (36.5) 127 (42.9) 197 (45.2) 568 (41.9) 72 (38.3) 127 (34.8) 113 (45.9) 312 ( 3 9. 0) 90 (43.5) l 01 ( 4 6. 5) 191 (45.0) 7 (70.0) 1,793 (42.l) ADDENDUM lA TOTALS 225 175 111 175 686 386 180 566 177 241 418 296 329 296 436 1357 188 365 246 799 207 217 424 10 4,260 ~Baring Cross ~as cre~ted as a~ al~ern~tive to placing se~erely handicapped children 1n state 1nst1tut1ons. The only students assigned to this school are those who are profoundly and multilJ:liSD handicapped. 001050 QUESTIONAS NDA NSWERS ADDENDUM 1B CONCERNINTGH E REVISEDE LEMENTARSYC HOOLD ESEGREGATIOPNLA N FOR THE NORTHL ITTLE ROCKS CHOOLD ISTRICT 1. Q. What about children in the same family who have different names? A. A child who enters the School District after May 1, 1978, as a first grader or as a newcomer to the district on any grade level will be placed in the pupil assignment rotation according to his/her last name as it appears on the official birth certificate. Special consideration cannot be given to families whose members have different last names. 2. Q. After the number of assignments have been made in the spring to achieve the proper racial balance, what provisions will be made to protect that balance from losses resulting from moving during the summer? A. An additional 10 percent will be selected as a standby list. 3. Q. Will the elementary schools continue to operate on a staggered time schedule? A. Yes, this is necessary to prevent st~dents fro~ having to ~ait at school longer than is desirable. It should be noted that no child will be transported more than 7.5 miles one way\ntherefore, the staggered time schedule causes only slight differences in school schedules. 4. Q. Can a student avoid being transported if he/she attend~ a private school during the year(s) he was assigned to a school outside his neighborhood? A. Any movement within the District will place the student in the rotation plan or assign~ent presently in effect in the attendance zone where he will be residing. If a student attends a private school during the years(s) he is to be bused he is auto~aticallv buse~ ~hen r.e ret~c~s to the ~orth little Rock Puhlic Schools. HLRSD 0 0 J O fj l 5. Q. Where do students attend school who enroll after the school year begins? A. Students will be assigned according to their place in the alphabetical rotation system. 6. Q. Are the loading and unloading of buses used to transport children supervised? A. Yes, principals and teachers supervise the loading and unloading of each bus. 7. Q. Where do buses load and unload? A. The neighborhood elementary school will be the pick-up point for all children being transported. 'No stops will be made to receive or discharge pupils at any other point. It is the parent's responsibility to deliver children to the neighborhood school\nit is the district's responsibility to return the children to the neighborhood school in the afternoon. In case the student is late and does not board the bus at the neighborhood school, it is the responsibility of the parent to transport the child to the school he/she attends. 8. Q. When this plan was revised, were any changes made in the elementary attendance zones? A. Yes, minor changes were made to alleviate crowding in two schools. The zones were revised so that some students who would have attended Crestwood Elementary will now attend Indian Hills, Some students who would have attended Crestwood will now attend Lakewood, and some students who would have attended Seventh Street will now attend Redwood. lfLRSD 0 0 1 Qr') .J t) 1_ 9. Q. How were the groupings of schools detennined? A. Using the percentages of 42 percent black and 58 percent nonblack students as a goal for each groupings, factors such as the racial composition of attendance zones, the present enrollment of each school and the capacity of each school were considered. 10. Q. Will any student be exempt from assignment outside their neighborhood? A. Yes, kindergarten students and students who live in an elementary zone with a racial composition such that their race is in the ~inority. Also, there may be instances where some handicapped children will not be transported although it is the general policy of the district to include special education students in the pupil assignment plan. There are children whose handicapping condition requires a particular special education program which may not be available in every school. It is also necessary to consider the number of students who can be accommodated in a particular program in a school since it is essential that enrollment in special education classes be small enough to allow for as much individual attention as is needed for each child. Exceptions may also be made for children with a medical disability if the situation warrants. These must be considered on an individual basis. NLRSD 001053 , ADDENDUMlE FILED U.S. DISTRICT COURT [ASTtRN DISTRICT ARKANSAS JUL 211987 LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT PLAHITifF vs. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, et al DEFf.l'IDANTS ADDENDUMT O STUDENT ASSIGNMENT PROVISIOI-JS OF SECTION 1 OF THE PLAN FOR IMPLEMENTING TBt. REMEDIAL ORDER OF THE COURT OF APPEALS FOP. THE EIGHTH CIRCUIT AS IT APPLIES TO THE ~0RTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT {NORTH LITTLE ROCK PLA1'l) In the 1987 Legislative Session, the Ark?.!'.S?.s C:eneral Assembly passed two Acts which either directly affect or could affect the desegregation efforts of the North Little Rock School District. Act 762 of 1987, copy attached' a.s E\n-~hibit \"A\", directs that no school district may permit or accept transfers of students from other school districts if either school district is under a desegregation order and the transfer would negatively affect the racial balance of the district subject to the desegregation order. This policy is consistent with the established policy of the NLRSD and the District will continue to adhere strictly to these requirements. However, the Legislature also passed Act 624 of 1987, copy attached as Exhibit \"B\", which states that \"the children or wards of anyone who is a public school teacher in one school district ... and a resident of another school district ... shall NLRSD 001054 03-009 be entitled to attend school in either ... district This is seemingly inconsistent with the ~no transfer\" requirements of Act 762, and, as a result, the Attorney General was asked for an opinion regarding this apparent c~nflict. In Opinion Attorney General No. 87-190, copy attached as Exhibit \"C\", the opined that a child living in one district who was enrolled, pursuant to Act 624, in another district was not a transfer subject to the provisions of Act 762 since the child was statutorily entitled to attend school in either district. In light of the Attorney General's opinion, the !Jl-RSD ha.!5 n0 discretion regarding the admission of the children or wards of non-resident teachers and this situation could result in an interdistrict segregative effect on the racial composition of the LRSD and NLRSD. Specifically, the NLRSdhas 578 teachers of whom 141 live in the LRSD, the great majority of whom are white. Thus, if a significant number of these teachers enrolled their children in the NLRSD, it would result in a negative impact on the racial composition of the LRSD student body. To date, the number of applications for such interdistrict enrollment of teacher's children has been minimal and ihe race of those applying has been so balanced as to h~vs n0 ~1verse effect on either school district involved. Howe,er, to protect against the potential adverse interdistrict effect that such enrollment makes possible, the NLRSD will report to the Court .NLRSD -2- 03-')')'] 00105:5 CT IM .-. annually regarding the number and race.of teacher's children who are being enrolled in the district where the teacher is employed rather than in the district in which they reside. Should a problem develop the NLRSD will ask the Court for ielief. Until that time, however, the NLRSD will adhere to the requirements of Acts 624 and 762 as interpreted by the Attorney General's Opinion No 87-190. July 21, 1987 Respectfully submitted, JACK, LYON \u0026amp; JONES, P.A. 3400 Capitol Tower Capitol at Broadway Little Rock, AR 72201 (501) 375-1122 . STEE'HEI-1 w. JONES, Attorneys for the North Little Rock School District CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE I hereby certify that a true and corre-:t -:opy 0f thca foregoing Addendum was maile\u0026lt;l to the attached. list '2 cou.nsel on this 21st day of July, 1987. lfLRSD 0010 5 t\u0026gt; -3- 03-009 State of Arkansas ACT7 6 2 l~d7 A Bill 76th General Assembly Regular Session, 1987 HOUSE BILL 1790 2 3 By: Reps. Towosend, I. Brown, Walker For An Act To Be Entitled \"AN ACT TO ALLOWT HE TRANSFERO F CHILDRENF ROHO NE SCHOOL DISTRICT TO ANOTHER\nAND FOR OTHER PURPOSES.\" 4 BE IT ENACTEDB Y THE GENERALA SSEHBLYO F THE STATE OF ARKANSAS: 5 6 SECTION l. Upon the petition of a student residing in one school 7 district (resident district), to transfer to another school district (receiving 8 district)\nthe Board of Directors of the resident district may enter into an 9 agreement with the Board of Directors of the receiving school district trans- 10 ferring the student to the receiving district for purposes of education. 11 Forms for use in transferring children from one school district to another 12 shall be provided by the State Department of Education. After the petition 13 has been approved by the Board of Directors of th,e resident district and the 14 Board of Directors of the receiving district, copies of approved transfers 15 shall be filed by the receiving district with the office of the County Clerk, 16 with the administrative offices of the respective school districts, and with 17 the State Department of Education. This legal transfer of a student from one 18 district to another places the responsibility for the education of the student 19 on the receiving district and permits the receiving district to count these 20 children in average daily membership for state aid purposes. This section 21 does not transfer the localtax money from the resident district. 22  I 23 SECTION 2. Boards of Directors of local school districts are prohib~ted 24 from granting legal transfers in the following situations: ~'-~ \\ 25 (a) where either the resident or the receiving district is under.a 26 desegregation related court order or has ever been under such a court o~e  27 and ~. \\ 28 (b) the transfer in q~uestion would negatively affect the raifi.'i:ts~a~ 29 of that di\ntrict shich is or h been unO ouch a court order. \\',. \\ \"~ 30/4_)_/11,\nfl{\n~:( ]fBi--IT A 00~05':~ f {  mih227 H.B. 1 SECTION 3. Each form filed with the State Department of Education 2 reporting a legal student transfer ~ust be accompanied by an affidavit 8igned 3 by _ea~h member of both school boards 8tating that the transfer does not ~ violate the prohibition set forth in Section 2. 5 6 SECTION~- The Arkansas Department of Education shall wfthhold state aid 7 in an amount equal to that to be generated by the student in question in the 8 respective districts from each district, if the transfer fails to comply with 9 Section 3. 10 11 SECTION 5. (a) Any district not currently unde~ a desegregation related 12 court order but which bas been under such a court order in the past may apply 13 for a vaiver of the prohibition set forth in Section 2. 1~ (b) The State Board of Education may grant such a district a waiver from 15 the provisions of Section 2 if it is determined that the district's desegrega-  16 tion status would not be adversely affected by allowing a legal transfer which 17 would negatively affect the district's racial balance. 18 19 SECTION 6. Act 275 of 1959 as amended, the,same being Arkansas Statutes 20 80-1518.1, 80-1518.2 and 80-1525 through 80-1528, is hereby specifically 21 repealed along with all other laws or par . . :: -litf\u0026lt;\u0026lt;\u0026gt;1/I\u0026gt;J\nl!fM6IV.1/   , / '\n- i ,.: ,,,--,: .. , .,..:... , . /:, . 25 26 =.-, .. of laws in conflict with this Act. :~~:!v:D/BY- ~?uc~J~ \\ . ' NLRSD onio.~_\n\\ J l 2 3 Ii 5 6 7 State of Arkanaaa 76th ~neral .uaembly l.egular Se11ion 1 1987 !y: kpresentative Thomason ACT6 24 1987 A Bill For An Act To Be Entitled ROUSE !ILL1674 \"AN ACT TO PROVIDE TiiAT nu: CHILDREN OR WARDS or A PERSON WHO IS A PUBLIC SCHOOL ITACHER IN ONE SCHobL DISTRICT AND A RESIDENT OF ANOTHER SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL !E Eh'TITLED TO ENROLL IN Al,\"D ATTEND SCHOOL rn EITHER TrlE DISTRICT IN 'WHICH THE PAREh'T OR GUARDIAN RESIDES OR IN !RE DISTRICT Ill l.7HICH THE PARENT OR GUARDIAN TIACHES\nAND FOR OTHl:R PURPOSES.\" 8 !E IT ~ACTID BY '11:ITG ENERAL ASSD ill LY OF nn: STATI OF ARKANSAS: 9 10 ) SECTION l. The children or varde of any pcr\u0026amp;on vho is a public school 11 teacher in one school district in this State a.nd a resident of another achool 12 district in this State shall be entitled to be enrolled in and to attend 13 school in either the district in which the parent or guardian resides or the 14 district in which the parent or guardian is a public achool teacher. 15 16 SECTION 2. All la~s and parts of la~s in conflict vith this A.c.t are 17 18 19 23 24 25 26 27 30 EXHIBlT B /I ,. I_ . _.._ __. _ ----- STATE OF ARKANSAS OFFICE OF THE ATTORNEY GENERAL 201 EAST MARKHAM STREET HERITAGE WEST BUILDING LITTLE ROCK. ARKANSAS 72201 (501) 371-2007 Opinion No. 87-190 May 29, 1987 The Honorable John Ward Representative, District 65 2705 Donaghey Drive North Little Rock, AR 72116 Dear Representative Ward: This is in response to your opinion request wherein you posed the following inquiries ~hich appear to result from the apparent conflicts between Act 624 and Act 762 of 1987, to-wit: 1. By virtue of Act 624, is a school district required to enroll the children of teachers who reside in other districts and whose children have been attending in another district if the receiving district is currently under a desegregation order? 2. Would it be considered a 11 transfer 11 under Act 762 for children who have been attending another district to enroll in another under the provisions of Act 624? 3. Would it be considered a 11 transfer 11 under Act 762 for the receiving distriet to enroll children of teachers who reside in other districts (by virtue of Act 624) which children have not been enrolled in any district (e.g., first graders)? Act 624 of 1987 provides in pertinent part as follows: SECTION 1. The children or wards of any person who is a public school teacher in one school district in this State and a resident of another school district in this State shall be entitled to be enrolled in and to attend school in either the district in which the parent or guardian resides or the district in which the parent or guardian is a public school teacher. HLRSD 0010GO zmanza ,,,.   =n_-_.,.\"-=: Representative John Ward May 29, 1987  Page 2 Act 762 of 1987 limits legal transfers among school districts to those situations where such transfer would not adversely impact the racial balance of either the sending or receiving district if one of the districts were under a court ordered desegregation plan. Because Act 624 of 1987 entitles children of public school teachers to attend school in either their resident district or the district wherein their parent or guardian teaches, it is the opinion of this Office that such children are not transfers and would not come under the limiting provisions of Act 762 of 1987. Thus, in response to your question 1, the school district wherein the parent or guardian teaches would be required to accept the child of the parent or guardian. As stated above, the answer to your question 2 is that a child coming under the provisions of Act 624 would not be considered a transfer under Act 762. And, new students (e.g., first graders) availing themselves of the special provisions of Act 624 would also not be considered transfers under Act 762. The foregoing opinion, which I hereby approve~- was prepared by Assistant Attorney General C. Randy McNair III. JSC: CRM: jk NLRSD 001081 -n IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT V. NO. LR-C-82-866 FJLED U.S. OISTllJCT .  (ASTERN OJ  COURT STRICT ARKANSA~ JUL 2 '? 1987 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, et al DEFENDANTS ORDER The North Little Rock School District (NLRSD) has requested this Court's approval of an addendum to its desegregation plan which was approved in the Order of February 27, 1987. The NLRSD has expressed the concern that Arkansas Act 624 of 1987, which provides that teachers residing in one school district but teaching in anothe~ have the right to enroll their children in either district, could have an interdistrict segregative effect on student enrollment in the Little Rock School District (LRSD). Since 141 of the NLRSD's 578 teachers live in the LRSD and most of these teachers are white, these concerns are legitimate although the problem is merely prospective and no such interdistrict segregative effect has occurred to date. In its plan addendum, the NLRSD corrrnits to report to this Court annually regarding the number and race of students being enrolled in the NLRSD from other districts and in other districts from the NLRSD. No further action is contemplated unless a segregative effect actually occurs at which time this Court!Q.RSD -,... ----..,-------- be asked for appropriate relief. The scope of the NLRSD1 s proposed addendum to its desegregation plan is appropriate in light of the speculative nature of the problem. The NLRSD proposes to comply with the State law until such time that this compliance actually results in a segregative effect. Until that time it will keep the Court apprised of the impact of Act 624. Such reporting compromises no party 1 s rights and is entirely consistent with rulings of this Court and the Court of Appeals requiring the school districts in this case not only to remediate past interdistrict segregative effects but also to avoid further such effects. For these reasons, the NLRSD1 s Motion to Approve Plan Addendum is approved and it is directed to report to the Court on an annual basis the number and race of children enrolled in the NLRSD or removed from the NLRSD and enrolled in other districts pursuant to Arkansas Act 624 of 1987. IT IS SO ORDERED this ,J._7 day of July, 1987. / NLRSD -- i \\  Ir . .a I ADDENDUM 2A ADMINISTRATIVEO FFICES 2700 POPLAR STREET January 14, 1986 MEMTOO : Officers of Teacher Training Institutions FROM: Doyle Crownover, Assistant Superintendent for Administration SUBJECT: Employment Applications The North Little Rock Public Schools seeks to staff its schools with the best teachers available. To be able to do this, we covet opportunities to consider your teacher candidates. Toward this end we have prepared material that gives prospective teacher applicants information concerning employment in the District. We are eager to have this information placed in the hands of all potential teachers, and solicit your assistance in this effort. We would welcome calls or visits from your teacher candidates, and would be happy to visit your campus to talk with groups of prospects if it appears this would be mutually beneficial. NORTHLI TTLER OCKSC HOODLI STRICTIS ANE QUAOLP PORTUNIETMY PLOYER HLRSD P.O. BOX 687, NORTH LITTLE ROCK, AA 72115/0687 501/758-1760 001084 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES 2700 POPLAR STREET The North Little Rock (Arkansas) School District is seeking an opportunity to consider for employment the most outstanding teaching and administrative candidates available. If you desire to be a part of the professional staff of a public school district that is recognized as being a state leader in learning opportunities and student performance, we earnestly solicit your application. We ask you to examine the enclosed materials to acquaint you with the advantages and desirability of employment with tre North Little Rock School District. If becoming associated with this District appeals to you, we encourage you to complete and return the application form, P.O. BOX 687, NORTH LITTLE ROCK. AR 72115/0687 501 /758-1760 ADDENDUM 2B NLRSD OOJ 06\n, Salary NORTHLI TTLER OCKS CHOODLI STRICT North Little Rock, Arkansas Benefits of Teaching in North Little Rock School District ADDENDUM 2C Teachers are paid on an indexed salary scale that recognizes training and experience. Increments are provided for each 12 hours of graduate study beyond the Bachelor's Degree, and for each 15 hours beyond the Master's, and for each year's experience up to eight years at the Bachelor's Degree level, and up to 15 years at the Specialist's Degree level. For the 1985-86 school year the salary for a regular classroom teacher of 187 days of employment with a Bachelor's Degree and no previous experience is $14,530. A teacher with a Specialist's Degree and 15 years experience receives $25,611._ Fringe Benefits Each teacher is provided a fully paid Blue Cross-Blue Shield Major Medical Coverage, a dental insurance coverage, and a hospital indemnity plan, with the option of having fillnily members included through payroll deduction. We provide $21,000 life insurance coverage on each teacher. Each teacher is provided an amount of $15.83 per month which may be applied to the cost of family coverages, or for additional life insurance. The total value of these coverages is $91.93 per month. All teachers must be members of the Arkansas Teacher Retirement System. Beginning on July 1, 1986, they will have the option of joining the contributory plan (6% of salary) or non-contributory plan (O~~o f salary). Those choosing the contributory system ~vill qualify for a greater annuity upon retirement. Deferred tax options are also available for retirement planning. Teachers also participate in the Social Security retire1ilent system. Sick Leave Teachers in the North Little Rock system receive nine days per year sick leave for the first four years in the District. These days per year then increase for each of next six years until 20 days per year are awarded for the tenth year and thereafter. Unused sick days are accwnulated up to 100 days. Personal Leave Teachers of the District are awarded one day per year of leave for personal reasons. There is an accumulation provision for these days if they are unused. NLRSD 00108i\nP~ge 2 (Benefits of Teaching in North Little Rock School District) Inservice Training The North Little Rock School District maintains an ongoing, indepth program for increasing the competency of its staff. The program is constantly revised and adapted to the needs of the staff. Professional Leave Upon approval of request, teachers are granted professional leave for a wide variety of activities. NLRSD 0010S'/ ADDENDUM 2D NORTH LITTLE ROCK PUBLIC SCHOOLS-- moving in the right direction, helping every child achieve From the Superintendent We are pleased t\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_886","title":"'Status Report,'' North Little Rock School District, fourth quarter","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1991-04/1991-06"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Educational law and legislation","Educational statistics","School improvement programs","Student assistance programs","School discipline","Gifted persons","School facilities"],"dcterms_title":["'Status Report,'' North Little Rock School District, fourth quarter"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/886"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nThe transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_821","title":"\"Alternative School Policies, Procedures, and Referral Process,'' North Little Rock School District","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1991"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Education--Arkansas","Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","School management and organization","School improvement programs","Student assistance programs","Dropouts","School discipline"],"dcterms_title":["\"Alternative School Policies, Procedures, and Referral Process,'' North Little Rock School District"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/821"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nThe transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.\nNOV 1 9 1991 Office of DesegregatioMn orii!cnng ALTERNATIVSEC HOOLP OLICIES, PROCEDURESA, NDR EFERRALPR OCESS SEE ATTACHMEN2T  1' I ' .. ALTERNATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM P.atic:12le An ~niccefti~ly his~ ~~~ber cf students choose not to complete their educ~t1on. Nationally, as well as in Arkansas, approximately 25-39 perce~t of the students entering the ninth grade will not graduate from high school. Rssearch on drcpouts his revealed thit behaviors which are corducive to dro~?ing cut are evident as early as the t~ird gri~e. A re~1ew ~f the drcpc~t research has not revealed an\nsingle solct1on to tte ~rJblem. Hov~~er, t~e Frogr\n~s thEt have te2n sc~e~h2t s~ccessf~l sh~re tte characteristics of being positi~e, child-centE~ej, 2ccc~cd~t1~g, s1:ccess-orjented, and different, in that they Evo1d repect1~3 the sta\n1darj ccadEmic rigors by offtri~g a n~~:cr of ~~csrE~~1~3 cptio~s iJ 2 v2r1ety cf ettings. To a~~ress the ~rc~~~t pr0~l2~ Jn the i\n~rth L1ttls Rock Sct0ol District, an ~lte1:Eti~e ed~c\nt::rEl p\nogra~ ~2s E~cpt~d. .: ..  r . . 1 - \\.. - . . - ~ .. - tJ ~~~cti:~ f:s1t:~a:) ~!~~1~ ~~a tr~j\ntic~~l sc~~cl fEt~:~\n. ... :\n.: .. J I.~ ~~~E ~~\n~~l~E/~-~~c:~hy se:f ~s~~~~ ~=-~:~ ck c::~-~te~cy =~ ttE : ~ ... .:.. ~ : I. : - -. : C f t l ~ :-: 1 : :: : - S l :. :-: - :.: E ~: :. :.\nC :. j ~-: ( ::-1 C :7. - S :: : \\: .: :~ = , ~\n-\n: : -~\n! : :-: ~  - ~  t~::.:: : : :\n:: : ~ r s : : - ~ : :-.~ E :: s C : ~ 1. . . : ::\n, \"\"(, s ,: f :-1. C, -.  ~ r G ~\n::\nC ,-. : :--:.: :~ - : :..- :. :- ~ : rj :-.: t : ::. :-: . . .i. : ~ l :-: t :-.E :\nC\n: : t : (, :-.C : l :..2 ~ :-. ~ t : ~ E h. . T ~ ~ 3 : i: =r ?i 2 -.: : .-~ i. : ..:C =:- .. : : ~-~ ! l. :~e Alttr~it1e LEi[Cl~g Ctnttr (grad Es 7-12) 2. i~e A!ternit1vc Clissrcorn (grades K-6) . i~E SFE ~2\nireatrent Classrocms (grides ~-12) 4. ~~e h:Jlt Ecs1c ~c~~ct1cJ Ce~t(r :, . ':\"~e. Ff e j f Er Co' r..? ( 9 rad cs ~~ - 6) E. T~E Ketrc\no!:t~n Vocit1ocal/Tech~1cal Sc~0ol . , . ..... ... } ! r .. l t E .j 7. T~e t~de~t Ass1gi~e~t CJasEroo~s hC (gr~dfs S-12) !. T~e Elc~e~ ir/ Susfe~s1~n Cla~srccm (grades K-E) 9. T~2 ~econj~1y S~SFEns1c~ Cl2ssr0Gm (gi~~Es 7-l~) 10. 7~e J~ven1le Cc~rt AlterJat1~E Schcol .2 il. The North Little Rock Public Schools 12. Cc~binations of the above Referrals are solicited frcm a Yariety of sources, inc]Jj1ng students who may be experiencing one or more of the problems that follow: 1. ExFeriencing sc~ool failure, pocr grades 2. ?epeated failure, rete~t1on, or over-ased 3. Fre\nnar:t or single p.rent 4. ~xper1er.c1n3 envirc~~E~tal factcrs, to~eless, a~used er :-icgJected 5. Eng2s1r.g 1n ir:2ppro]=riate tE,anors le:\n:lir.g .-o failure, r~rnoval free the c~ins~re~n, or truancy 6. ~eeding a structJrEd er transit1c~3J settin3 7. HaY1ng already dr~p~ed out of school Ttc :r~tc:.\n:e TE:o::i !~t\n-\n:-ti\n,-\n. ~~:::-, c\n-prcva1 fer t:ie\n:-::.\n?rc!:1, 2:1 1r1tc:i.e 3E~ESE~e~t ~ill ~e sc~~~ul~ti ~1th t~G st~de~t ~~~ t~2 ~arE~t. At ttiiS time t~3 1ntervie~er will seek to 3a1J additic~al iJfor~at1on r\nE~cj ~a li.e'\n1 J C t\n\\\ne J C r i ~-g 2 :i ? r :~S C r l\nl : ~0 p } 3 n f C, :- t\n, i? S t L:j E :1 f 2 !: d t Cl 3 : t vol::Jtar~ 2~rn1ss10J to the ?rc\nr~~- T~e AJt~\n~Et1~2 ~ear~1~3 CEJ!er js located at J~th and Xa1n. T~e sctcJl will be open fr~~ 7:30 a.D. until 5:C0 p.~. T~ese hcurs ~111 per~it a flexible sc~e~ule th2t en6~les t~e sttde~t to stteJ~ a :crL.al school day and still have t1~e for e~pl~r=eJt or ~~cat:onal trainicg. The ~ta!! js cr\n.\n11~d of a F?c~ram a~~1~istr2tor, five cert1f1ed teachers, G~e ~a:!prof0ss1cn2l, one counselor/social worker, two part-t1~e pS)'C~~:c31sts, 0nG secrft21}, ,l~d 0~e c~stodi~n. Instruct10~ in t~e are~s of English, re2th, Gcial st~d1es, sciE~c0, and prEvocat1onal/~ocation2l t1a1J1Jg (JTPA) will be pravidrd .ased on the FersGJr.21 from the District's s ,. C CIT) cl\ni r }' pr Cs: 2 r.:\n,, j J l be d: ~ .1 s 1 ( l t ti l { Cr 11 i\nl EC ti\\' e C () \\l rs es s il C ~ as music, art, dra~J, and physical cd~cJtir~. Also, it 13 conceivable that a student could spend Fart of his/her sctool day at tte alternJtlYa schcol ar.d the re~J1nder ~ta raiddle or high school campus to partiripate in the academic program and/or extra-curricular acti vi ti es. . .' ., :OORIBL IITLE ROCKA LTERNATIVEP R\u0026lt;X\nRAMS REFERFRORAML DATE OF REFERRAL--: ----- Student Name- ------------ Race: Sex: Grade- --- Date of Birth: ------------ Referring School: ------------- Address: Home Phone: -------- Street Zip Code Parent/Legal Guardian: ------------- Work Phone: -------- Place of Employment: __________________________ _ Reason for Referral: __________________________ _ Circle all .Appropriate Characteristics: 1. School failure/poor grades 2. Repeated failure/retention/over-age 3. Pregnancy/single parent 4. Environmental factors Student Strengths: 1. 2. 3. ..: List Current Class Schedule and Grades: 1. 2. 3. 4. ____________ / ______ _ ____________ / ______ _ ____________ / ______ _ ____________ / ______ _ Please attach a copy of each of the following: 5. Inappropriate behaviors leading to failure/removal from mainstream 6. Chronic truancy/dropped out 7. Need for transitional setting Student Weaknesses: 1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. ------------ I ---- ------------ / ---- ------------ / ---- ____ Emotional and Behavior Problem Scale Rating Form Last Report Card ----Current MPr and Achievement Scores Attendance Record ------, ----. Disciplinary Record ____ Psychological Evaluation Report, if evaluated for Special F.ducation Additional Cooments: ------------------------------ NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT In-take Form Date ----------- Student ~ame: ________________ _ Race: Sex: Grade: Date of Birth: --------- Referring School: ______________ _ Address: ____________________ Medicaid#: _________ _ Phone ti: ________ _ SS//: ------------ ID II: ---------- II. Family History: l,ith \\,7,om Student Lives: ___________________________ _ Parent's Marital Status: ___________ Legal Custody: ________ _ other's Same: ------------------ Phone#: ---------- Place of E~ploy~ent: Phone#: --------------- ---------- Father's '.\\2:::\n:e ________________ _ Phone ti: _________ _ Pl.\nce of fa1ployment : _____________ _ Phone ti: ---------- ~ames 2nd Ages of Others Living in the Household: Relationship Age Any Significant Others: Present Family Concerns: Financial __ Siblings Marital Death Health Friends __ Legal Explanations/Cor.unents: ----------------------------- In-take Form III. Medical History: Current Health Problems: ____________________________ _ Currently Taking Medication: __ yes no Prescribed by Doctor: ______ _ Name of Medications: ___________________ _ Dosage: ______ _ Reason for Taking Medication: __________________________ _ Names of Medications Taken in the Past: --------------------- Past Illnesses (convulsions, seizures, periods of high fever): --------- Accidents, Injuries, or Emotional Traumas: ___________________ _ Ever 3een Hos?italized: __ yes no Reason: ________________ _ Previous Psychological Testing: __ yes Currently Receiving Counseling: __ yes no By ~horn: __________ _ no Counselor: ----------- Previous-\"Counseling: __ yes no Counselor: ________________ _ IV. ?resenting ?roblen: Student/Parental Perception of Reason for Referral: --------------- Do You Believe You Have a Problem: ------------------------ If Yes, what: ----------------------------------- Does Your Family Believe You Have a Problem: __________________ _ If Yes, \"'hat: ----------------------------------- Who in the Family Would be \\,illing to l,ork \"'ith the Alternative School and to Attend ~eetings and Programs: --------------------------- 1',h en h'ould the Family ~:ember be hvailable: -------------------- 2 In-take Form Has Your Problem Had an Effect on: School/Work: __ yes no What: Family: yes no What: -- Friends: __ yes no What: Sleep: __ yes no What: Appetite: __ yes no What: Leisure Activities: __ yes no What: V. Behavioral Information: Self-destructive (risk-taking, accident prone): _______________ _ Property Destructive (fire setting, in anger, etc.): _____________ _ Unusually Aggressive (when, temper tantrums, etc.): _____________ _ Activity Level: ________________________________ _ Runaway: ____________________________________ _ Peer Interactions: _______________________________ _ Adult Interactions: ------------------------------- Disruptive in Home/Classroom: _________________________ _ 3 In-take Form Gets Along with Family Members: _________________________ _ Response to Discipline/Authority/Confrontation: ________________ _ Willingness to Accept Responsibility: _____________________ _ Depression (withdrawal, crying, fears): ____________________ _ Strengths, Special Interests, Abilities: ____________________ _ Any Criminal Charges: ___________________________ ~--- Alcohol/Drug Use: --------------------------------- Family History re: Drug/Alcohol, Emotional or Legal Problems): --------- 4 ,. 1' 2 c e : ____________________ D ct e cf Er, r o l I\ni\ne r, t : _________ _ agree to ~~1 ~~~er5t~~d tta !ol!c~i~\nccntract ~1th tte !~L~ Alternit1ve Sc~ool: l. 2 . - i:, Le J e I Zero , .f I 2m placed 3:CO, enter tt2 ~~!!~1~g S~!Etly ~trc~\nh tt\u0026amp; ~2Ck ~ccr, follc~ :he rulfS ~! tt2 Level Z2ro r~cm, ~~r~:c1p2te 1n tt\n:2\nc~tJc\nr:~~\n, ~~j ~o ~\nk2-t? t1ae ES re:u1red. - .. ,. - ~ : -  ... ~\nl -. '\"'... I. l, ~ t J 1 - - - - - - - ... - - - ::-  C '- - ..,   cf 7. ~s~ee to ?Ert1c1p~te 1~ !1Eld cxperi~~ces ~~d cct.~~~1ty service 9. 2cti,1t1Es ~s ~\nreed ~\nc-~ ~1th the Altern2tive ~c~~=l st2!f. t ~-E ..... t. Ci for t::c ct~.Er ed, 1t :ouJ:l effEc: .. ,\n::ir,E o t t e : 2 : e  -~ p . l O . t: :-, C c r ~ t c r. j t t1 ~ t : :. r. c : t :, ~ J ~1 ,_. o l v c j J :-, i, : 1 y \" c' i ....~ ..1 ..1 d r 'J s s dur1~: ~chcol to~rs ~~j t~~t ~ ~ot tc te o~ s,~c~! pr~~erty ' ~hile under the influence of 2ny drugs. 11. I underst2nd th2t the Altern~tive School, ~y p~rents, acd I ~ill ~erk tosether in teter~lning ~hen I eight return to the regular school, or if I stay with the Alternative School or gJ to a nether 12. l ~a~t to ~e enrolled in the Altrnative School fer the _______ schcol )\"ear. ...:- ' .. '' Name: _______________ ,Date o! Enroll~ent: ________ _ PARENT'S CONTR~CT WITH THE NORTH LITTLE ROCK ALTERNATIVE SCHOOL I agree and understand the following contract with the North Little P.ock Alternative School: 1. I am the parent or legal guardian. I understand that my child aust live in ay hcae while attending the Alternative School. Should other 2rr2ngeaents be considered, I agree to work with the Alternative School before taking action. 2. ...: I utce~sar.d that the Alternative School has a level system to help st~cents deal with behavior problems. All students enter the Fre5ram en Level Cne. Level !we students are those who are work1~g en, ~Jt have not resolved, tteir own eaoticnal/tehav1oral ?ro~!Ecs, c~~ ttey tcve tte resuler\nriv1lesEs o! t~e Alter~ct1~e Sc~cc!. :e~el !tree ttte~ts a:e t~~se ~~o t~ve re~clved =est c! t f. E : : C - :: ': ~ :. C \\. ! : :- C l / t: r: ( t 1 C:: e l :\n: c :J l EI: s , e :-e C o ! :: g .,.:  ! 1 : :: t :. E : :- c ! e ~ 5 ~:: ~, ~=~ c:e ~111::~ to cct ~s ~cs1t:,e !e~~ers !:: t~E\nc~~ :! :~~ ~=~c~l :~\ne:e~cl. :c~el Ze:o st~de:~s c:2 ~~:Ee~~: ___ ,... ____ , __ _\n. , r  - ::   G '- C l S. I\n:ve\neralss1cn for cy child to receive ?rescr1bed cedicat1c~s from tte Altercative ~chGol staff. \u0026amp;. I i5ree to ~rov1de tbe Alternative School with rry curreit tele\n:hoce ncc:ter and 2cdress, acd to ccntact the Alterc2tive School 1c1Led1itely ~hen a chin5e occurs. 7. l igree with and uncerst2nd my child's scheol schedule this year. l agree to seed ay child to school every day unless te/she is ser\nc\nsJy 111, or tl:ere is a cecth 1n the 1c:rrediate !ill'Jly. l 2cce\nt t~e reEfcns1b1l1ty cf see1:g ttat ILY chi Id ccces to schcol at t~.e a\n:\n:c1~,ted t11Le. :t ~t\n:\ncrt cy chi!d te1cg trcact. re~ce is re~u1red after truiccy and that my child must make up the time. If my child is not able to attend school for one of the reasons stated cbove, I agree to call the school (374-6942) at least one hour before my child is scheduled for class. 9. I underst.nd that my child is not tote involved in any way with drugs during school hours and that he/she cannot be on school property while under the influence of drugs. 10. If the Alternative School experiences problems with rry child, I 2gree to assist the staff in solving these problerrs in .ny wcy possible. 11. I cgree to foster the ~eveloprrent of rry child c:d our EJtu2l relationship with the hlternctive ~chool ~y 2ttend1cg the farent-~ teacher rreetl\u0026amp;gs and prograrrs wb1cj are ~es1~:ed to stre~gtheJ ccc~~n1c~t1on skills. ...: ~er re:trJ to :e5~:~:\nc~cc: ,a ::~~:~~E~ tte Et~y ~:~~ ~~e hlte::~:1~~ ~c~c~!, :: a :e~~=-~E: :: E~C~~~r\n:c\n:~=- -C':. e- - - -.... ~... -=- , r ,. ... I ~ -   ..,: I Secondary Alternative Program Name ______________ _ ~ ..c: Ci) CJ .j.J '\"d '\"d (!) 3 ..c: ..c: .c: .c: C/l C 1-1 1-1 .j.J .j.J .j.J .j.J .-I N ('\u0026lt;\") ~ -::t lJ\"'\\ ' r--- Level One - 90% to earn break Date -------- ~ Ci) Q.) 1-1 ~ lpt - Avoiding Profanity lpt - Following directions of staff lpt - Showing respect for property lpt Showing courtesy and respect for others lpt - Arriving to class on time lpt Arriving to class in orderly manner lpt - Bringing necessary materials to class lpt - Beginning a task in a reasonable time lpt - Remaining in classroom and participating lpt- - Staying on task or completing task Total Bonus Level Two - 95% to earn automatic break/off point sheet Elementary Alternative Classroom and SPE Elementary Day Treatment Class LEVEL SYSTEM ELEMENTARY . The BA class is organized on a level system that utilizes earned points. This system defines the responsibilities and the privileges earned by each child every day and gives an indication of the child's progress. The goal of the level system is to provide a vehicle by which to measure improvement and to allow for students to move back into the regular classroom. The system is designed to give the child responsibility for recognizing his/her personal growth, and to allow him to track personal progress. Each day the student receives a point sheet to be used to record points earned for that school day. LEVEL ONE Elementary (2 options) Option 1 The school day can be divided into 30-minute periods with the earned points placed on the student's point sheet et the end of each 30-minute period. (See Sample A). Option 2 The school day can be divided into subject area periods with the earned points placed on the student's point sheet within 30 minute intervals. Total points should be consistent from day to day. (See Sample B). Remember: 1. Points must be given consistently on either of the two schedules listed above. If the teacher fails to be ~ consistent, he/she has broken the contract with the child. 2. Points ca.~ never be taken away from a student. This is not a fine system--the student has earned the points elreedy received. Points will be given to reward posi~ive, desired behavior. Point System 2 pts. - beginning assignment within appropriate time frame 3 pts. - remaining on task or completing it 5 pts. - positive behavior (personal affecting only self) behavior (optional) 5 pts. - positive social behavior (behavior toward others) Page 2 bonus pts. - going a bove and beyond i.e. , staying on task and ignoring an acting-out person Privileges Points are used to determine the privileges the student earns and as a barometer of readiness for mainstreaming. 90% of total points = 5 minutes free time 95% of total points = 10 minutes free time 98% of total points = 15 minutes free time The child with the highest number of points gets to choose activities first. Teacher Reports At the end of each day, the teacher sends home a note to the parents stating the number of points earned that day. This is useful in setting up a school-home report system where privileges at home are for points earned at school. The total points should also be retained in the teacher's journal to be used in monthly staffings. LEVEL T\\'10 MOB Sauad (My Own Boss) After en consecutive days of perfect points, a student ca.n enter the MOB Squad. On this system, the student earns one point every 30 minutes to an hour and receives a reward when he gets 100 points. Example: Student gets a coke and is allowed to drink it in class as soon as he earns the 100th point. (See example C). Examples of privileges that might accompany being on the MOB Squad are: - freedom to leave the classroom on teacher errand - freedom to spend free time outside - access to special activities e.g., games, etc., reserved for MOB Squad The student may receive special recognition the first time he/she is placed on the MOB Squad. This might mean a class party with a cake, etc. At this point, mainstreaming should begin or be increased. Time Out Room (Elementary) Time-out is the removal of the opportunity to engage in reinforced behavior. Page 3 1. Time-out seclusion should be used only for behaviors that are so out of control or disruptive, or dangerous, the teacher cannot conduct class. General non-compliance, selfstimulation, academic refusal, etc., can be responded to with less stringent and restrictive techniques. Time-out is never to be used for routine disciplinary problems. 2. The time-out room should be used only as a last resort, if and when less restrictive means of controlling behavior have proven ineffective. The teacher should have documentation that milder forms of time-out or other reduction techniques 'have proven ineffective in suppressing the inappropriate behavior. 3. Only those students who are placed in the Behavior Adjustment Program can receive time-out. The use of time-out must be in the student's IEP, and written parent permission must have been secured. 4. Time-out must be paired with a plan to provide positive reinforcement for appropriate behaviors. This must also be included in the child's IEP. A cardinal rule in the use of time-out is that a corresponding effort should be made by the teachers to increase their level of positive interaction with the child when he/she is behaving appropriately. 5. Avoid lengthy verbal explanations as to why the student 1s being placed in the time-out room. Behavior? resulting in time-orjt should be clearly explained prior to implementing the time-out procedure. If an explanation is provided during use of time-out, it should be brief but adequately describe the misbehavior involved. A standard explanation format, such as \"Because you you go to time-out for minutes, \" is recommended. Other interaction should be avoided. 6. 7. Time out is never to be used as a threat. No warnings should be given\nthe point system is the warning. The child needs to monitor his/her own behavior as soon as the teacher knows he/she understands the rule. If the teacher says time out will be used, it must be used. To maximize opportunities to exercise self-control, students should be given the opportunity to take their own time-out after receiving the instruction from the teacher. If the students refuse to take their time-out or if they fail to respond to teacher's instructions within 5-10 seconds, the teacher should physically remove them to the time-out room. For high intensity behaviors like kicking and screaming, the student should be escorted to the time-out room. P~e4 8. When time-out is used, this sequence shall be followed: 1. Maximum 10 minutes - the door must be opened and the child offered the opportunity to join the class. 2. Ten more minutes if child is still out of control. 3. Call psychologist--if child is still out of control-because maximum time for time-out is 30 minutes. 9. Records must be kept of each occasion when time-out is used. The records should include: 1. student's name 2. behavior for which time-out is used (specified on IEP) 3. the time of day the student was placed in and removed from time-out These records will be continuously monitored and will be addressed formally in monthly staffings. DISCIPLINE Elementary Discipline should be handled within the classrocrn, unless the child becomes a danger to himself and/or others. There should be documentation of the incident, and the psychol~gist should be contac~ed. f-JOJN I i \\ \\ I \\  0 1--1 Cl) Cl) ..(1.j. , u Q) :\u0026gt; M . (I) 6 Q) . ~ ~ (1j . I ~ J\\SSIGNMfo:NTS DATE Di\\TE -1--------------- --- ------- - --- - -t--------------1--11------ - - - --- ,-- --\\--------------- I MJ\\111 I MJ\\1'11 ~IJ\\111 Li\\NGUJ\\GE Li\\NGUAGE ~- ------------11___...,,,,,_----/--/-,--- _________ _ '=--r--_/.\n:\nTT/J AAA / \\ 1\u0026amp;~ ' ~ING,..., ' I LJ\\NGUJ\\CE ~DING 1----------------1-------------- -1-------------- -- Sl'fo:LLING ~---------------1.----l-- _____________ , __ , ______________ , _ \n:_-L--~::::-==- _11-11-----'a~-1\" { ~/~--=--'- ,-1-- _Wa\u0026amp;M L. J. I , /.. -' , L -' , /  \\ i_ ASSIGNMmrs Icy?-\u0026lt;/, .,,. , 1 A:\n:\nJ\u0026lt;:NtllNT:, /~pc/ \" r ASSIGNMmrs /0/c?c/ :\n_\\ - DATE D1\\TE DATE ,--------------1--~--------------------1-------------- SPELLING Sl'ELLlNG -1~1--1-\\-1-1--1- ------- -- ____________________ -l--------------1--,: M/\\111 'M/\\111 LJ\\NGUJ\\GE LANGUAGE cUm_\nllEi\\lJING 1-----------------1-------------1-I---------------- SPELLING Sample c Elementary Alternative Classroom t. 0@ (j)@ (iJ) ?f ,.. SJ S @\u0026lt;?:) ~~@ \u0026amp;) C!I 3 6)@ @)@ ! poirAs = poit\\ts =i frtt 'yero\"~, poir-.-\\s- =~ -ha periods Elementary SPE day treatment classroom NAME: _______ DATE ______ DAYS LEFT: __ .. 8:30- 9:00 9:00- 9:30 9:30-10:00 10:00-10:30 I I I I I 10: 30-11: 00 11: 00-11: 30 I I 11:30-12:00 I I I I I I 12:00-12:30 I I I I I I I I I 12:30- 1:00 I I I ~ I I I I I 1:00- l:15 I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I - I I I Rl'TC:: I _. I I I I I I I L, I I I' _we:: I Bonus I  Sa.I:.ple 3 . ~ \\ t [ ci ! ~ Elementary SPE Day Treatment. j j I -(_ t f ~ t3  ! .. i (r, ~ \\~/ ' : r_-,-,__ I - ---. i l I I CrS: I ' I I I ~ l I I i\n! I I [f' I I rr---\u0026lt; I I ~ I \\ - I - ' .., ! ( ,.., #' I I ') . /\ni.:._ ' ' -\n! I I ' I I I ' i I , I I i l I I i\n' \\ I i I I . t :i~ (1 l I  \\ \\ ?- : :_l._,_E7 i.. ,\n_\n?  tct I . j I i I I ! I I f I I j '\nI i' (\ni I I I l I j ' I Sample C @ (j)@ 7P. poirAs = po,\\ '\\t 5 --~8 fret 'j\u0026gt;er0l~ poil'.b =-~ -ha periods sECONDARspYe dAY tREATMENT Page 5 LEVEL SYSTEM SECONDARY The secondary Behavior Adjustment program is based on a fourlevel evaluative system. Each student enters on Level I and must progress through Level IV in order to exit the program. Each student earns points (maximum of 100) and privileges during the school day for appropriate academic and social behavior. A daily point sheet and a weekly work card will be received weekly by every student and will be used to record tQe points earned by the student during each school day (see example 4). These points are to be recorded in a teacher journal to ensure availability during staffings. Points are earned during ten 30-minute intervals or for each 'separate unit of activity or each subject area taught (see samples D, E) with the total number being 100 points. Appropriate student behavior during these activities will determine how many points are earned: 2 points for beginning work within an appropriate time frame 3 staying on task/completing a task 5 behavior (personal and social) The point~ are used to determine the studen~'s level. The level, in turn, -will determine what kind of activities will be included in the school day. Ascending the Levels Level I: Each student enters the program on Level I. points are earned and recorded on a daily point sheet weekly work card. Points needed to stay on Level I: 86 (See Level 0) ,Every day and the Privileges earned: 10 minutes of free time daily 5 extra minutes of free time on Friday physical education in classroom lunch in the cafeteria with teacher Level 0: This level is used only when the student is not making it on Level I for five consecutive days. There are no pr i vi leg es: escorted to restroom, lunch in classroom, no assemblies or activities outside the classroom. The student needs 78 points for ten (10) consecutive days to move to Level I. Level II: In order to move to Level II, a student must earn at least 86 points for 10 consecutive days. Page 6 Points needed to stay on Level II: 92 Privileges earned: 15 minutes of free time daily 10 extra minutes of free time on Friday physical education 1n the classroom and outside eat lunch when teacher eats, but at different table (corning and going with teacher) aide watches student walk to restroom one special activity every ten (10) days, usually during free time. For example: use of school gym, special interest project, specified Level II equipment and materials, use of bandroom. If a student fails to obtain the minimum number of points for five (5) consecutive days, he returns to Level I. Level III: To points for ten move (10) to Level III, a student must earn at least 92 consecu~ive days. Points needed to stay on Level III: 96 Privileges earned: Go to lunch at regular lunch periods 20 rninites of free time daily 15 extra rnir.utes oi free time.on Friday go to school assemblies 2 library visits weekly special activities outside classroom go to restroom unsupervised some special activity every 5 days, usually during free time If the student fails to obtain the minimum number of points for five (5) consecutive days, he returns to Level II. When the student reaches Level III, mainstreaming begins and the student is taken off the point system. Discipline (Secondary) On the secondary level, the discipline should be handled in the classroom. If a student becomes dangerous to others, remove the remainder of the class and call the district psychologist. Because of the uniqueness of the student placed in a BA classroom, confrontation should not take place in the hallway. Whenever possible, get the student back into the classroom before dealing with the behavior. STUDENT /\\SSIGNMENT SHEET FOR TIIE WEEK OF . MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDl\\Y Tl!URSDl\\Y FRIDAY I PERIOD I I I, (/) (D () 0 8:05 - 9:05 ::i p. 11\u0026gt; 1-1 SCIENCE '\u0026lt;: en \"'O (D p. 11\u0026gt; '\u0026lt;: H 1-1 (D 11\u0026gt; JERIOD II rt a (D ::i 9:05 - 10:05 rt ENGLISH/READING  - PERDD III 10:20 - 11: 15  MATH ' -- -- -- - PEJIOD IV 12 :00 - 12 :55 WORLD PROBLEMS --- Secondary SPE Day Treatment . - NAME_~----------------- DATE ____________ _ SPE SECONDARY RATING SCALE MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY COMING IN (5) BREAK.FAST (5) MATERIALS (5) PERIOD I (10) PERIOND II (10) BREAK EARNED --------- TOTAL POINTS ______ _ lONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY PERIOD III (10) LUNCH (5) SOCI.l\\.LJATION (5) PERIOD IV (10) - ...: BR EAK EARNED --------- TOTAL POINTS ____ _ EXTRA POINTS MAY BE USED ON YOUR WEEKLY TOTAL MORNING BUS CONDUCT M T W TH F AFTERNOON BUS CONDUCT -- -- -- -- -- M T W TH F DAIIY CLEANUP OF ROOM AND AREA M T W TH F -- -- -- -- -- TOTAL EXTRA POINTS M T W TH F -- -- -- 0-P.RT FOR POINTS TO EARN BREAKS: MORNING: AFTERNOON: 32 - 35 15MINUTE BREAK 30 - 28 15 MINUTE BREAK 31 -28 10 MINUTE BREAK 27 - 25 10 MINUTE BREAK 2 7 - 24 5 MINUTE BREAK 24 - 22 5 MINUTE BREAK 2 3 - UNDER NO BREAK 22 - UNDER NO BREAK MON TOTAL TUES TOTAL WED TOTAL THUR TOTAL FRIDAY WEEKLY TOTAL FOR SPECIAL PRICILEGES ------ TOTAL Page 7 ELEMENTARAYN D SECONDARY WASTEDT IME When a student use inappropriate social behaviors directed toward others, i.e, profanity, aggressive acts, etc., interferes with the class, the student will be on wasted time until he/she writes an apology to all involved. He/She must also write an apology to his/her parents. The student will remain on wasted time until the parent's apology is returned to the teacher. When a student is on wasted time, he/she is unable to earn any points. INAPPROPRIATEP ERSONALB EHAVIOR When a student is engaging in minor inappropriate behaviors that do not affect others in the classroom (i.e., knocking books on floor, refusal to work, etc.), the behaviors should be ignored, but the student will not receive points until the behavior stops and is replaced by appropriate behavior. \"DO'i'iNT IME\" To eliminate \"down time\" while the teacher tends to the class rol 1, lunch r.ioney, etc. , each student needs to have some \"order task\" such as sharing time, copying a 1=,oer.1 from the board, working a word find, working review frcm previous day's wcrk, etc., as soon as he/she enters the classrco:n. This will allow the structured day and the point system to begin immediat.ely. FREE TIME Teachers must be prepared to end instruction for those students who have earned free time. Planning must also include additional activities that. can be given to students who have not earned free time. A.gain, consistency is the key, and for the point system to be successful, the teacher must live up to his/her end of t.he contract. VERBALI NTERVENTIONT IPS It is preferable to allow a child to vent verbally when his/her behavior is not harming e.nycnE\u0026lt; elEe. It allows him/her to let off steam, and the behavior will generally deescalate. When a child is engaged in verbal venting, he/she does not process information well at high point intervals of behavior. When a child breaks for air, etc., he/she will process better, so this is the time to set the limits. Listen. You can gather important information while a child is verbally venting. Page 8 Remove of the face.\" onlookers when possible. This will decrease the problem child's refusal to back down due to a fear of \"losing Remain calm. The teacher's behavior can either calm the situation or add fuel to it. Be particularly aware of body language. The teacher needs to be attentive not only of the student's but also his/her own body language. Non-threatening body language would avoid encrouchment of personal space and utilize non-challenging, non-threatening body movements. Be aware of how you communicate. Tone, volume, and cadence of speech can work to defuse or to escalate behavior. Be prepared to enforce the limits you set. The teacher may wish to use some \"we\" statements because they are less threatening i.e. , \"We need to complete tr.e work before recess. SETTING LIMITS Setting limits is a very effective tool in dealing with problem behaviors. The way the teacher states a directive is extremely important, so that negative behaviors are not encouraged. To maximize the effectiveness of the limits set, 1. state them positively, when pcssible, 2. ~ provide a choice, 3. give a time frame. \"You can calm down, or you wi 11 be on wasted time. \" \"You may turn down the volume now, or use the earphones.\" \"You need to finish your work before recess, or you will complete it during recess. Guidelines for effective limit setting 1. Be c 1 ear and understood. 2. Be simple and concise. 3. Be reasonable, fair, and enforceable. TENSION REDUCTION After a student loses control and acts out, verbally or physically, the teacher needs to re-establish rapport after the student calms down. This can be accomplished by communicating with the student. Everyone, student and teacher, needs an opportunity to \"debrief\" after an incident, and it presents an excellent learning opportunity. Behavior Adjustment Aides Because of the uniqueness of the Behavior Adjustment class and the population that is served by it, it is essential for the aide to be viewed as an extension of the teacher--providing instruction, as directed by the teacher, and exercising authority as an adult in the classroom. This is due in part to the necessity of having no \"down time\" in the class, structured learning taking place at all times. Another aspect involves the potential explosiveness of individ~al students within the classroom setting. The following list contains duties that might be assigned to the BA aide and is not to be considered all inclusive: Reading and telling stories Directing an \"order task\" to being instruction each day Providing small group and individual instruction, as directed by the teacher Assisting students in performing activities initiated by the teacher Assisting students in reviews, guided and independent practices Correc.-ting homework and workbook assignments Correcting and recording test scores, etc. Prepari~g instructional materials such as flash cards, charts, transparencies, etc. Assisting in checking student's seatwork Writing student's earned points on the point sheet at specified time intervals Accompanying students to individual classrooms when mainstreaming begins Monitoring classroom in teacher's absence Attending conferences and staffings for individual students Assisting substitute teachers Monitoring students in time-out Performing other duties, as assigned by the teacher. DAT_E_ F.as_t and West Campus Student Assignment Classrooms TIIB RULES FOR Tu SUiDD\"\"TA SSIG'.0IT2\\\"\"Cl'L ASS (S.!,C) ARE AS rOLlD\\,S: 1) TiiE Sil:\"\"DE.'.'\\1.\n:J U, EE ISOUI.ED FRO'.!T I-:::ER EST OF IBE sn\"D2'\"\"1' 30DY. 3) Sil\"\"DD\"\"I'S~ rCST CO~PLITE _t..SS:::G'.'('E\\\"H\"TFSO RED:TI .\\RE RELE..'....SiF::RDO \u0026gt;lS A.C. 4) STl\"DESIS _!,__~TEO RI-?CRT TO S.!,C .c_8T: 15 _\n. !l. STCDD1S !\\\\.:SI _E_!:_\\\"I l70\n'( DI S~H ssn., AT 3: 00 P. \u0026gt;L 6) STt\"J2\\.I.S \u0026gt;R:ST :U:P(,:,:u -:-os .\nc 1:I'3 _!.j_L '.GCESS_t_~y5 00~ _.'..2\\J): ,'._.'.._T:3..1 '. J.. . S. ( STC2CTS 1-:IU. \\CI :SE _.'..l:..01:-~Wo 1-un: $_.'.._-C~- I DT.-:::SIG\n\\.~_101 ::::-~.s).. 7) STL?2G.S '.ll.\"ST: :Ol.LO\\, ::::..Dr:I ?2CIIC\\S C? ~ S.!..C1 .,S.1.~LCL.:~. f_!._J:..,~?-i: -=o )C) so 1,IU. ?.I.SU.I E c-=-B ::::ISCI?l.-D.. ' .._-:..!_:y.C I:::m.s. :-:_.:.~:: ==\\~ 5.-'-.C~~~-- -:,c:-::::::~.: _:..~::=(: ' c_.:.~~2,~:: =~:..=y~_:::: __ ::-.::=--c_,- '-...5.5:G:,::\n:c 5_:.._,:. ...... ..--. - - ... - --\\. - ... -. ' ------..-- - . ,.,..._,.. .:.\\. .:.._\\ - ::-: __ -_\\_.:_::: - . --.--.-- -----,-- ~ .----- :.-: .. :._\\_:, .::,_.,__,,.:__\\_~ __.. ..: :-_ :-:- .-.- ,---~-\\,.-:.,: :, FA.IlL\"RET O .ADHERET O 'j}-:\n:f.SRE ULES J.-..' \\Y R.ESl.1..TI N FURTI-:ERD. ISCIPl.Kh.RY ACTIO~S. ,r - ' rn,, ------ ~:v-:-. Di-.::::.SC ? _t:.SSIG~,E'G: ):-::..:-._J) 1ST ?~:.--:=:\n:I 1.\\~ _.'.__-~::, :'. .-.. - - . \\...\n--- - - - . - - --- ___ -_::: ....... - -- --- STI.iDE\\1 ASSIG~1.E!G CLASS RECORD OF EEi{!.\\\"IO:l. --------------------- 2:\\\"D ~:ZD .!.\nI r1 I 5 ili I f:1': 1 \\ ::.=..J -------\n_- ____ ,.\n----------- - ' - - -- -- - . -- -- - _._ --- ::.:c I-_: . ~'..,  I ::... :.._-_ =: ~: i \\ I ,. .::.:....::..=:\n=.:....__==:-\n-=---5'-- -____.!..._..--1..._)___ ___ _______:.I I .- , --,r I '_. ...-.. - .... ,..,\nI 1 -- - - .. - ! .' - - ! .- ::- 2\\-::l 3:u I 1- ..J -: \\ 51\"1 (..,-.: I., ' I I'~ I I ID,1_ ___ _ ____ _______________ __\nAt:~~CeC_ ________________________ _ ____ .:.. ._c2.:c=.-c _ .:.:-: . - - = - -. _.\\. _~_J ..: 1 ..:_ - I ____________________________ -.e, 5 S .\n,CC t ~ ~ 'f ...:: : : C : :':\"\n:-_ C: C ~\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_287","title":"Care Program Staff manual and other documents","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1991/1999"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Educational planning","School-age child care","Student assistance programs"],"dcterms_title":["Care Program Staff manual and other documents"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/287"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n*-M 1 CA\u0026gt; CARE Program Rockefeller School 700 E. 17 Little Rock, AR 72206 Child's Name Child's Doctor or Clinic - Doctor or ClinicAddress- Hospital Preference Phone ------------------ Describe medical conditions, physical or mental problems, etc. the CARE staff should know about your child: In case of emergency, I auorize the C ARE Program to arrange for medical/dental care and transportation to the hospital or doctor of my choice or the hospital nearest to the school. CARE cannot assume financial liability for injuries, student accident insurance is available through the school office. I have read and understand the Care Program Discipline Plan. I accept responsibility for paying tuition charges according to CARE policies and procedures. Date Signature of Parent or Guardianf y CARE Program F Little Rock School District The CARE Program is anon-profit, self-supporting program of child care provided for elementary-age students and parents of the Little Rock School District. The program operates before and after school and all day on most school holidays. The CARE Program provides a structured program of creative activities and recreation in a nurturing environment. Varied group and independent activities are planned according to the students' ages and interests. The goals of the CARE PROGRAM are:  to provide a safe environment for students before and after school  to offer a wide variety of creative and recreational activities  to help create a positive school attitude  to encourage acceptable social and play skills - to help each child develop a positive self image LOCATIONS A CARE Program is located in LRSD elementary schools where there are a minimum of 15 participants between the ages of 5 -12 years and at selected schools for 4 year olds. received in the CARE Office on or before the 15th of each month for the upcoming month. example: October payment is due September 15th ilications are available for reduced rates at Incentive Schools HOURS Each program operates from 7:00 A.M. until school opens and from the close of school until 5:30 P.M. (6:(X) P.M. at Incentive School\u0026lt;J (y\u0026gt;^^^nklin, Garland, Ish,Mitchell, Rightsell, Rockefeller, Stephens), requirements are based on family size and income. on regular school days. During most school lol 's, from 7:00 A.M. to 5:30 P.M. at specified schools. The CARE Program is also open at several accessible schools when LRSD schools are closed due to severe weather. When school is closed for any reason before the normal dismissal time, CARE begins operation at the earlier time. FOOD SERVICES CARE provides a nuiritous breakfast and snack prepared by the LRSD Food Services Department Registration Fee J Full-time (5 days @ wk.) Part-time (4 days @ wk.) Part time (3 days \u0026lt; wk.) Part time (2 days @ wk.) Part time (1 day @ week) 3 Day Drop-in @$4.50 @day Holiday (reservations required) \"Snow\" Day 6.00 69.25 @ month 56.00 @ month 42.00 @ month 28.00 @ month 14.00 @ month 13.50 @ card 7.00 @ day 7.00 @ day SUPERVISION The CARE Program is supervised by a certified leacher/supervisor. A ratio of one adult instructor to every 18 children is maintained at each site. COST Monthly payments for regular school days, not including holidays, are averaged over nine equal payments. These payments must be REGISTRATION To register, return the completed registration form to the CARE Program Office with the $6.00 registraticn fee and 1st month tuition. The program will be available at schools with a minimum of 15 children participating on a monthly basis. If CARE is not offered due to an insufficient number of participants at a school, fees will be refunded. For further information, please call the CARE Program Office at 324-2395. $ CARE PROGRAM REGISTRATION TO REGISTER for 1991-92, mail $6.00 registration fee, 1st month tuition and completed form (front and back) to: ATTENDANCE AND FEES (Check one): Full-time and part-time fees are due two weeks in advance. example: October payment is due September 15 CARE Program 700 E. 17th Little Rock, AR 72206 Telephone: 324-2395  Full-time (5 days @ wk.)  Part-time (4 days @ wk.) . Part-time (3 days @ wk.) - Part-time (2 days @ wk.) - Part-time (1 day @ week) -3 Day Drop-in @ 4.50 @ day -Holiday (reservations required) -Snow\" Day $ 69.25 @ month 56.00 @ month 42.00 @ month 28.00 @ month 14.00 @ month 13.50 @ card 7.00 @ day 7.00 @ day Child's Name. Date Of Birth School Grade Date To Enter Care Mothers Name Fathers Name. Address- Zip Address Zip Phone (Home). (Woric) .Work Hours. Phone (Home) (Worit). .Work Hours_____ Emergency Information: Name, address and telq)hoDe numbers of persons to contact other than parent/guardian (2 required). Name. Address Plione (Home) (Work) Name Address Phone (Home) (Work) Persons Authorized to Pick Up Child: How/where did you first hear about the CARE Program? (check one) school friend/relative previously enrolled other COMPLETE AND SIGN OTHER SIDE OF FORM4 [Arkansas Democrat  SUNDAY, APRIL 18, 1999 { LR district tests waters on program The Little Rock School District will offer a before-school and afterschool care program at its eight new middle schools beginning next fall if there is sufficient parent interest District officials this week mailed notices asking parents of pupils in grades five through seven to preregister their children for the senice by Friday, A minimum of 15 full-time participants will be needed to open and operate the care program at each of the schools. To preregister, parents must complete a form and pay a $50 nonre- fundable deposit The district offers child care at its elementary schools but not at the ju- The care program fees include a $20 registration and charges ranging from $20 a month for one day of care a week to $100 a month for five days a week. nior highs for students in grades seven through nine. As part of plans to convert the junior highs into middle schools for sixth-, seventh- and eighthgraders, some parents had asked for an e.xpansion of the care program. The program is to provide creative and recreational time for students. The cai-e program fees include a S20 registration and charges ranging from J20 a month for one day of care a week to $100 a month for five days a week. The program hours will be 7 a JU. until the start of classes and from school dismissal until 6 p.m. More information or a preregistration form is available at the districts C.ARE progi'am office at 100 S. Arch Si or from the office at 324-2395. The schools planning to offer the program include Cloverdale. Dunbar. Forest Heights, Henderson, Mabel- vale, Mann, Pulaski Heights, and Southwest schools\nall will be middle schools next year.Office of Desegregation Monitoring United States District Court  Eastern District of Arkansas Ann S. Brown, Federal Monitor 201 East Markham, Suite 510 Heritage West Building Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 (501)376-6200 Fax (501) 371-0100 Date: To: From: Re: April 20, 1999 Junious Babbs, Brady Gadberry, Bonnie Lesley, Sadie Mitchell Ann Bro,wnlk(4^___^ Request ror Information Im sending this memo to all of you hoping that it will increase the odds that I can get a small but critical bit of information. Does anyone know for sure what hours Dunbar Middle School will operate next year' Heres an overview of my plight: As the parent of an elementary school child who will be a 7' grader at Dunbar Middle School next year, I recently received in the mail a brochure for the new CARE Program in the middle schools, including a pre-registration form (copy enclosed). The literature explains that CARE will be available from 7 a.m. until school startup and from school dismissal until 6 p.m.\" and invites me to send a non-refundable $50 deposit to secure a place for my child. Ive used CARE for my children since its inception almost 20 years ago, so Im very familiar with the program. I know that my familys need for CARE depends on the time that school starts in the morning and lets out in the afternoon. Moms got the morning covered, and if school is over late, like 3:50 p.m.. Dad can pick up child and we dont need CARE. But if schools over early, say 2:30 p.m., thats another story and we need CARE. What a simple criterion: to determine whether or not to sign up for CARE, all I have to know is what hours middle school classes will operate. But guess what: no one can tell me! Not only do the school startup and school dismissal hours not appear on the CARE brochure, my phone calls to several offices (including that of CARE, Student Registration, Dunbar, and an associate superintendent) uncovered no one who could tell me with certainty what hours the middle schools will operate. How can the district expect parents to plunk down a non-refundable $50 and sign up tor a program four months in advance without having such a basic piece of information? Not only is a non-refundable $50 deposit outrageous (its way out of line with the programs price history, it isnt clear if it covers or is in addition to the $20 pre-registration fee, and is it still non- refundable if the minimum 15 students dont sign up?), its just plain bad business to expect parents to make a hefty non-refundable down payment on a service they may or may not need depending on school hours that no one can disclose at the time parents are being asked to pre-register. Given these circumstances, it wont be surprising if CARE isnt overwhelmed with sign-ups for its maiden venture into the middle schools. But will any dearth of pre-registration indicate a lack of need or rather parents unwillingness to risk losing fifty bucks on a service that may prove to be unneeded depending on the elusive school hours?Paoe Two April 20, 1999 In asking for your help in learning what hours Dunbar Middle School will operate next year, Im also asking that you carefully examine the scope, quality, and consistency of the customer service processes that need to be in place to effectively support those who are most directly affected by the transition to middle schools, namely parents, students, and teachers. As a parent. Ive already had very unhappy, frustrating experiences trying to navigate the shoals of a decidedly customer-unfriendly course selection process for middle schools. Now Im exasperated by the unsolved mystery of the middle school hours. And Ill bet Im not the only one. Enc.TO\nFROM: fJECHVIED MAY 1339 OFFICE OF DESEGREGATiONMOfllTOfii^'G Ann Brown, Federal Monitor, Office of Desegregation Monitoring T\"^Martha Rogers, CARE Program Supervisor DATE: April 26, 1999 RE: Middle School Hours Ann, I received a copy of your memo and I can understand your frustration. I apologize if our office was partly responsible. The response from the parent survey regarding CARE for middle schools, did not indicate a need for CARE. In order to try to pursue the concept. The Little Rock School District felt that we could better determine a need if parents were asked to make a commitment by requiring a non- refundable deposit. The intention was that if it was determined that there was a need, and a CARE site opened, the deposit would be used for the registration fee and pan of the tuition fee. If CARE did not open at a particular school, the money would be refunded. If a site opened and based on the number of students interested, the staff would be hired and supplies and equipment would be purchased, those parents who withdrew from those programs would not be refunded the deposit. We stated in the middle school brochure that CARE hours would be from 7:00 a.m. until the start of school and from school dismissal until 6:00. Again I apologize that I was unable to confirm the middle school hours for you. If 1 can be of help in the future, please dont hesitate to call me.LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT PUPIL SERVICES DEPARTMENT Hay 3, 1999 TO: Ann Brown, Fed^al Honitor, ODH FROM: Jo Fvalyn Blstoity Director ot Pupil services SUBJECT: Follow-up: \"Reguest for information\" 1999 Junious forwarded to me a copy of your memo dated April 20, 1999, regarding guestions and concerns you have about opening and closing times for district middle schools for 1999-2000 and the CARE program deposit for middle school students. First, let me respond to your comments regarding the hours of CARE alluded to in the CARE Middle School registration information that was sent out. Since no information regarding a change in the opening and closing times for junior high/middle schools had been distributed from the District, we made the assumption that the hours would be the same or with only a slight modification. Consequently, we thought it would be safe to indicate that the CARE hours from \"7:00 a.m. until school start-up and from school dismissal until 6\n00 p.m. would PeJR. n capture any minor deviations from the current school schedule if changes in school opening and closing times were subsequently made. If we are to be The reason we made the decision to require a deposit for CARE at Middle Schools is because of our need to determine staffing requirements for 19992000 based on the number of students registered for CARE at specific school locations. _______________ ready to open CARE in new sites in August, staff will have to be recruited and trained, as well as furnishings and equipment purchases made before school starts. This deadline really forces us to have firm participation intentions, early on before this school year ends because of the front-end start-up expenses that would have to be obligated. The In our view, a deposit would indicate a firm intent on the part of parents to participate in the CARE program. The deposit would be credited toward the first months tuition, so it would not be lost. However, if we do not receive the minimum of twelve students to open a CARE site, the deposit would be refunded to the parent. The deposit would only be \"non refundable\" if the parent failed to fill his/her reserved slot. Conditions for a refundable or non refundable deposit were not addressed in the CARE registration information that was distributed. Me apologize tor any confusion or inconvenience this may have caused. Please feel free to call ae if we need to discuss further.STAFF MANUAL REVISED 1991-92 RECEIVED CARE PROGRAM STAFF MANUAL OCT 2 8 1991 TABLE OF CONTENTS Office of Desegregation Monitoring I . Introduction 1 II . III. A. B. Program Description Program Goals...... Personnel Policies A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I . J. K. L. M. N. 0. Employee Dual ifications..... Organizational Relationships Selection of Personnel...... Performance Responsibilities Staff Training and Support.. Licensing Requirements...... Conditions of Employment.... Terminations and Due Process Grievances................... Compensation.................. Hours of Work....... Fringe Benefits.............. Service Records.............. Change of Address........... Guidelines for Site Staff... Program Policies 1 1 .4 .4 .4 . 5 .6 .6 .6 .7 .9 .9 .9 10 10 10 10 13 A. B. C. D. E. F. 6. H. I . J . K. L. M. N. 0. Office Check-in...................... Payrol 1 Time Sheets........... Attendance............................. Tuition........................ Late Fees................................ Field Trips. ......................... Parent Sign-Out Sheets.............. Injuries and Accidents............... Medications............................ Inventory and Supply Requests....... Food Service Requirements............ Building Pass. . ........................ Confidentiality. ............. Suspected Child Abuse or Neglect.... Fire, Tornado, and Earthquake Drills 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 17 17 17 IV. Daily Site Procedures 19 A. B. C. D. Staff Arrival....... Check-In of Children Snack Time........... Active Play......... 20 20 21 22E. P . 6. H. Activity Time H ree P1ay . . . Sign Cut of Children........... Close Down and Staff Departure V. Discipline A. B. C. D. E. Philosophy of CARE Discipline Plan... Discipline Plan........................ Guidelines for Staff................... How to Communicate with CARE Children Handling Common Behavior Problems.... 26 27 29 29 29 VI . Programming with Children A. B. C. D. E. F. Activities....................................... Daily Schedule................................... Time Schedule for Regular School Days....... Time Schedule for Long Days/Holidays........ Activity Ideas...............................   Procedures for Inclement Weather Conditions. 34 34 35 36 36 371 CARE PROGRAM I . INTRODUCTION A. Program Description As a school-age child care service, the CARE Program B. provides an informal and unique environment for children of different, ages to live and learn together. maintains CARE structured environment to insure order and safety, yet provides children with opportunities to make choices and activities. become involved in both group and independent The program includes a wide range of social. recreational, and creative opportunities. Program Goals a The CARE Program staff strives to achieve the following goals: -to provide a safe environment for students before and after school, -to offer a wide variety of creative and recreational activities, -to help children feel good about themselves and develop positive attitudes toward school, growth in -to encourage relationships and social skills.! ! b ''r\u0026gt;'^0^ I : P HOITOUaORlk!! . I no J. J-q XI3 590 (nftipo'-i-i -A 'Ti/\nipo-i'H HflAO sr!?- .ejxvias ns T ta I: X ri 3HA3 jTismno'tx vnti biis . 3gfi J 9po3 3op.iri(j bi!\u0026gt;. !:\u0026gt; I x d r\u0026gt; 9jjw-1 ijijri 7 i \u0026amp;i'\nr'!c\u0026gt;+ni ri\u0026amp; isb3o STu^nx ot in as? b fife  3 \u0026amp; aA 3bxvoiq I znsiTn-io'i 4 S.iaiT! ul 2sxt xnjjJ loqqq I n jn .tnsbnsqsbnx bos quo-e n.tc-d . Xsxnoa to. gpctsTi abii'j fs S'- tl oj- s-spfi .J-ns-'isttib to I s b s 'i).''t ,-j \\i ' J- e i'4stbi.x.\u0026gt;l.:i nX bSVJOxri..\nssox vo'-iq smopsd s api st nifim J SV .,y-tstB'a b(ia esboi onx . esx 4 xri4jd-ioqqc svx\niTifc-irJ'... 'iq scl S3.f..i-1'^ si.\") fi a3.j bn\u0026amp; . : iKnaxJ\u0026amp;s-iqs^ S.(so8 l!iS-ip.~J-)S Q I* o Qnxwgllot Slid ovsxriq?:- ot .egviita tsda fnanpo-i*^' 3\u0026gt;1AO srlT :aXsop tana, slotsd adnsbuda 101 .tnsi'nno'^.xvn\"' sta.a sbxvoiq a:J - I siio.xdssT 39-1 bnfe S'\u0026lt; X j6S\"13 to Yd'3 iiav qo/svsb tans as'x Isamsrid xuods bopp isst H loorioxi staxw 6 isdtfe istirj od , .as'xd xvxdoe- .all .h-de Xsxpoa iaort.oa b36(/i{p.:J nai b I X d 3 q I sd od-. asbudxdda bns aq cd.anaxd-s X S'l svld xapq :ix dfwaip spa-dijoona od- . .iij.^.i.iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii|i mil III II ..-iL_iL.LII.I.II. Jinn, III II |i I.iiiiiilll|^|^ . n.im 1 iiiimnriioiiMnGTjiOT I I4 II. PERSONNEL POLICIES A, Employee Qualification The following minimum qualifications are required of CARE Program site staff members: 1. High school diplofpa or GFiD and background of successful, practical experience in groups of children. working with Genuine 1 ove and respect for young children and strong motivation to work with them. Pleasant personality. 4. Minimum age of 13 years. 5. Understands the positive approach to discipline and student behavior management. Willing to learn the policies and procedures of the CARE Program and the Little Rock School District. 7. Desire to work within school philosophy. the framework of a specific 8. Willing to share any special talents and interests with the children. B. Organizational Relationships CARE staff members are employees of the Little Rock School District and: Work under the supervision of the Supervisor of the CARE Program. Work under the cooperating supervision of the building principal. C. Selection of Personnel 6. 1. 1. All applicants for CARE positions must complete and submit a written application form to the Supervisor who will review forms. interview qualified persons. and recommend applicants for employment. Three personal reference and information regarding the application previous employment are required on form. References and previous employment will be checked by telephone or written reference form.5 4 . 5. D. All employee information will be filed in a confidential permanent personnel record maintained in the LRSD Personnel Office. Applicants recommended for employment must be approved by the LRSD Board of Education. Each employee will receive a contract showing salary, contract length. and other pertinent information. Performance Responsibilities of Site Staff 1. Site staff are responsible for planning and implementation of the daily program. a. Plan and implement a weekly schedule of developmentally appropriate experiences for the school-age children attending CARE. 4. 5. b. c . Provide supervision and leadership in a positive manner to children engaged in CARE activities. Participate in activities with children, encouraging them to become increasingly responsible for their behavior and choice of activities. Follow procedures in safeguarding the health and safety of children at all times and in handling emergency situations. Organize and maintain all CARE equipment, and space\nsupplies, order additional material as needed. Communicate appropriate information to parents. teachers, principal, cafeteria manager. and supervisor/coordinator concerning the children and program. (Lead) Perform the administrative functions of the programs a. Complete the time sheet each day and mail to CARE office in time for preparation of payroll. b. Complete and mail all reports and forms to CARE Office when requested (bi-weekly payroll sheets, monthly student attendance, orders, etc.) supply inventory and Di tributer notices to parents as requested by CARE Office staff. d . Keep accurate records of each student's attendancee f . 9- in the roll book and mail the CARE Main tain business cl 6 copy of attendance Office at the end of each month. record of current addresses, phone numbers, numbers for each child. to home and and emergency telephone Provide cafeteria manager with information regarding number of children eating breakfast each day\nupdate afternoon snack count based on number of children attending. Follow instructions for drop-in procedures section D. average p. 14 E. Staff Training and Support CARE employees are required to attend 10 hours of in-service training yearly to increase skills and learn about creative and enrichment activities. The following staff support and training will be provided: 1. Orientation session before school begins each fal 1 . Periodic workshops and resource materials on developmentally appropriate experiences for school-age children. Frequent personal contact with CARE coordinator and supervisor. F . B. 4. Annual written evaluation of performance with continuous oversight and positive suggestions for improvement. Licensing Requirements 1. Annual skin test for tuberculosis is required by Arkansas day care licensing regulations. Ten hours of in-service training or outside workshop attendance regarding child care practices are required each year and will be documented in personnel records. Conditions of Employment 1. For the first year of continuous employment, persons shall be employed on a probationary basis and may be discharged at any time'they are not needed or when their work. unsatisfactory. IS After employees have worked for one year and been4 . 7 contracted for the second year, permanent emp1oyees \u0026gt; they shall become Job performance will be evaluated annually in writinig by the CARE Supervisor- A recommendation will be made for continued employment, dismissal , or reassignment of the employee. Employees will be assigned by the Supervisor to a specific CARE site on the basis of the number of full-time participants and the needs of the program. 5. Permanent employees may be discharged for inefficiency, repeated absence or late arrival on the job, for conduct unbecoming an employee of the LRSD, or other reasons believed to be detrimental to the best interests of the program. A. Permanent employees may be laid off due to a lack of work or financial circumstances of the program. An employee desiring to terminate employment should submit a written resignation at least two S. weeks in advance. Additional regulations regarding termination and due process for permanent employees can be found in the LRSD \"Non-Organized Support Staff Employee Handbook\" available in the LRSD Office of Human Resources and school offices. H. Terminations and Due Process for Permanent Employees In order to maintain a good working environment, all employees are expected to conform to reasonable standards of performance and conduct. When an employee demonstrates an inability or unwillingness to maintain these standards, the supervisor will take necessary corrective action. This action is directed toward resolving personal and work-related problems which interfere with the employee's effectiveness. When all reasonable efforts to correct employee deficiencies are exhausted, it is necessary that this person be terminated. There are occasions when persons, because of the nature of their misconduct, recommended for immediate termination. must be suspended and 1. Following are examples of offenses for which an employee will be recommended for immediate termination. These offenses may include. but arenot 1imited to: cl n Lonvic tion, felony or m.i a t a t. r i a 1 court 8 level, of I s demeanor which is manifestly inconsistent with the safe and efficient operation of CARE. C. F i g fl t i. n g , threaten ing, bodily injury to an Bodily injury an or attempting to do employee or student. means physical pain, illness 9 or impairment of physical condition. Carrying weapons. A weapon is any object that could cause injury to another person and is not. required to be in the possession of the employee in the normal course of the job. d. Stealing or misappropriation of property of employees of the LRSD. e f . 9  Malicious mischief\nthe abuse, misuse, or deliberate destruction or damaging of property, tools, or employees of the LRSD. equipment of other Altering or tampering with time sheets, sign in/out rosters, or other reporting documents relative to attendance, promptness, departure. or Drinking alcoholic beverages on the job during working hours\nintroduction of, any alcoholic or the possession beverage or of , on or LRSD property at any time. This also includes reporting alcohol. to work while under the influence of h. Use of narcotics and/or the use, possession. or transmitting on school premises of drugs or substances capable of modifying mood and/or behavior. i . Insubordination, including refusal or failure to perform work assigned and/or refusal to obey orders of supervisors. k. Disorder1y, disruptive, school premises. The making of or or ma1ic ious or immoral conduct on publishing of false. vicious, tatements concerning employees j . of the LRSD. 1 . Falsification of personnel or other officialm, n. o. 9 school or insurance records, or making false statements when applying for employment. Falsifying or refusing to give testimony concerning incidents which are being investigated. Harboring a disease which, through carelessness, may endanger .the health of fellow workers. Failure to observe or purposefully disregarding school district or CARE Program policies or procedures. I , Grievances 1. Employees have the right to present grievance and shall be assured of freedom from restraint, interference, discrimination, and reprisal. Employees are encouraged to pursue an informal approach through their immediate supervisor to resolve a grievance. result in a satisfactory solution Should this approach not J the employee should then follow the Grievance Procedure as outlined in the \"Non-Organized Support Staff Employee Handbook available in the LRSD Office of Human Resources. J . Compensation 1. The CARE Program salary schedule is based on job responsibilities and years of experience. Each employee will receive a contract indicating a specific school assignment and salary level. Overtime work shall be avoided insofar as is possible, but may be required in the interest of efficient and safe operation. Overtime hours causing a LRSD employee to work more than' 40 hours in a regular work, week will be paid at the current overtime rate. K. Hours o'f Work Hours of worker shall be determined by the supervisor and shall be designed to facilitate the most efficient operation o'f the CARE Program on a self-supporting basis. Before-school assignments will be for 1 or 2 hours and after-school assignments will be for no more 3-1/4 hours depending upon the specific school site and program needs.L. Fringe Benefits 10 1 . Permanent CARE Program employees who are regularly employed in the LRSD for- 25 hours or more per week are eligible to receive LRSD employee benefits (health, life, dentcal , and disability insurance) . providing they have worked in the position for one year. Enrollment procedures and information concerning the various policies can in the \"Non-Organized Support Staff Employee Handbook available in the LRSD Office of Human Resources. M. Service Records A service record is maintained in the LRSD Office of Human Resources for every employee and contains all information pertinent to employment. N. Change of Address Any change of address or telephone number must be reported to the CARE and Human Resources Offices. O. Guidelines for Site Staff 1. BE ON TIME! If you are sick or an emergency arises, call the supervisor to arrange for a substitute. ARRIVING LATE FOR WORK, AND THEREBY LEAVING CHILDREN UNSUPERVISED, IS GROUNDS FOR TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. NEVER leave a child or a group of children unsupervised even for a brief time period. Always tell a co-worker if you must leave a group of children briefly. Make sure another person will be temporarily supervising your children. 4, Eat and drink only with the children. 5. Constant and effective supervision of the children is required. while supervising Sitting or standing in one location activities is not a safe or acceptable practice. must move around the area, To effectively supervise, you continuously scan the 6. group, by an adult. and make sure every child is being observed The school telephone may not be used for personal calls during CARE, It may be used only for emergency purposes related to the children or to contact the CARE Office.8. 9, 10. 11. 13. 14. 11 Always handle yourself in a professional manner when dealing with children, parents, and school staff. YOU are a representative of the LRSD! Use good language and correct. English in the presence of the children. Never use paddling. or physical punishment (spanking. sarcastic pinching, hitting, poking, etc.), verbal threats. remarks in CARE. Know what children are capable of at each age level. Hold them to a standard they are capable of achieving. Respect individual differences. Everything should have a special place in the CARE area. Help children learn to return each thing to its place. Care area must be kept clean. Show affection to all children alike\nwith respect. hurt feelings. treat them Never say anything that might cause Children need to experience success most of the time. Guide them appropriately\nplan for success! Dress appropriately for your job in clothes that look neat and clean. are safe for interacting with the children on the playground. and are comfortable in the heat or cold. Remember, all schools have rules for the appearance of their staff. If shorts are worn in very hot weather. the shorts must be \"long\" (no shorter than \" above the knee) and loose fitting.12 I1314 H  Office Cheek I n CARE Program staff members are arrival to check the CARE mail box for messages. required upon This lets the CARE B. C. D. E. teacher receive daily. reports and messages from the CARE office Payroll Time Sheets staff attendance will be mailed A time sheet for recording i.,._= of the time period and will be The lead staff person should record to each school in advane kept in the cabinet. the a.m./p.m. attendance of each person on a daily basis. do not include time Record only time actually worked\nmissed due to arriving late or leaving before the end of the CARE day. At the end of the payroll period, each the time sheet and verify the accuracy to arriving late or person should sign The amount of the payroll checks will of their hours. based on these hours records. Daily Attendance in be and the CARE Office substitute Roll Books\nAttendance records on each child are required for both a.m. and p.m. participation. Specific instructions for recording attendance are of the roll book. Tuition Fees\nlocated on the inside front cover the Parent Handbook are Monthly tuition charges listed in full on the 15th of the preceding month. due in The fee must be paid before the child may continue participation in the program on the 1st of the month. Please call the CARE Office (uncertain about whether a child shoulcT^e'^Tdwfed to continue attending. .1st program is supported completely by parent fees, fees must be paid in advance at the CARE Office. and long days are prepaid, parents purchase drop-in The and the Drop-in or Care teachers will long day cards in the CARE office. record all drop-ins according to instructions and will long day card to equal the value of that punch parent's day. Parents must sign a drop-in or long day attendance form Late Fees\nThe CARE Program concludes at 5 0 p.m. each day (6\n00 at Incentive Schools). the late charge for arriving after closing time late) and an is $ .50 for arriving by 5 5 (1-5 minutes additional $1.00 for each additional five minute period. This charge must be paid directly to the CARE teacher upon picking up the child. Since CAREF. B. H. I . employees and af ter work , school custodian CARE reserves the program when Field Trips\nparents are According to LRSD policy. is required away 15 have other obligations the right to remove a child from late over three times. a signed parent permission form for each child for any trip, from the school. When a field trip copies of this permission form should be the CARE Office and completed in advance Parents should be notified in writing of by foot or car, is planned, requested from b'y the parents, the destination of the field trip and the time of departure and return. In addition, the school secretary and the CARE Office should be advised of your plans. LRSD buses are usually unavailable in the afternoon for CARE Program field trips. possibility of transportation. If you should wish to check the complete the field trip form and mail it to the CARE Office at least three weeks in advance of the field trip date. Parent Sign-Out Sheets\nOn regular school days children come directly from their class to the CARE area. Each parent should be asked to sign his/her name on the computerized Sign-Out Sheet upon picking up a child. It is important to make sure that each child is dismissed only to the parent, specified on the registration card, permission from the parent. On holidays or Teacher Workdays, both sign person or person with written parents are expected to in and out, providing the CARE staff with an emergency telephone number for the day. Inj uries and Accidents\nRecord the occurrence of bumps. received by children in CARE in sc rapes, and scratches the spiral bound injury log. This is to provide information about the injury and its treatment should it be needed at a the instructions on Report more serious later date. Fol low the inside cover of the injury log. injuries to the Supervisor and send her a completed accident form, CARE staff. signed by both parent and Medications CARE staff are to follow the procedures of LRSD Health Services Department regarding medication to be given to chiIdren. On regular school days medicine is given only by the school nurse or principal.16 J . K. L. On long days in CARE, CAKE staff may (jive medicine provided the parent brinijs with directions Keep the in a n d medic\nine in locked cabinet. it in the prescription bottle completes a written permission form, the school office or on a high shelf Inventory and Supply Requests\nAn annual inventory should be completed for each CARE site in the spring. This will indicate which materials need to be replenished before the beginning of school To request supplies or proj ec t, call or send a request in August. items needed for a specific craft Food Service Requirements\nBreakfast\nby our children. CARE is charged for You are asked for the Cafeteria Manager, to the CARE Office. every breakfast consumed to fill out a daily form children eating breakfast that day. indicating the number of Please be accurate, since we will be billed for these breakfasts. Sn ac k\nafternoon The Cafeteria Manager will prepare and leave the nack for CARE based on the number of children and staff regularly attending. Please monitor the leftover snacks carefully and reduce the snack, count when your enrollment or attendance declines. expenses within the budgeted amount, To keep food we have to monitor our snack costs closely and not waste money. Leftover Food\nIf there is extra food, you may divide it among children wanting a second serving. Put remaining food in trash can and return uncut fresh fruit on tray to the kitchen. Do not take left, over food home. The Cafeteria Manager will use several forms each day to exchange information with you. Fill them in daily and leave them on the tray. Use the comments section to adjust the snack number and communicate concerns. Food Not Left\nIf you are unable to find the afternoon snack, call the cafeteria manager at home to see if the snack was prepared. If find it or come to school to locate it, emergency peanut butter and crackers. he is unable to tell you where to you may serve your Let the CARE Office know to send you more emergency food the next day. Buildinq Pass\nA child requesting permission to return to the building to use the restroom must take a CARE \"building pass\". This pass must be returned to the same adult. ' Observe closely the length of time the child is in the building. If the child is away from the playground or CARE area for more than 3 or 4 minutes. an adult needs to check on the child.17 M. Confidentiality\nAlways maintain confidentiality about information related to CARE children. Do not discuss a child or provide written information about him to persons other than his parents or per ons needing the specific information to care for the child. Do not discuss or .give information about a child to the parents of another child. This also includes late charge forms. emergency cards, roll book, and communications from parents or our office. Any requests from other than CARE or school office staff should be referred to the Supervisor. N. Suspected Child Abuse or Neglect: 0. A CARE employee who suspects a child's physical or mental health and/or welfare may be adversely affected by abuse or neglect., shall report these concerns to the school principal. The principal will then contact SCAN. staff is unable to report to the school principal, If CARE she should contact the CARE Supervisor who will contact the appropriate authorities for an investigation. Fire Dri11, Tornado Drill, and Earthquake Drill\nFIRE DRILLS MUST BE HELD MONTHLY! 1. Assign a student to be line leader, if necessary. Announce fire drill in a loud, clear voice. Have the children walk quickly and quietly in a single file to the designated area on the playground. If possible, one adult should be at the front of the line and one at the back. 4. The last adult in line should make sure that all children are out of the building, including restrooms. 5. Take the roll book with you. and check, to make sure every child is out of the building. 6. After accounting for every child, return to the building in an orderly and controlled manner. 7 . Practice and discuss this procedure with your children every month and on all long days in CARE. TORNADO DRILL: Practice monthly Follow steps in fire drill procedure, except go to area in the building specified by the principal. Children shouldface the wall, h?ads to protec t Do riot pract.ice kneel, and place drills on the procedures .18 the.ir arms over the.ir from falling debris. Avoid window areas. fire drill, same day because in the event of tornado drill, and earthquake chiIdren may be confused on a rea 1 emergency. EARTHQUAKE DRILL\nPractice Monthly Be prepared to anticipate and avoid dangers, the following procedures. Prac tice INSIDE\n1. Move away from windows. heavy objects that can fall. brick wal1, shelves and Take cover under table, desk or counter. cover head with elbows clasp hands firmly behind neck. If notebooks or jackets are handy hold over head for added protection from flying debris and glass. Evacuate area as soon as possible away from the building as far as possible and away from power 1ines. OUTSIDE\n1. On playground, move to an open space, away from buildings and overhead power lines. Lie down or crouch close to the ground. looking around for danger movement. that may demand Keep) Remain down until shaking stops! Emergency drill procedures MUST be conducted according to the following schedule. 1. FIRE DRILL First Monday of each month. TORNADO DRILL Second Monday of each month. EARTHQUAKE DRILL Third Monday of each month.19H . TAFF arrival 1. Arrival T imes s_ All CARE Program substitute hould arrive in 20 staff members the CARE area c\\n d 15 minutes before school dismissal. Office Check-In\nCARE mail box in The lead staff member should check the school office to pick up the the mail and for the day (may messages about absences or bookkeeping include supplies or messages procedures). Before the children arrive, Site Check and Set-U\u0026amp;j- staff should complete the following steps: the a. Set up all administrative supplies for book, sign-out form, parent handouts). the day (roll Be organized! b. Set up snack and activity supplies for the day. c . Conduct a d . NOTE\nI B. I I I I to be utilized brief site check of the area cafeteria or gym). by CARE (restrooms, playground. Prepare for the arrival of the children. CARE staff should not disturb any on-going classes. All staff are school personnel or reminded that traffic congestion urrounds every school at dismissal time. inside the CARE area Staff should arrange to arrive time. Strictly follow all regulations regarding patrol guards, and parking Strictly follow traffic flow. areas. on CHECK-IN OF CHILDREN 1. Arrival of Children\nAll children should report to the dismissal from their classroom. CARE area immediately upon During the first week, of school, CARE staff should use list and meet the kindergarten children door. In larger programs, kindergartners met in their wing o* hiiilriino all vear by a CARE staff member. the first week, of school. at their classroom In larger programs. f the building all year by a . Storage of Children's Belgnginas a. b. c . are Each child's personal belongings designated place bookbag or backpack in stool, cubby. locker, a bin ) . Staff should assist children in belongings. After children's belongings should not should be stored in a (cafeteria storing their are stored. the children return to the storage area Without staff approval and supervision.21 C. Roll Call a. b. c. d. e. f . All children must tae seated during roll call. Roll call must be conducted by the CARE staff, usually the lead staff member. Every child must be accounted for within the first 15 minutes after school dismissal (present in CARE, from school today, dismissed early, etc . ) absent When a child does not arrive in CARE as scheduled and cannot be accounted for at the school, the following steps should be taken: 1. 4. Check, with school secretary and teacher to see if the child was absent or dismissed early. Call to inform parent of child's absence in CARE and ask for information concerning the child. Notify the school principal and search the school and school grounds for the missing child. Discontinue the search and inform the parent. principal, located. and CARE Office that the child cannot be When a child not enrolled in CARE arrive on the site, follow these steps: 1. Call the CARE Office for any information. If the child has not been enrolled in CARE, return the child to the school office immediately. Following roll call, daily announcements should be made regarding activities for the day, and rules/procedures that need review. special events. SNACK time The afternoon snack will be left by the cafeteria staff. usually in the refrigerator in or near the kitchen. Fol low these steps for serving snack\n1 . Children should be taken to wash their hands. Upon returning, children should be seated during the serving and eating of snack. All staff should wash their hands before serving snack and use the rubber glove provided on tray.Snack cause should be served the in an efficient manner that does not 1 4 . D. E. F. children to wi^it for a long pt- methods are ef fective s children arrive, use \"iod  Sever 1 put snacks sn ac k. he 1 per s out on to pass table before snack out, or have children walk in table. All children a 1 ine to pick u p snack from cart or should remain seated until snack is finished CARE staff should supervise the clean-up after snacks, helping the children as needed. a. b. c . d . ' NOTE\n6. Have children dispose of uneaten food and paper. Examine paper the floor and clean any spills with broom or towe1s. Wipe tables. Return tray to kitchen. for small group Snack, time is a quiet time should never participate in conversations. Children or move physical activities around the room while eating. ACTIVE PLAY TIME is required every day... Outside play\nraining, below freezing or it is Unless the temperature is should be outside each afternoon for such as the children active play. Four Square, Include both free play and group games. kickbal1, basketba11, etc . Active Play for Bad Weather\nUse the \"Indoor/Outdoor Game Book\" inside in bad weather. for active games to play Use the You may also include group exercising, War Ball, and beachball volleyball. on paper plates to music. \"iceskating\" ... Be creative and in control. include a daily be creative, and be varied. Avoid limiting the activity to crayons or markers and paper day after day. ACTIVITY TIME should be planned in advance, opportunity to be creative, and be varied. or Use aciivi c y LU L.I oy -------------   ' x and weekly and seasonal themes, pecxal_xn-cabinet children, and ideas from your art. resource book, in FREE PLAY should be included in the daily schedule for a specific time. Children should be closely supervised and provided with adequate and varied game Children s/toys/art materials. SIGNOUT 1. Each child must be signed out by a parent/guardian or person listed on tudent registration form or person authorized in writing by parent. to you to show their It is good to require a person not. known driver's 1icense. If an unauthorized person comes to pick, up a child, dismiss the child to them unless you can contact a do not parent to4. H. get verbal permission, identity. Check the driver's license to verify Children authorized by a parent, to leave CARE and walk home or go to a class should have written permission days/time and sign themselves out. Distribute indicating communications from the CARE Office to parents as These communications should be kept they sign out, confidential and may include memos and financial statements. NOTE\nA child may never be checked out by an unauthorized person or allowed to leave on his own without permission from parent. CLOSE DONN AND STAFF DEPARTURE 1. Site Close Downs following steps should be followed: During the last 15 minutes of the day, the a. Return all equipment and supplies neatly to the cabinet. b. Make a final check of areas used by CARE to be sure materials are secured in cabinet, toilets have been flushed. area is clean, and Staff Departure Time a . One staff (Tiember must remain until last child has been picked up, even if parent arrives after closing time. Parent may be charged late fee for arriving past closing b. time. other staff time. hoLild work until their assigned closing c Staff will be paid for working assigned hours. If staff members leave early on any day, they will be paid only for time actually worked. iiM2425V nfSCIPLINE A. Phi 1 ospphv of sc ipline Plan The discipline policy of the CARt rrogram is based on th_ belief that each child is for his own Discipline in CARE should focus teaching, positive reinforcement, rather than punishment, are taught the standards of behavior expected in for misbehavior. of the CARE Program responsible behavior. in CARE on learning, and reinforcement, taught the standards Children CARE and the consequences to handle stressful or They are encouraged to find an acceptable way and to learn from mistakes. difficult situations activity is used to give the child time Time out from group to calm down. reflect on his behavior, consider the consequences, and evaluate alternatives. CARE staff are expected to request parents help with behavior problems that cannot be solved by time out. the right to suspend a We also reserve the right to suspeiiu . child from CARE for a designated amount of time, or to expel a child from the program for an indefinite period of time. or an if all positive i 1 UI U y I CT n I I -u-r. ------- . efforts are made and the child cannot conform required behavior. to the and hitting) of any .child_is Corporal punishment (spankinq never allowed in the CARE Proqram under any------- Threatening, hitting, or spanking a child are immediate suspension and recommendation for termination of employment in the LRSD. Only the means of discipline Ixste ^the CARE discipline plan (time out, behavior documents) permitted in controlling student behavior in CARE. If have followed this plan and a child's behavior continues allowed in circumstances. or and recommendation the LRSD. in the CARE discipline pian (time out, are CARE, you have followed this plan and a child's behavior to be disruptive, you need to request assistance.  ' to redirection t_ children will respond positively activity, discussion of the problem behavior, generous praise for efforts to improve. discussion praise for The aim of discipline is The aim of punishment is NOTICE THE DIFFERENCE! to another time out, and to help children build good habits, to break the child of a bad habit.Il B. Discipline Plan for CARE Program Behavior rules for students! 1. Follow directions of CARE teachers. No cursing, teasing, or 4. 5, 6. Show respect to others\nof all students. Return all materials to Keep hands, threatening. respect the rights and property their proper place. feet and objects to self. Leave assigned area with permission only. Positive consequences may include\nVerbal praise and immediate feedback Positive comments to parents Sood citizen display or individual recognition Ribbons, treats Special group activities, proj ec ts, rewards Negative consequences for breaking the CARE rules\nLevel 1\nFor the first infraction an individual conference between student and staff will be held to discuss the child's behavior, from group activities. Child may receive time out Level Behavioral document or note to parent to be signed and returned. Child will lose a play or recreational privilege in CARE for 1-2 days. Level Second behavioral document to parent. Conference between student, parent, and staff required to discuss behavior. Child will lose a play or recreational privilege in CARE for 3-5 days. Level 4\nShort term suspension of 35 days from CARE, refund of money paid for these days. No Level 5\nExpulsion from CARE Program, paid for remainder of month. No refund of money Severe Clause\nendangers the safety of others, suspended from the CARE Program, between parent and staff. If a student is severely disruptive or he/she will be immediately pending a conference Note\nCorporal punishment (paddling) will not be used in disciplining children in the CARE Program.28 C. (3 u i d alines f o r S t a f f .1 . Consistency of discipline is more important than severity. 2. Any penalty imposed should be the natural outcome of the For example^ if a child gets out of hand while misbehavior, I ----, playing Connect Four, he should be removed from the game to area and allowed back when ready to behave he s another appropriately. Correction misbehavior should be made as close to the time of the as possible and with the child s full understanding of why it. is imposed. 4. State expectations for child's behavior in positive terms, what the child can't do breeds rebellion. Emphasis on resentment, and feelings of frustration. as \"no\", \"don't do that\", etc., emphasizes the negative and rather than what Using words such 6, 7. 8. \"no\" , \"don't do that\", teaches the child what should not be done, he should do. Good discipline allows the child to feel that his side of the case has been heard, that his point of view is understood. administering Good discipline also requires that the person it understand what caused the misbehavior and remove the causes if possible. People are always more cooperative if they feel liked. When a child is frustrated, help him accepted and relaxed, understand his feelings and find appropriate ways PUNISHMENT JUST ADDS TO THE CHILD'S with these feelings. FRUSTRATION. to deal Correction of a child should never be made out of a feeling of anger or on a personal basi evident when we say help with snack. Punitive feelings are she doesn't deserve to play a game. etc. \" or \"if he does this to me, then I will do that to her. around.\" for She can't get away with that while I'm Likewise, good behavior should never be bargained Praise for - \"I'll give you a present if you are good.\" than punishment or good behavior is much stronger motivation bribes. Time out from group activities allows the child to consider his unacceptable behavior and how he could have better handled the situation to stay within Total isolation is not necessary or appropriate. Time out should be limited to three to five minutes for less serious the CARE rules. more than five to ten minutes for more offenses and no -- _ offenses (actions that might cause harm to another serious person).29 D. How to Communicate with CARE Children CARE staff should realize the importance of communication in relation to guidance. The fallowing suggestions will be helpful as you work with the children and try to guide them toward acceptable behavior. 1. RECOGNIZE THAT GOOD COMMUNICATION IS.THE KEY TO GETTING COOPERATION. A conscious effort must be made to learn to communicate effectively with children. ACCEPT THE CHILD'S NEED TO CONTROL YET EXPRESS HIS ANGER, natural. One must help children learn that anger is It i feelings in outward. healthy and wise to express these acceptable ways instead of keeping them pent up. being destructive, or hurting others. LEARN TO LISTEN WITHOUT PRECONCEIVED OPINIONS IN ORDER TO UNDERSTAND WHAT IS BEING SAID. Hear the children out completely. Listen to them from their points of view in order to avoid short-circuiting the lines of communication. 4. STAY TUNED IN WITH THE RIGHT TONE OF VOICE. Sarcasm, preaching, and unpleasant tones of voice turn off communication. LEARN TO SPEAK TO THE CHILD'S FEELING, NOT TO THE WORDS. Strive always to decode the underlying message. He 1 p the child find his own answers by asking questions in return. 6. KEEP PRIVILEGED COMMUNICATION CONFIDENTIAL. Do not 7. E. laugh at or belittle the child. Do not discuss the child's concerns with others. LEARN FROM MISTAKES. ALL OVER AGAIN. LEARN TO LAUGH, LOVE, AND BEGIN Handling Common Behavior Problems\nChild is angry Causes: Being told \"no\", \"stop\", or \"don't too often. Prevented from doing something he wanted to do. Demands beyond child's achievement level. Do Not: Become angry yourself. Do: Use time out to calm the child. Try to reason or talk with him after he is calm.0 Ch_i l_d_ Causes\nTreated unfairly or another child. New baby in family. Peer Pressure. Lin f a i r comparison made to Do Not\nShame him. Do: Try to help child improve his self-image. Help him express his feelings. Chi Id demands attention Causes: Is bored. Feels left out, insecure. Do Not\nRidicule or shame. Ignore or isolate. Scold or punish. Do: Try to help child improve his self-image. Help him express his feelings. I I Child uses bad language Causes\nTrying to get attention. Imitating others. Letting off steam I I 1 Do Not: Do\nBet exited or Make an show shock or embarrassment. issue of it. Calmly tell child to stop. Suggest substitutes for the word. healthy outlet for his feelings. Offer Child is destructive Causes: Feels jealous, bored. Wants attention. Desires excitement. Do Not: Tell him he is bad or preach at him. Sco1d, yel1, or shout. Punish, spank, or hit him. Do: Provide an adequate space for wear and tear on equipment. play and expect some Substitute something else destroyed. Provide things to pound. for cut., what is being and tear.Child won't share Causes: Do Not: Do: 31 Needs experience in owning and sharing. Snatch things away from him. Scold him or tell him you do not like him. Be fair in settling children's arguments over things. As much as possible let children settle their own arguments. Child hurts other children Causes\nIs troubled or angry about something. Do Not\nPunish or hurt him. Make him feel Act angry. II bad\" . Insist that child apologize. Do: Quietly separate the children. Divert his attention and take away the hurting object, calmly and firmly. Teach him there are some things we do not do. Help child to feel good about himself. Ask that he try to be more tolerant in the future. Child does not tell the truth Causes: Fear of punishment. Likes to exaggerate, Is seeking attention. imitate. Do Not\nPunish or shame or reject. Make him apologize. Do\nProvide him with opportunities for enriching his imagination. Help him discover the difference between fact and fantasy. Tell him the truth. Give positive strokes when he tells the truth under stress.'I l ! I I I J'\u0026lt;4 VI . PROGRAMMING WITH CHILDREN A. Ac tivities The CARE Program much more than babysitting. 11 is a B. school-age child care program of activities that are: '* Planned! Every day has a written plan. * Exciting and fun. * Varied, not the same thing day after day. * Developmental - ones that challenge children to grow, ones learn and try new things. where staff can interact * Done in a small group with children. not just supervise. To help you plan the program for your CARE site, the CARE ideas for activities supervisor and coordinator will provide and games on a monthly. addition, resources in your this section of the staff manual. CARE cabinet include In addition. resources the Indoor/Outdoor Games Book, LRSD Recreation manual and the Art Book. theme for a Activities can be organized around a specific (Me, Friends, Fall, Thanksgiving, Space, etc.) OR around a special event (September week or a month, Insects, Birds, Thanksgiving, birthdays. Circus Day, Have fun! etc.). Keep spicing up the program! staff meeting should be held to plan the Every week a --- activities for the next week, and supplies must be ordered Remember to have alternate plans for bad in advance. weather days when outdoor play is not possible. Daily Schedule The CARE day is planned around the following times\nSnack Time\nWhat's after-school play without a snack? Outdoor Time\nActive game and free play to use lots of Indoor Time\nClean-Up Time\nphysical energy. Large group. activities card games. games, This small group, and independent including art, construction housekeeping, is a time table games, materia1s, active d rama, homework, etc . to create 3 learn a new sk ill, and just have fun. Time to mess, play game put away materials, clean up with a *5! mall group, any and have contact with individual parents as they arrive.\u0026gt;? C. J i b' 35 rIME SCHEDULE FOR REGULAR SCHOOL DAYS (f z L. C| I..' \\ 'll , J I i i -I , I !'  J.i rk.'s ! j' I- \\ I .. bJ 9 .-J-bH tfJ V I , ':3.i Slum , snifi,-ib 3S i-.. q.'J fifislb 3sx:f-.ivjr.j bs yti 1 q  \u0026lt;3S'if fa rife .'.I (i-j I. .l-'jj iJ-'lJifiC-J '/ \u0026gt;5 ( 1 rl.'-inul ?t\nJ i JbO , :11OO 'I ' bi'.iiT J 9 ) ).)\u0026lt; \"q .:\u0026lt; Ef i up yj f. vi V '1 9 n.) \"t fc I 1 7 fl 1.H ' . s v ri '(O I- i I f-\"Orl .-t 1.1  10 11 'I ul.i LisJ uO -i^Oi.id V'lod ) esii iv j J uA \u0026gt;S ( . b.i'a ,. \"uds + cjS SQiTiiO' quo-iU .1 i e-inS toH\" H b 'Ub'fi 3d+. no Cl u i e i m\ni b b.iif qu nsbIC 'y t bd Ifi X ,i esd.unim LJ' sidd 3 n f. p'iid c.i , fa J\nlaris. Id fed S 3f-!d tu .d.., Vb.i-fl 1 3(d li.(j.ir. . (13 1.f X r!3 X 1'aqij : pn.t I. .3Ufe J 3V ZIAHHU fed X V X .d fl fe ,E3MAa nx loxi.d Xxidqferl .c- d'.i.iuf:\u0026gt; arid noi. fz: -t dag Ct J fa if* r I rife J C-I f\n-i 3au3M0ii! Qd gdfiboi ud x.n.rpi * I.) i s\n.n.( Ci.d 3 I (life vrj'n\n\u0026gt;\"i\ni  O.rP-. \u0026lt;1-: 3rM *7? ID. TIME SCHEDULE OR I ONG DAY /'HOL .[DAY 5N0w DAY NOTE\nU S ? this C\nl!E?Puli' ai:i\u0026gt; a 51 a r t i i'l g poin t E. 36 cArtcJ cAcipL it tcc* meet the 7!00-B 0 needs of your children. 0 ,0-9:00 9:OO-1O:OO 10:00-1.1. ! 15 1.1:15-12:00 12 s 00-1\n00 1:00-2 30\no 00 00-4\n45 4:45-5 0 ACTIVITY IDEAS Activi ties Arrival of children Independent Activitie games, free play) 15 (card games, board Breakfast and clean up Creative Activity (art project, puppet construction Outside Play Restroom, and use. drama, music, etc. ) lunch and clean up Quiet Time -kindergartners -Others rest or must.  n p ** have quiet activities Choice of creative activity ?\u0026lt; free play Snack\nrestroom Outside Play Small Group Games ?\u0026lt; Activities (story book ?\u0026lt; record, \"Hot Potato\", etc.) Clean up and dismissal should be ready to begin immediately upon the arrival of the children. Staff should use the 15 before school is dismissed to get supplies out of cabinet and ready to use for planned activities. GAMES, minutes the Labeling CREATIVE the tables with removable signs (HOMEWORK, AREA, ART PROJECT, etc.) has proven to be a helpful tool in sure to locate the quiet organizing the CARE area. Be activities away from the ones action. encouraging conversation and The following pages have many ideas for active play and creative projects you will want to include in your CARL session plans.37 F. PRCCEDURES FOR EMFRPFNCY OR INCLEMENT NEITHER CONDI TJCjNS\nPLAN A\nEARLY CLOSINC Subject: When schools are dismissed early due to increasingly 'bad weather, CARE WILL BE IN OPERATION from the time school is dismissed until 5:30 P.M. (6:00 extended day sites). When schools are 0 Time: CARE staff will report at the time school is dismissed and will remain until the last child is picked up (no later than the usual closing time). Parents are urged to pick up their children as soon as announcements are made about hazardous driving conditions, streets that, become dangerous Some of the schools are on and are closed to traffic at an early time. PLAN B\nLRSD SCHOOLS CLOSED Subj ec t\nWhen school is dismissed for the entire day due to bad weather. CARE WILL BE IN OPERATION IN SPECIFIED SCHOOLS from 8s00 A.M. to 5 0 P.M. If CARE has to be closed due to extremely hazardous road conditions, made on radio and TV stations. announcements will be Charge s There is a $7.00 fee for each emergency day to be paid There will be no additional fee upon signing in your child. charged for snow days added to the school calendar in since these days were paid for in a prior month. Child Needs: June, A sack lunch and drink, for the noontime meal. Breakfast and snacks will be provided. Kindergartners and four year olds need to bring a rest mat and time. towels for nap Location\nCARE will be in operation at specified schools. Parents may use any one of these schools. Upon arrival parents must write their name and daytime phone number The CARE office will be closed on these on the signin sheet, days. Special Staff Instructions: Work schedule for days when LRSD schools are closed for emergency or bad weather will be sent to all staff and a copy will be kept at each snow site. When schools are closed early or before school opens for the day this staff schedule goes into effect. ***0FFICIAL ANNOUNCEMENTS ABOUT EARLY DISMISSAL AND/OR CLOSING OF SCHOOLS WILL BE MADE ON KARN RADIO AND TV STATIONS 4, 7, 11***CARE Program CS Little Rock School District CB CARE Program Rockefeller School 700 East 17th St. Little Rock, AR 72206 (501) 324-2395 RECEIVED OCT 2 8 1991 TABLE OF CONTENTS Office of Desegregation Monitoring Introduction 1 Program Description 1 Enrolling Your Child Hours and Days of Operation Payment of Fees Payment of Fees (Drop-In) Fee Schedule Multiple Enrollment Within Family Holiday Attendance Late Pickup Charge 4 Returned Checks 4 Extended Absences 4 Parent Communications 4 Release of Children 4 Food Services 4 Inclement Weather Plans 5 Health Forms 5 Student Accident Insurance 5 Illness in CARE 5 Medication 5 Discipline 6 Parties and Special Occasions 6 Appendix As Inclement Weather Procedures...? Appendix Bs CARE Payment Schedule/Calendar . . 8 Appendix C\nDiscipline Plan 9B EH 1 Introduction The CARE Program is a non-profit. self-supporting program of child care provided for elementary-age students and parents of the Little Rock School District. The LRSD Board of Education authorised the development of the program for the 1980-81 school year. Based on a survey of district needs, CARE was initially offered in thirteen primary schools. The program continues to strive to meet the needs of district patrons by offering CARE in elementary schools with a minimum of fifteen participants. The CARE Program provides a continuation of important elements in the child's educational environment: a well-known, comfortable place. with a friendly staff, and other children they already know. The program eliminates parental concerns about children being transported to 'J another location for child care. This manual explains the CARE policies and operational procedures. suggestions. Parents are encouraged and volunteer to share to observe, make their skills and interests with the CARE children. Program Description As a school-age child care service. the CARE Program provides an informal and unique environment for children of different ages to live and learn together. CARE maintains a structured environment to insure order and safety, yet provides children with opportunities to make choices and become involved in both group and independent activities. The program includes a wide range of social, and creative opportunities. recreational, The CARE Program is based on the following goals: -to provide a safe environment for students before and after school, -to offer a wide variety of creative and recreational activities, -to help children feel good about themselves and develop positive attitudes toward school. -to encourage growth in skills. relationships and socialE n r Q11 i. n q Y o u r C h i 1 ci A child may be enrolled in the CARE Program on a \"full-time, drop-in, or part-time ( 1 , 1 3, or 4 days per week) basis. To register a child, return with the $6.00 registration the completed registration form fee to the CARE Program Office, Rockefeller School, 700 E. 17th, Little Rock, AR. 06. The first monthly payment must be made before your child' first day of attendance in CARE. (324-2395) / Hours and Days of Operation Each program operates from 7:00 A.M. from the close of school until 5\no P.M. until school opens and (6:00 at Incentive Schools) on regular school days and FROM 7:00 A.M.-5 50 P.M. on most school holidays. 8:00 A.M.-5\n0 P.M. On \"Snow days, CARE is open from at specified schools. When a school site is closed before the normal dismissal time, CARE begins operation at the earlier time. CARE is closed on all legal holidays and other holidays when the school sites are unavailable for use. Payment of Fees Full-time and part-time tuition payments are due in the CARE Program Office on the 15th of the month (two weeks in advance) and must be paid in full by th first of the month in order for your child to participate in the CARE Program. A $5.00 late payment fee will be charged for payments received after the 1st day of the month, payment schedule. See appendix B for Reservations for holiday CARE and payment of the $7.00 per day fee are due in the CARE office prior to the holiday. No refunds can be made in event your child does not attend on the holiday. Payment of Fees (Drop-In) A drop-in card must be purchased at the CARE office for any regular school day. 3 days in a month. the card each time the child attends. The cost is $4.50 per day not to exceed Care teachers will punch out one day on accepted on holidays. Drops-ins are not. refer to Holiday Care page 3. Fee Schedule Monthly fees for regular school days, not holidays, are averaged over nine advance each month. including equal payments and due in There is an additional $7.00 charge per day for CARE at specified sites on holidays. Mail or deliver payments and Rockefeller School, reservations to the CARE Office 700 East 171 h, Little Rock, at '7 06. Ar. /There will be a $7,00 charge per child for attending CARE on a \"Snow Day.\" your child. Snow Day fees must be paid when you sign in Applications are available for free or reduced rates at Incentive Schools (Franklin, Garland, Rightsei 1, Rockefeller, Stephens,). Ish, Mitchel 1, Eligibility requirements are based on family size and income. The following fees are charged for participation: Categories Fees \"Annual Registration Fee Ful1-time Part-time Part-time Part-time (5 days @ week) (4 days @ week) (3 days @ week) (2 days @ week) Drop-In (up to 3 days @ month) Holiday (reservations required) \"Snow\" Day Late Payment Fee Late Pickup Charges (1-5 minutes) (Each additional 5 minutes) 6.00 69.25 @ month 56.00 @ mon t h 42.00 @ month 28.00 @ month 13.50 @ card 7.00 @ day 7.00 Q day 5.00 @ month .50 daily 1.00 daily Multiple Enrollment t*lithin Family If one family enrolls three or more children in the CARE Program, the charge for the third child and every child thereafter will be one-half the normal rate. to a one-family unit with all children under the guardianship of the parent making payments. This applies Holiday Attendance Parents will be notified in advance of the schools which will be open for CARE from 7:00 A.M.5 Teacher Workdays and school holidays. 30 P.M. during Reservations for child care at one of these schools and payment of the $7.00 fee for each day must be received in the CARE Office by the reservation deadline in order for your child to attend. Hiring of staff and purchasing of food/supplies for the children must be done in advance on the basis of the paid reservations received by this date. issued to parents upon receipt of payment. A long day card will be No refunds can be made in the event your child does not attend CARE on the hoiiday. $ The CARE Program is closed on all legal holidays and other holidays when chool sites are unavailable for use.4 Late Pickup Charge CARE concludes at 5 O P.M. each day. The late charge for arriving after this time is $.50 for arriving 1-5 minutes late and an additional $1.00 for each additional five minute period. This charge must be paid directly to the CARE teacher upon picking up your child. In addition, you will also be charged for any overtime pay required for the school custodian to remain until your arriva1. A record will be kept of the dismissal time for your child. Since CARE employees and school custodians have other obligations after work, the CARE Program reserves the right to remove a child from the program when parents are late over three times. Returned Checks . A $5 service charge will be assessed for all checks returned due to insufficient funds. In the event a check is returned, future payments must be made in cash. money order, or cashier's check. Extended Absences If your child is out of CARE for 5 or more consecutive days. please notify the CARE Office (324-\n95) upon your child's return and request a credit toward your month. fees for the next Parent Communications Please notify the CARE staff (324-:\np5) of any changes in important information relating to your child (telephone numbers, emergency numbers, address, allergies. etc . ) If your child is sick or will be out of town, would appreciate notification. the CARE staff Release of Children A child will be dismissed from CARE only to his/her parents or persons authorised on the registration form to pick up the child. Each child must be signed out with CARE staff on a daily basis before leaving the CARE site. Food Services CARE students are offered breakfast and snack during the hours of operation. The food is prepared by the LRSD Food Services Department and meets the federal breakfast program guidelines, consideration guide1ines. The snack menu given to IS planned by CARE staff with nu t r i t i ona 1 con ten t and cost.5 inclement weather are explained The CARE Program plans for .in Appendix A. When school .is closed due to inclement Appendix A. weather, CARE will be open at. specified schools unless road conditions are extremely hazardous. This decision will be made by the LRSD Superintendent and based on involved for staff and students to reach the school the safety risk building. CARE will be open from 8\noo A.n.-o\nw r. ri. at. specified schools (Refer to Appendix A). In the event CARE is closed, announcements will be made on radio, Channel 4, and local TV stations. There will be a $/.00 8:00 M.-5:30 P.M. and stations. Cab 1 e This charge per child for attending CARE on a \"Snow day\". '  Breakfast and fee is to be paid upon signing in your child. snack will be furnished by CARE, and each child should bring a sack, lunch and drink. Four year olds and kindergartners need to bring a rest mat and two towels, pick up your children as soon as possible. We urge you to School days missed due to snow will be added to the CARE calendar, and your child may attend CARE on those days with no additional charge. Health Forms section of the Parents must, complete the health information registration form for each child. The form will be on file at the CARE site and should This form for each child. be kept current. information is extremely important in the event your child needs medical or emergency attention. Student Accident Insurance The LRSD CARE Program cannot assume liability for Parents are encouraged to financial injuries received by students. apply for the low-cost student accident insurance offered each year through the school district. Enrollment forms are available in the school office. Illness in CARE ) ill and unable to participate in CARE If your child becomes _____________ a parent will be requested to pick, up the child. Should the staff be unable to reach parents or guardians. activities, emergency persons listed on child's records will be called. Medication to a child must be authorized by Any medication to be given written statement from the physician and/or parent and a given be in by the the school nurse or principal. original container. All medication must with the child's name, type and date of prescribed medication, dosage. amount, and time ofWhen medication nurse for proper is required, storage, completed by the parent. Discipline it is to be given to the school and a medication sheet must be The CARE Program's discipline plan is outlined in Appendix C. In CARE children are expected to be responsible'for their own behavior and respect the rights of others. Time-out from group activities may be used to encourage a child to calm down and reflect on his/her behavior. Parental help will be requested for behavior problems that cannot be solved by time-out. suspend a child for 3-5 days, We reserve the right to or to expel a child from the program, after appropriate efforts to correct the behavior problems have been made and the child is still unable to conform to the required behavior. A child may be immediately suspended for severely disruptive behavior or endangering the safety of others. Parties and Special Occasions Parties may be held throughout the year on special occasions and holidays, appreciated, Although parental help with parties is parents are under no obligation. Parties are organized entirely on a volunteer basis. Arrangements for parties and special celebrations may be made through the CARE staff.7 Appendix A CARE Program INCLEMENT WEATHER PROCEDURES Plan A\nSubj ect: When schools are dismissed early due to increasingly bad weather, CARE WILL BE IN OPERATION from the time school is dismissed until T ime: Plan B\n5 \u0026lt;) P.M. Staff will report to CARE at the time school is dismissed. We urge you to pick up your children as soon as announcements are made about hazardous driving conditions, since some of the schools are on streets that become dangerous and are blocked to traffic at an early time. Subj ect: When school is dismissed for the entire day due to bad weather, CARE WILL BE IN OPERATION in selected schools. We urge you to make early pick ups. Time: 8:00 A.M. to 5\no P.M. Charge: $7.00 fee to be paid upon signing in your child. Bring : Sack lunch and a drink for noontime meal. Rest mat ?\u0026lt; two towels for 4 year olds ?\u0026lt; Kinder gartners. (Breakfast ?\u0026lt; snack furnished by CARE) Location: CARE will be open at the following schools which are the most accessible during ice and snow\nBrady Chicot Forest Park Gibbs Magnet 7915 W. Markham (near Mississippi) moo Chicot Rd. 1600 North Tyler (off Cantrell) 1115 W. 16th (near Chester) You may take your child to any of these schools. bring your child each morning, When you telephone number on the sign-in sheet. write your name and daytime This procedure will enable the CARE staff to contact you in an emergency. CARE has to be closed due to extremely hazardous road If conditions, announcements will be made on. Cable Channel 4, local radio and TV stations. ** OFF IC I AL ANNOUNCEMENTS ABOUT EARLY DISMISSAL ?\u0026lt; CLOSING OF SCHOOLS WILL BE MADE ON RADIO AND TV STATIONS**8 Appendix B CARE Payment Schedule TUITION PAYMENTS ARE DUE ON THE FOLLOWINS DATE: August 15, 1991- September 16, 1991 October 15, 1991 November 15, 1991- December 16, January 15, 1991-- 1992---- February 14, 1992 March 16, 1992--- April 15, 1992 Aug/Sept. Tuition - October Tuition November Tuition December Tuition January Tuition February Tuition March Tuition April Tuition May/June Tuition All payments received ten (10) days after the due date will be accessed a $5.00 late charge. CALENDAR August 26, 1991 September 2, 1991 September 23, 1991 September 30, 1991 October 21, 1991 October 31, 1991 November 1, 1991 November 7-8, 1991 November 28-29, 1991 December 23, 1991 January 6, 1992 January 20, 1992 January 23, 1992 January 24, 1992 March 2, 1992 March 26, 1992 March 27, 1992 March 30-April 3, 1992 May 25, 1992 June 5, 1992 First Day for Students Labor Day (School Closed) Staff Development Day Parent Conference Day Staff Development Day End of First Quarter (45 Days) Work Day (Records Day) AEA (Inservice Days) Thanksgiving Holidays Christmas Vacation Classes Resume Martin L. King Holiday End of Second Quarter (44 Days) Work Day (Records Day) Parent Conference Day End of Third Quarter (43 Days) Work Day (Records Day) Spring Break Memorial Day (School Out) Last Day for Students9 CARE Program Discipline Plan Appendix C Eiehavior rules for students: 1. Follow directions of CARE teachers. No cursing, Show respect to others\nteasing, or threatening. respect the rights and 4. 5. 6. property of all students. Return all materials to their proper place. Keep hands, feet and objects to self. Leave assigned area with permission only. Positive consequences may include: Verbal praise and immediate feedback. Positive comments to parents Good citizen display or individual Ribbons, treats recognition Special group activities. proj ec ts, rewards Negative consequences for breaking the CARE rules\nLevel 1\nFor the first infraction an individual conference between student and staff will be held to discuss the child's behavior. Child may receive time-out from group activities to consider his/her actions. Level Behavioral document or note to parent to be signed and returned. Child may lose a play or recreational privilege in CARE for 1- days. Level Second behavioral document to parent. Conference between student, parent, and staff required to discuss behavior. Child may lose a play or recreational privilege in CARE for 3-5 days. Level 4\nShort term suspension of 3-5 days from CARE, refund of money paid for these days. No Level 5\nExpulsion from CARE Program, paid for remainder of month. No refund of money Severe Clause: endangers the safety of others. If a student is severely disruptive or he/she will be immediately suspended from the CARE Program, pending a conference between parent and staff. Note\nCorporal punishment (paddling) will not be used in disciplining children in the CARE Program.\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_957","title":"Report: ''Arkansas Compensatory Education Annual Evaluation Report,'' North Little Rock School District","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1991/1992"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Educational statistics","School improvement programs","Student assistance programs"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Arkansas Compensatory Education Annual Evaluation Report,'' North Little Rock School District"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/957"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nThe transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_947","title":"''Status Report,'' North Little Rock School District","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1991-01/1992-03"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History","Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Educational statistics","School enrollment","School discipline","School facilities","Student assistance programs","Gifted persons","School improvement programs"],"dcterms_title":["''Status Report,'' North Little Rock School District"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/947"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nThe transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1570","title":"\"Voluntary Interdistrict Coordinating Council for the Settlement Agreement''","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":["North Little Rock School District","Pulaski County Special School District"],"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1990-09"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","School districts--Arkansas--Pulaski County","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance","Education--Standards","Education--Economic aspects","Educational law and legislation","Educational innovations","Educational statistics","School attendance","School discipline","School buses","School employees","School enrollment","School facilities","School improvement programs","School integration","School management and organization","Student activities","Student assistance programs"],"dcterms_title":["\"Voluntary Interdistrict Coordinating Council for the Settlement Agreement''"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1570"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":["40 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1531","title":"\"Tri-District Desegregation Plan for the Little Rock School District, North Little Rock School District, Pulaski County Special School District,''","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Reville, Eugene, 1932-1990"],"dc_date":["1990-01-02"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance","Education--Standards","Educational law and legislation","Educational planning","School management and organization","School integration","School improvement programs","School enrollment","School facilities","School employees","Student assistance programs"],"dcterms_title":["\"Tri-District Desegregation Plan for the Little Rock School District, North Little Rock School District, Pulaski County Special School District,''"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1531"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":["77 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1410","title":"Report: Office of Metropolitan Supervisor","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Office of Metropolitan Supervisor (OMS)"],"dc_date":["1990"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","School districts--Arkansas--Pulaski County","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Educational law and legislation","School management and organization","School integration","School improvement programs","Student assistance programs"],"dcterms_title":["Report: Office of Metropolitan Supervisor"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1410"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":["96 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_949","title":"Desegregation: ''North Little Rock School District Revised Desegregation Plan''","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1989-12-01"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","School districts--Arkansas--North Little Rock","Education--Arkansas","Educational planning","Educational law and legislation","School enrollment","School facilities","School improvement programs","School integration","Student assistance programs"],"dcterms_title":["Desegregation: ''North Little Rock School District Revised Desegregation Plan''"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/949"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLittle Rock School District v. Pulaski County Special School District\nThe transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.\nNorth Little Rock Public Schools 12/1/89 NORTHL ITTLE ROCKS CHOOLD ISTRICT REVISED DESEGREGATIOPNL AN IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTER.N DISTRJCT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT vs. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, et al. MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, et al. KATHERINE KNIGHT, et al. NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT REVISED DESEGREGATION PLAN i PLAINTIFF DEFENDANTS IN'l'ER\\il~HORS INTERVENORS Introduction Section 1: Section 2: Section 3: Section 4: Section 5: Section 6: Section 7: Section 8: Section 9: Section 10: Section 11: TABLE OF CONTENTS Student Assignment Plan Staff Recruitment Plan. Special Education Plan Introduction. Compensatory Education and Elimination of Achievement Disparity Page i 1 15 21 31 Compensatory Programs Aimed at. . . . 50 Dropout Prevention Extracurricular Activities. 58 Discipline, Expulsions and. 62 and Suspensions Gifted and Talented Education. . . . 64 School Construction and Inadequate. 88 Facilities Desegregation Monitoring 91 Community Relations . . . 92 Referral Evaluation Placement and Programming. . 95 Procedures for Handicapped Students INTRODUCTION In its decision of April 13, 1984, the Court found the North Little Rock School District (NLRSD) to have committed the following segregative acts: 1. The NLRSD constructed and renovated schools in a manner which sought to preserve the racial identification of North Little Rock neighborhoods. Little Rock School Dist. v. Pulaski County Special School District No. 1, 584 F.Supp. 328, 343, Paragraph 39 (E.D. Ark. 1984) (LRSD I). 2. Blacks were underrepresented on the administrative staff and teaching faculties of the NLRSD schools. Id. at 348, Paragraph 91. 3. Whites were underrepresented in schools south of Interstate 40 and blacks were underrepresented in schools north of Interstate 40. Id., Paragraph 92. 4. The NLRSD had failed to have blacks coaching at the senior high level. Id., at 348-49, Paragraph 93. 5. Blacks were significantly overrepresented in special education classes and no valid testing procedure could explain it. Id. at 349, Paragraph 94 and 99. Furthermore, the NLRSD classified white students as \"learning disabled\" while blacks were classified as \"mentally retarded.\" Id. at 350, Paragraph 103(l)(d) and ( 1) ( g) . ii 6. Blacks were underrepresented in the NLRSD's gifted and talented program. Id. at 349-50, Paragraph 100 and Paragraph 103(l)(a). 7. A disproportionate number of blacks drop out of school. Id. at 349, Paragraph 102. 8. Blacks were disproportionately expelled from school. Id., Paragraph 102. 9. The NLRSD did not provide adequate compensatory education programs for black students. Id. at 350, Paragraph 103(l)(c). 10. A disproportionate number of black students were bussed in the NLRSD with \"less than satisfactory desegregation results.\" Id. at 351, Paragraph 103(5)(a). However, only four of these violations were found to have had a continuing interdistrict effect. Specifically, the NLRSD \"(a) failed to assign blacks to its central administration or to high school principalships and coaching positions\n(b) concentrated whites in schools north of Interstate 40 and blacks in schools south of it\n(c) assigned students to special education classifications on a discriminatory basis\nand (d) failed to apportion the burdens of transportation equally on black and white students.\" Id. at 353, Paragraph 10. n-012 iii The Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit affirmed these findings and also noted that, in addition to correcting the violations found by the District Court, the NLRSD would be required \"to comply fully with the prior orders of the district court and this Court.\" LRSD v. PCSSD, 778 F.2d 404, 435 (8th Cir. 1985). The NLRSD's remedial plan, originally submitted as NLRX H-i, was directed toward remediating those segregative acts determined to have interdistrict segregative effects and did not address those violations which were intractistrict in their effect. The Court, however, directed that the NLRSD address these intradistrict violations as well and on October 14, 1986, the NLRSD filed its Supplement to Plan. Cumulatively the Plan and Supplement addressed all violations found by Lhe Dislrict Court and the mandate of the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals regarding Lhis and all prior orders. On February 27, 1987, the Court approved the Plan, as supplemented, in all respects and no party appealed. LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F.Supp. 363, 367-68 (E.D. Ark. 1987). Since that time, the NLRSD has on several occasions requested the Court to amend the Plan. These include: 1. Addendum to Student Assignment Provisions of Section 1 of the Plan, filed on July 21, 1987 and approved by Order of July 27, 1987. n-012 iv 2. Petition to Modify NLRSD Student Assignment Plan and to Close Central Junior High School, filed July 20, 1988 and approved by Order of September 1, 1988. 3. Petition to Modify NLRSD's Desegregation Plan submitted to the Special Master on February 15, 1989 and approved by Interim Order of July 27, 1989. PURPOSE OF REVISED PLAN One purpose of this revised plan is to incorporate the District's approved plan and all amendments thereto into a single document. Second, t.he District committed in its original Plan to implement certain compensatory education programs if adequate funding was provided by the State. The Settlement Agreement does provide additional funding tot.he District for compensatory education and also requires the District to provide a description to the Court of the compensatory education programs which will be implemented with the settlement monies. On October 25, 1989, the Stipulat.ed Compensatory Education Programs to be Implemented by the NLRSD with Settlement Monies was filed which details the programs that will be implemented and when. This revised plan incorporates the provisions of the Stipulation, contingent, of course, on the Court's approval of the Settlement Agreement. Third, in addition to the original plan as formally amended and the stipulated compensatory education programs, the District n-012 V proposes some additional program commitments relevant to desegregation which have been incorporated in this revised plan. n-012 vi SECTION 1: STUDENT ASSIGNMENT PLAN~ HISTORY OF STORM PLAN Elementary students within the District are assigned according to the Storm Plan in grades 1-6. The Storm Plan pairs a school in a predominately black area with one or more schools in a predominately white area. These schools are grouped so that each group's racial composition represents the racial composition of the District. This plan is based on two primary premises: first that it accomplishes total integration and, second, that it is the least discriminatory method possible in that no area of the District can be considered to be favored in any way. In order to be as fair as possible students were initially selected at random for transportation. The following procedure was used: all letters of the alphabet were placed in a container and an alphabet was drawn from the container. Beginning with that letter of the alphabet the student body in each school was divided into groups of appropriate size. When the end of the alphabet is reached, the process starts over and the District continues to regroup alphabetically. ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS The North Little Rock School District desegregation plan, approved by the court of appeals, see Davis v. Board of-~~-:_, 449 F.2d 500, 501 (8th Cir. 1971) and revised with the 1 approval of the district court, see Davis v. Board of Ed., Order (E.D. Ark., May 12, 1978), LRSD v. PCSSD, 659 F. Supp. 363 (E.D. Ark. 1987) incorporates the following features: 1. Since the total student population of the elementary schools in the North Little Rock School District in 1989-90 is approximately 48 percent black and 52 percent nonblack students, each elementary school in the District must have a student population excluding kindergarten, which approximates as nearly as feasible the proportion of black and nonblack students in District as a whole. 2. To assure that each elementary school will have a balanced student population. Schools are placed in groups so that students within each group can be assigned to schools in such numbers as is necessary to achieve the desired racial composition in each school. See Addendum lA, p. 8. 3. Children entering the first grade after May 1, 1978, enter the District pupil assignment plan according to the last name of the child shown on his official birth certificate (or his previous school record if he is entering from another school district) and will continue in the rotation cycle under that name. 4. Kindergarten students are assigned to their neighborhood schools and are not transported for purposes of racial balance. This was approved by the court in Davis v. Board of Ed., 362 F.Supp. 730 (E.D. Ark. 1973). 5. Black students living in predominately white areas and white students living in predominately black areas are not bused or transferred. The questions and answers concerning the District's student assignment plan {Addendum lB, p. 9) are published each year and mailed to all patrons of the North Little Rock School District. The decision of the Court of Appeals directs that the student population in the District have a racial composition within 25% of the racial composition of the District as a whole. LRSD v. PCSSD, 778 F.2d 404, 435, (8th Cir. 1985). In 1989-90 the NLRSD has 4,444 nonkindergarten elementary students of whom 2,335 (52.5%) are nonblack and 2,109 (47.5%) are black. Thus, in order to meet the 25% standard, each school must have a black population between 35.6% and 59.4%, i.e., 47.5% + 11.9%. All the elementary schools in the District are presently in compliance with this standard. JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS: 1989-90 Junior high schools, grades eight and nine, are also assigned by zones. The only exception to this is an area bounded on the east by Interstate 30, on the South and southwest by the Arkansas River, and on the north by Twenty-second Street. See Addendum lC, p. 13. Black students in this area are assigned to Ridgeroad Junior High School\nall other students are assigned to Rose City Junior High School. Each junior 3 high school reflects the racial composition of the District in grades 8 - 9. These zones will be changed if and when necessary to maintain the racial balance within the District. One school, Central Junior High, serves all seventh graders in the District. In 1989-90, the junior high schools in the District have a student population that is 57.0% nonblack and 43.0% black. See Addendum lD. The black population in each school must be between 32.2% and 53.8% black, i.e., 43.0% ~ 10.8%. All junior high schools in the North Little Rock School District satisfy this standard. See Addendum lD, p. 14. LAKEWOOD JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL COMPLIANCE FOR 1989-90 Lakewood Junior High School has been brought into compliance with the court order. We used a volunteer method to bring them into compliance. A letter was sent out to all black students living in the Ridgeroad attendance zones. The letter asked for forty black students to volunteer and transfer to Lakewood Junior High School. It was indicated that this would be done on a first come first served basis. There were about 35 students to transfer. Another letter was mailed to all white students living in the Lakewood attendance zone. The letter asked for twenty white students to volunteer and transfer to Ridgeroad Junior High. It was indicated that this would be done on a first come 4 first serve basis. There were about ten students to transfer. SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS: 1989-90 The senior high school boundaries were drawn in 1970 so that each high school's racial composition reflected the racial composition of the District. These boundaries have not been changed. They will be changed if and when necessary in order to keep each school racially balanced. The racial composition of the District's senior high schools is 62.0% nonblack and 38.0% black. Thus, each school must have a black population between 28.5% and 47.5%, i.e., 38.0% + 9.5%. The senior high schools in the North Little Rock School District satisfy this requirement. SECONDARY RESTRUCTURING: 1990-91 AND AFTER The North Little Rock School District will implement the new Restructuring Plan at the beginning of the 1990-1991 school year. The plan will affect the secondary schools only. The elementary structure will remain as is. The changes that will occur due to restructuring will be major changes. However, our desegregation plan is made stronger and even more stable as a result of the changes. At present we have two schools housing grades 10, 11, and 12\nthree schools housing grades 8 and 9\nand one school housing grade seven. When the restructuring occurs there will be only one high school housing grades 11 and 12\none school 5 housing grades 9 and 10\nand three schools housing grade 7 and 8. The seventh grade school, Central Junior High School, will be closed and will no longer be in operation. The attendance zones will be.revised and reestablished as necessary to assure proper racial balance in each 7th and 8th grade school. Transportation will be provided in the 1990-91 school year to - all students who reside two miles or more from school. This will be a part of the restructured secondary schools program. Parents are encouraged to make recommendations and express concerns to the District's Transportation Department. Concerns and recommendations made to the Transportation Department will be investigated and corrected as the need arises. The North Little Rock School District will continue to provide safe transportation by (1) well trained drives, (2) good discipline on buses, (3) proper bus maintenance, and (4) bus routes as short as possible. STUDENT DISTRIBUTION NORTH AND SOUTH OF I-40 The following schools are located south of Interstate 40: ELEMENTARY Argenta Boone Park Glenview Lynch Drive Meadow Park Pine SECONDARY Ole Main High Rose City Junior High Central Junior High 6 Redwood Rose City Seventh Street The following schools are located north of Interstate 40: ELEMENTARY Amboy Belwood Crestwood Indian Hills Lakewood North Heights Park Hill Pike View SECONDARY Northeast High Lakewood Junior High Ridgeroad Junior High A map showing the approximate location of all North Little Rock Schools is attached as Addendum lC. The racial composition of elementary students in the District as a, whole, excluding kindergarten, is 52.5% nonblack and 47.5% black. Thus each area must be between 35.6% and 59.4% black, i.e., 47.5% + 11.9%. A review of the data in Addenda lA and lD discloses that the racial composition of all elementary schools north of I-40 is 54.9% nonblack and 45.1% black and of those schools south of I-40 the composition is 50.3% nonblack and 49.7% black. - The composition of secondary schools north of I-40 is 59.3% nonblack and 40.7% black and south of I-40 it is 54.8% nonblack and 45.2% black. These are all well within the+ 25% standard set by the Court of Appeals. 7 NORTH LITTLE ROCK ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS RACIAL COUNT AS OF SEPTEMBER 20, 1989 EXCLUDING KINDERGARTEN STUDENTS SCHOOL GROUP A LAKEWOOD ELEMENTARY CRESTWOOD ELEMENTARY BELWOOD ELEMENTARY PINE ELEMENTARY TOTAL: GROUP B \u0026amp;PIKE VIEW ELEMENTARY w,ARGENTA ELEMENTARY TOTAL: GROUP C GLENVIEW ELEMENTARY LYNCH DRIVE ELEMENTARY TOTAL: GROUP D AMBOY ELEMENTARY INDIAN HILLS ELEMENTARY SEVENTH STREET ELEMENTARY BOONE PARK ELEMENTARY TOTAL: GROUPE PARK HILL ELEMENTARY NORTH HEIGHTS ELEMENTARY REDWOOD ELEMENTARY TOTAL: GROUP F -MEADOW PARK ELEMENTARY ROSE CITY ELEMENTARY TOTAL: BARING CROSS* ELEMENTARY TOTALS: NON-BLACK 138 (57.5) 117 (56.5) 79 (53.4) 103 (53.1) 437 (55.4) 226 (53.3) 109 (49.5) 335 (52.0) 133 (58.8) 157 (51.0) 290 (57.9) 224 (54.1) 285 (63.6) 183 (58.1) 197 (42.5) 889 (54.2) 135 (61.1) 190 (49.4) 117 (46.6) 442 (51.6) 129 (48.7) 112 (56.6) 241 (52 .1) 10 (47.6) 2,644 (53.8) BLACK 102 (42.5) 90 (43.5) 69 (46.6) 91 (46.9) 352 (44.6) 198 (46.7) 111 (50.5) 309 (48.0) 100 (41.2) 111 (49.0) 211 (42.1) 190 (45.9) 163 (36.4) 132 (41.9) 266 (57.5) 751 (45.8) 86 (38.9) 195 (50.6) 134 (53.4) 415 (48.4) 136 (51.3) 86 (43 .4) 222 (47.9) 11 (52.4) 2,271 (46.2) TOTAL 240 207 148 194 789 424 220 644 233 268 501 414 448 315 463 1,640 221 385 251 857 265 198 463 21 4,915 *Baring Cross was created as an alternative to placing severely handicapped children in state institutions. The only students assigned to this school are those who are profoundly and multiply handicapped and this school is excluded from the student assignment plan. 8 QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS CONCERNING THE REVISED ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DESEGREGATION PLAN FOR THE NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1. Q. What about children in the same family who have different names? A. A child who enters the School District after May 1, 1978, as a first grader or as a newcomer to the District on any grade level will be placed in the pupil assignment rotation according to his/her last name as it appears on the official birth certificate. Special consideration cannot be given to families whose members have different last names. 2. Q. After the number of assignments have been made in the spring to achieve the proper racial balance, what provisions will be made to protect that balance from losses resulting from moving during the summer? A. An additional 10 percent will be selected as a standby list. 3. Q. Will the elementary schools continue to operate on a staggered time schedule? A. Yes, this is necessary to prevent students from having to wait at school longer than is desirable. It should be noted that no child will be transported more than 7.5 miles one way\ntherefore, the staggered 9 time schedule causes only slight differences in school schedules. 4. Q. Can a student avoid being transported if he/she attends a private school during the year(s) he was assigned to a school outside his neighborhood? A. Any movement within the District will place the student in the rotation plan or assignment presently in effect in the attendance zone where he will be residing. If a student attends a private school during the year(s) he is to be bused he is automatically bused when he returns to the North Little Rock Public Schools. 5. Q. Where do students attend school who enroll after the school year begins? A. Students will be assigned according to their place in the alphabetical rotation system. 6. Q. Are the loading and unloading of buses used to transport children supervised? A. Yes, principals and teachers supervise the loading and unloading of each bus. 7. Q. Where do buses load and unload? A. The neighborhood elementary school will be the pick-up point for all children being transported. No stops will be made to receive or discharge pupils at 10 any other point. It is the parent's responsibility to deliver children to the neighborhood school\nit is the District's responsibility to return the children to the neighborhood school in the afternoon. In case the student is late and does not board the bus at the neighborhood school, it is the responsibility of the parent to transport the child to the school he/she attends. 8. Q. When this plan was revised, were any changes made in the elementary attendance zones? A. Yes, minor changes were made to alleviate crowding in two schools. The zones were revised so that some students who would have attended Crestwood Elementary will now attend Indian Hills, some students who would have attended Crestwood will now attend Lakewood, and some students who would have attended Seventh Street will now attend Redwood. 9. Q. How were the groupings of schools determined? - A. Using the percentages of 42 percent black and 58 percent nonblack students as a goal for each groupings, factors such as the racial composition of attendance zones, the present enrollment of each school and the capacity of each school were considered. 11 10. Q. Will any student be exempt from assignment outside their neighborhood? A. Yes, kindergarten students and students who live in an elementary zone with a racial composition such that their race is in the minority. Also, there may be instances where some handicapped children will not be transported although it is the general policy of the District to include special education students in the pupil assignment plan. There are children whose handicapping condition requires a particular special education program which may not be available in every school. It is also necessary to consider the number of students who can be accommodated in a particular program in a school since it is essential that enrollment in special education classes be small enough to allow for as much individual attention as is needed for each child. Exceptions may also be made for children with a medical disability if the situation warrants. These must be considered on an individual basis. 12 NORTHL ITTLE R1.,~t{P UBLIC SCHOOLS t l.NM'Nlt) .... ,w ... 1, \\ml1t.,_ ,. .,. .. ,.. .. ......... J ~ II, 1..,L ' . \" ............  t.8-.-n.,. ,.._ 1  I\" _\".'h'\"..', .,\".11\"1.'J ... I ,11,h ll,1\u0026lt; Ill ~,,  H .. !\"' P.a1l II N.iuh '\"itlih I? l'L 11,H ll ~a.~..\" ,. . ., l'u-. ltt..'\\Ju,-.1  1t,.,.-l1 ll S..,,,Nh Sun1 J111ol, lllsli ........... 1. l \u0026lt;1N1~I llf I JL\\- .. ,ul\n!II IC1tl1,u,\u0026amp;\u0026lt;1 !I llu-\u0026lt; l d) lllali \"'\"'\"\" !? Nu.,1.._. , \\\u0026amp; !) Ilk MJIII !.a II-. ,~ ..... lHt\\\\ ( ~IUCI 2S II\"' SLilh hct .- ----- \\ \\ '   Ridgeroad Junior High-black students' Rose City Junior High-white students ' ..... i: - ---\n.\n, \"c t luh kJ ( tHIUlt) ( luh ..... ' 1 SCHOOL CENTRAL LAKEWOOD RIDGE ROAD ROSE CITY TOTALS SCHOOL NORTHEAST OLE MAIN TOTALS NORTH LITTLE ROCK ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS RACIAL COUNT AS OF OCTOBER 2, 1989 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS NON-BLACK No. (%) 396 (56 .5) 322 (66.0) 333 (53.2) 218 (52.5) 1,269 (57.0) SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS NON-BLACK No. (%) 686 ( 69. 3) 528 ( 54. 5) 1,214 (62. 0) BARING CROSS* BLACK No. (%) 305 (43.5) 166 (34.0) 293 (46.8) 197 (47.5) 961 (43.0) BLACK No. ( % ) 304 (30.7) 440 (45.5) 744 ( 38. 0) (School for multiple handicapped) SCHOOL NON-BLACK BLACK No. (%) No. (%) BARING CROSS (Secondary) 9 (34.6) 17 (65.4) SECONDARY TOTALS: 2,492 (59.1) 1,722 (40.9) TOTAL 701 488 626 415 2,230 TOTAL 990 968 1,958 TOTAL 26 4,214 *Baring Cross was created as an alternative to placing severely handicapped children in state institutions. The only students assigned to this school are those who are profoundly and multiply handicapped eind this school is excluded from the student assignment plan. 14 SECTION 2: STAFF RECRUITMENT PLAN The primary goal of the Worth Little Rock School District Personnel Office is to staff all positions in the District with the most qualified employees available. To meet this goal the recruitment, selection, assignment and promotion procedures will be routinely monitored. All personnel office programs and activities will be developed to comply with the District's Equal Employment Policy. The District is also committed to the principles of equal employment. In furtherance of the commitment, it will regularly analyze its hiring and employment practices to identify areas of under-utilization of minority employees as compared to the pool of qualified persons in the relevant labor market. The District will develop numerical goals and timetables to address any identified areas of under-utilization. District personnel involved in the employment process will be knowledgeable of all policies relevant to recruitment, selection, assignment and promotion. The Assistant Superintendent for Personnel will seek information on programs and activities related to minority recruitment and employment. When possible, she will participate in seminars designed to enhance recruitment skills. 15 ANALYSIS OF STAFF Computer software specifically designed to provide a profile of personnel by race will be used to analyze the District's staff by July 1 each year. This staff analysis will enable the Personnel Department to identify instructional areas and schools where under-representation of minority staff exists. Future decisions relating to employment and assignment of staff will be made in response to identified needs. ASSIGNMENT OF STAFF All personnel will be assigned to jobs that allow for maximum use of individual potential in an atmosphere most conducive to learning for all students. During the spring of 1990 all secondary teachers and administrators will be reassigned to facilitate the reorganization of the North Little Rock secondary schools. Assignments will be made in a manner which will allow for equal minority staff representation in all five secondary schools. - PROMOTION District personnel will be notified of vacancies in administrative and principal positions and will be encouraged to apply. Announcements of vacancies or job openings will include information relevant to the position title, job description, minimum qualifications, salary information and method used to apply. Notices of vacancies will be posted in 16 the Central Administrative Office Building and in each of the \"District's schools. In addition, this information will be provided to the President of the North Little Rock Classroom Teachers' Association. Each spring the District will conduct an interest survey among its teachers and administrators with the purpose of identifying individuals who are interested in advancement to upper-level administrative or principal positions. In addition, all minority personnel will be surveyed to determine those currently pursuing or interested in pursuing certification in areas identified as having an under-representation of minority educators. A Minority Mentor Program will be developed to allow minority personnel currently employed in administration or areas with under-representation to provide support and guidance for those with similar aspirations. The District will strive to fill vacancies in assistant administrator positions with black employees who have indicated an interest in advancement to administrative positions and are currently working toward certification. Those assistants will form an applicant pool from which vacancies and newly created positions can be filled at both the District and school level. RECRUITMENT The most important aspect of employment continues to be the ability to attract qualified applicants. The North Little 17 Rock School District is committed to attracting a greater number of black applicants for certified positions thus increasing the pool from which selection can be made. To that end the District proposes the following components of a comprehensive recruitment plan. 1. The District will maintain a budget that anticipates activities related to all components of the plan and provide the necessary funding for these activities. 2. It will be the policy of the District to notify in writing all recruitment sources and to state in all recruitment materials, including newspaper advertisements, that it is an \"Equal Opportunity Employer.\" 3. All individuals participating in the recruitment process will be made aware of the District's Equal Employment Policy. 4. All administrators will be kept apprised of the District's need for recruitment, selection and assignment of minority educators. 5. All interviews for administrative positions will be conducted by a bi-racial interview team. 6. The District will regularly analyze its staff in comparison to the pool of qualified persons in the relevant labor market to identify areas where under-representation by minorities exist. Future recruitment will be directed toward areas where under-representation exists. 7. The District will identify regional colleges and universities which have strong teacher education programs with significant black enrollment. 8. The District will identify regional universities having post graduate education programs with significant black enrollment for the purpose of soliciting black applicants for administrative positions. 9. The District will contact identified teacher training institutions, as well as others, using a letter of introduction and will provide them with a brochure containing brief information about the District, occupational opportunities and 18 employee benefits, an Equal Opportunity Employer's statement, and a packet containing other pertinent information. 10. The following items will be included in recruitment packets prepared for colleges and universities: - an introductory letter - a description of employee benefits - a District brochure (with minorities prominently shown throughout) - an application for employment - specific informational items on teaching, coaching and administrative positions - notices on current job vacancies - schedule of visitations and seminars - brochure described in paragraph 10 11. A recruitment team will be formed to assist the District Personnel Office staff with recruitment efforts. The team will be composed of black and white teachers, administrators. All members of the team will be knowledgeable of the District's equal employment policies and kept abreast of recruitment needs. 12. Members of the District Recruitment Team will periodically visit teacher training institutions with special emphasis on established career days or special events sponsored by the institutions. Special attention will be given to institutions that have historically produced greater numbers of black educators. 13. During special college events the Assistant Superintendent for Personnel will conduct on-campus interviews with all interested individuals. When vacancies exist, \"letters of intent to employ\" will be offered to applicants who present verifiable credentials and recommendations. 14. The District will request identified teacher training institutionsto provide the names and directory information o~ minority students enrolled in upper level courses. Periodic communication will then be mailed to these students. 15. When appropriate, the District will advertise teaching and administrative vacancies in newspapers and other media in communities that have colleges and universities targeted for recruitment efforts. 16. A 10-minute slide show describing the District 19 and occupational opportunities in the District will be used at recruitment sites. 17. The District's Personnel Office staff will work cooperatively with the personnel office staffs of Little Rock and Pulaski County School Districts to facilitate recruitment and placement of minority educators. 18. The District will request assistance from the Arkansas Department of Education in identifying potential minority applicants. COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT The Assistant Superintendent for Personnel will host meetings with black community leaders to report results of the District's analysis of staff. Those leaders will be encouraged to assist the District in its efforts to recruit and employ minority educators. They will also be asked to identify community groups and professional organizations that could provide assistance with minority recruitment. The District will contact organizations identified by black community leaders and will provide them with relevant materials regarding employment with the North Little Rock School District. When appropriate, District personnel will attend state, regional or National conferences sponsored by professional associations for the purpose of recruiting minority educators. 20 Section 3: SPECIAL EDUCATION PLAN INTRODUCTION The Court of Appeals has ordered the North Little Rock School District to adopt a \"racially neutral plan evaluating and placing students requiring special education.\" Mem. Op. at 61, 778 F.2d at 435. In addressing this directive, the NLRSD remains cognizant of several important factors. First, the District is obligated by State and federal law to provide every handicapped child with a free and appropriate education. While classifying black children as in need of special education when, in fact, they do not need it, could be discriminatory and, thus, a violation of the Constitution, the failure to provide special education to a black child who did need it would be a violation of Public Law 94-142 and Arkansas Act 102 of 1973. Recognizing the tension between these important public policies, the District considers that the emphasis of its special education plan must be on ensuring the accuracy of its evaluation programs and the elimination of any masking influence caused by cultural or socioeconomic biases. Second, the District recognizes that the Court of Appeals' primary concern is with the classification of black students as educably mentally retarded (EMR) and has, therefore, focused specifically on the evaluation, placement and instructional practices related to its mental 21 retardation programs. Third, the District also notes that the evidence giving rise to the Court's findings arose from data collected in 1976 and 1980. Since 1980, however, significant changes have.been implemented in the State and federal regulations governing evaluation and placement in special education programs, many of which were specifically aimed at safeguarding against the misclassification of students as needing special education. See generally, Referral, Placement \u0026amp; Appeal Procedures: For Special Education and Related Services, (Arkansas Department of Education 1985} (Hereinafter referred to as\"Referral Procedures\"} and Program Standards and Eligibility Criteria for Special Education (Arkansas Department of Education 1985). (Hereinafter referred to as \"Program Standards\"). STRICT ADHERENCE TO PROCEDURAL SAFEGUARDS REQUIRED BY STATE GUIDELINES The Arkansas Department of Education, as the regulatory agency responsible for the enforcement of the Education of the Handicapped Act of 1975, P.L. 94-142, 20 U.S.C. sec.1401 et seq., has issued detailed regulations governing the operation of special education programs in Arkansas public schools. These detailed guidelines were first issued in 1981 and were updated and reissued in 1985. See \"Referral Procedures\" (1981} and \"Program Standards\" (1981} (provided to the Court in NLRX R-1 and NLRX 28). 22 These guidelines incorporate provisions which specifically act as safeguards against improper evaluation and placement. ---DUE PROCESS PROTECTIONS In \"Referral Procedures'' (1981 \u0026amp; 1985), the Department of Education adopted detailed requirements for due process designed to safeguard against the misevaluation of a child and to ensure that the best educational interests of the child were of paramount importance. The North Little Rock School District has complied with these requirements by implementing due process procedures consistent with the State regulations. A copy of the NLRSD's due process procedures are attached hereto as Addendum 3A. For a complete understanding of all the details of these procedures, one is referred to the procedures themselves. A summary of some of the more important features follows: 1. Parents must be notified of every step in the referral, evaluation and placement process and given the opportunity to attend and participate in all meetings and conferences. 2. Parents must give their consent before any formal evaluation or testing of the child may be done. 3. The parent has the right to be represented by the person of their choice at all proceedings. While not required by State or federal regulations, the NLRSD provides the parents of children being evaluated with a list of independent agencies who provide assistance to parents in this process. See Addendum 3B. 4. No child can be placed in a special education program without either parental consent or court order. 23 5. The parent may request an independent professional evaluation from a list of twenty-four approved agencies (Addendum JC). While the NLRSD is required to pay for such an evaluation only in the event the District's evaluation is found to be incorrect, the NLRSD has nonethel~ss paid for every independent evaluation requested in the past even though its evaluations have never been found to be incorrect. The NLRSD will continue this practice to the extent its budget permits. 6. Finally, the parent has the right to appeal any evaluation or placement decision to a hearing officer, who conducts a formal evidentiary hearing, and ultimately to a court of competent jurisdiction. See \"Referral Procedures\" at 24-33 ( 1985). 7. In any appeal, the burden of proof as to any placement is upon the school district. See \"Referral Procedures\" at Pl.B p. 24 (1985). 8. The NLRSD advises parents of these rights in writing at the beginning of the referral and evaluation process. ---SAFEGUARDS AGAINST IMPROPER USE OF TEST INSTRUMENTS In addition to the procedural safeguards discussed above which are designed to ensure an open process involving fully informed parents having access to independent review of any decision, the State regulations first adopted in 1981 also require the incorporation of specific safeguards in the assessment process. The most important of these safeguards are as follows: 1. Tests and other evaluation materials: a. Have been validated for the specific purpose for which they are used\nand b. Are administered by trained personnel in conformance with the instructions provided by their producer. 24 c. Include materials tailored to assess specific areas of educational need and not merely those which are designed to provide a single general intelligence quotient. 2. No single procedure is used as the sole criterion for determining an appropriate educational program for a child. 3. The evaluation is made by a multidisciplinary team or group of persons, including at least one teacher or other specialist with knowledge in the area of suspected disability. 4. The child is assessed in all areas related to the suspected disability, including, where appropriate, health, vision, hearing, social and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, communicative status, and motor abilities. 5. Intellectual ability must be measured by an individual intelligence test appropriate to the student and such testing may only be done by a certified educational examiner, licensed psychologist or licensed psychological examiner. See \"Referral Procedures\" at 3-4 (1985). STATE REGULATIONS SPECIFY WHICH TESTS MAY BE USED IN MENTAL RETARDATION ASSESSMENT in furtherance of the requirement that tests must have been validated for the purpose for which they are used, the Arkansas Department of Education, in its \"Program Standards\" specifies by name which tests may be validly used for what purpose. This is done for each handicap category. The provisions relating to mental retardation assessment are found at pages 13-1 through 13-7 of the \"Program Standards\" (1985). The North Little Rock School District is in compliance with these regulations. It uses no test not specifically approved 25 in these regulations in making final evaluation and placement decisions and will continue to adhere to this practice. ADOPTION OF ALTERNATIVE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES AND INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICES SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED TO AVOID OVERREPRESENTATION OF MINORITY STUDENTS IN EMR PROGRAMS In addition to maintaining its compliance with all State and Federal regulations governing special education, particularly those provisions designed as safeguards against the misclassification of individuals as being mentally retarded, the North Little Rock School District will engage in an on-going effort to identify and study new assessment and evaluation techniques which are designed to address the problem of overrepresentation of minority children in EMR programs. Individual schools found to have overrepresentation problems must suJmit a school action plan which addresses the disparity in their special education population. CANTALICIAN STUDY - ALTERNATIVE INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICES At page 7-8 of its March, 1986 Plan, the NLRSD committed to implement the six alternative instructional practices recommended by the Cantalician Foundation in its report in 1984. Three of these practices have been implemented -DISTAR, Peer Tutoring and Computer Assisted Instruction. The contents of the Exemplary Center for Reading Instruction (ECRI) and Adaptive Learning Environment Model (ALEM) have been implemented through other programs although not 26 necessarily in the form specifically described by the Cantalician Foundation in its report. The parties recognize that the purpose of the Cantalician Report was to provide school districts with exemplary programs which could be adapted to each district's curriculum and needs. It was never suggested that the programs could be effective only if implemented exactly as described in the Report. Thus, because the North Little Rock School District has adopted various programs such as PACIR, TESA and Classroom Management as well as DISTAR and Computer Assisted Instruction which implement the educational content and elements of ECRI and ALEM, the Districts actions have been consisten1: with the intent of the Cantalician Report. Therefore, the parties agreed that the North Little Rock School District should not be required to implement the Adaptive Learning Environment Model and the Exemplary Center for Reading Instruction alternative practices except as is already being done through other programs. (See Exhibit 3D attached). The sixth proposed alternative instructional practice was Precision Teaching. This has been very effective in teaching the profoundly handicapped but even the Cantalician Foundation warned that there was as yet no evidence of its efficacy in teaching non-handicapped students. The North Little Rock School District made several attempts to obtain information regarding the effectiveness of this method in teaching non-handicapped students but has been unable to obtain such information. The parties have agreed that the 27 North Little Rock School District should not be required to implement the Precision Teaching Model as an alternative instructional practice until such supporting data is forthcoming. The District will assess the use of Precision Teaching when data is supplied supporting its efficacy for non-handicapped students. The Cantalician Foundation also recommended four alternative referral and assessment practices: 1. Pupil Appraisal Assessment Program (Id. at 30) 2. Rapid Exam for Early Referral and Classroom Learning Screening (Id. at 35) 3. Reclassification and Declassification (Id. at 40) The alternative referral and assessment practices listed above will be closely studied by the NLRSD. If there are critical attributes within the above referenced practices that are not currently in use in the North Little Rock School District and the addition of these attributes will lower referral and placement rates in the District without compromising educational quality, these attributes will be added or used to replace current practices. ---INCREASED REVIEW BY INDEPENDENT PARTIES State regulations provide that the Department of Education will conduct a review of each school district's special education program annually to determine compliance with all State and Federal regulations. The North Little Rock School District's last compliance review was completed on May 26, 28 1989. See \"Compliance Letter\" attached as Addendum 3E. All suggested improvements were implemented by October 1, 1989. See \"Followup Letter\" attached as Addendum 3F. In addition to this regularly scheduled compliance review, the District has invited the following organizations to conduct in-service training and/or periodic review of the District's policies, practices and procedures related to special education. 1. Child Advocacy Services, Inc. 2. Bureau of the Educationally Handicapped 3. Parents' Coalition for the Handicapped 4. Federal Office of Special Education 5. Arkansas Department of Education 6. Office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education As a further effort to open the District's assessment process to outside review and constructive criticism, child advocates will be invited to attend conferences where children's need are being discussed, subject to parental approval where necessary. The Superintendent of the North Little Rock Public School District will appoint a Special Education Advisory Committee with the responsibility to conduct compliance reviews every 18 months. This committee will be established with the following additional requirements: 1. Chaired by a member of the North Little Rock Public School Board. 29 2. No fewer than seven (7) members. 3. Minimum of two (2) members to have expertise in special education or related field. 4. No employee of the North Little Rock School District may.serve as a member. RECORD KEEPING The District will maintain records sufficient to identify and tabulate separately the total number of students by race in each school and grade level and by type of placement who are (a) referred for consideration for placement in a special education program\n(b) evaluated for such placement\nand (c) actually placed in a special education program. This data will be maintained in the central administrative offices although separately from each student's individual file. This data is to be reviewed by the central administrative staff and reported to the Court annually. 30 SECTION 4: COMPENSATORY EDUCATION AND ELIMINATION OF ACHIEVEMENT DISPARITY The North Little Rock School District believes that each student can learn and encourages each student to achieve according to his or her best abilities. Careful appraisal, frequent evaluation, and flexible grouping ensure that each student will receive instruction according to identified strengths and needs. The curriculum in the elementary schools places primary emphasis on the basics of reading, spelling, language, mathematics, writing, social studies, science, and health. Students also participate in music, art, and physical education activities. Mastery of skills in each subject is stressed, and career awareness is a component in many of the basic subjects. The middle school program provides a period of transition from the elementary school to senior high school. The transition covers all areas of school life: academic, co-curricular and social. At the middle school level, continued emphasis is placed on the individual and on basic skills instruction, while a wider scope of instructional programs and co-curricular activities is introduced. In addition to basic disciplines, middle school students may select electives in modern foreign languages, industrial arts, home economics, exploratory business, art, communications, choral music and band. 31 Introduction to competitive athletics, student government, spirit clubs and special interest organizations encourage self-development and preparation for high school. The senior high schools provide a comprehensive course of study based on the District's commitment to providing a classical college preparatory curriculum and career preparation programs. A strong basic academic program and a wide-range of electives in fine arts, foreign languages, forensics, business, and vocational-technical skills offer a multitude of options to high school students. The District recognizes that the regular curriculum is often insufficient in aiding disadvantaged students to achieve mastery of basic skills. Therefore, within the framework of a comprehensive curriculum, which meets and exceeds State Standards and which is structured to meet the varying individual needs of all students, the North Little Rock School District must address identified remedial needs of disadvantaged minority students. The District also recognizes that achievement disparity does exist between the black and nonblack student population. Addressing the disparity issue may start with the development of disparity plans at each campus unit. The summary data of the standardized achievement test are analyzed by race and content area. The content areas that indicate a significant difference in achievement and disparity plans are developed. The following compensatory programs and compensatory 32 * * components of programs will be provided to help students overcome identified deficiencies. EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAM Pre-Kindergarten Program. To better prepare disadvantaged and minority students for school success, a HIPPY program will be established in lower socio-economic elementary attendance zones such as Redwood, Pine, Boone Park, Argenta, Gleview and Seventh Street. This program will focus on academic and social skills necessary for school success. Parent involvement in the learning process of the students in a component of the program. One school will be added each year beginning in 1989-90 and continuing until all identified schools' programs are made operational. Funds outside the settlement funds will be utilized until after year four of the Settlement Plan. Kindergarten Program Kindergarten programs have been implemented at each elementary school with a District goal of 100 percent attendance by all eligible students. Note: Program descriptions preceded by\"*\" are dependent on the monies to be paid to the NLRSD as part of the Pulaski County School Desegregation Case Settlement Agreement, March, 1989 (as revised September 28, 1989). If this agreement is not 33 approved by the Court, the District will not be able to implement these programs. The Boehm Test of Basic Concepts is administered to all kindergarten children at the first of each school year. The Boehm Test assesses student understanding of fifty basic concepts which are fundamental to understanding verbal instruction and are essential for early school achievement. The Early Prevention of School Failure program will be implemented in all kindergarten classes. The goal of the program is to prevent school failure through early identification and remediation of developmental deficiencies in young children. The goal is achieved through the implementation of the following six components: team screening, team conferencing, educational planning, modality instruction, evaluation, and parent involvement. Students are screened in the following modality areas: language, auditory, visual, fine motor skills, and gross motor skills. Speech, vision, and hearing are also assessed. By the end of the fourth year of the Plan, the Early Prevention of School Failure program will be implemented in all kindergarten classes. Intensified Instruction At levels kindergarten through second grade, Chapter I teacher aides are assigned to assist teachers in providing learning experiences for selected students who exhibit 34 deficiencies in reading, language, and basic concepts. Third grade students in selected schools also receive special instruction from paraprofessionals in computer labs. The paraprofessional provides supplemental compensatory instruction for selected students. Instruction will occur in small groups and on a one-to-one basis, or with computer assisted instruction. The instructional lessons provided by the paraprofessionals are correlated with the instructional lessons provided by the teachers. BASIC SKILLS INSTRUCTION The curriculum in grades K-7 places primary emphasis on the mastery of the basic skills in reading, language arts, and mathematics. Careful appraisal, frequent evaluation, and flexible grouping ensure that each student will receive instruction according to identified strengths and needs. In grades 8-12, continued emphasis is placed on the individual student and on basic skills instruction within the framework of a comprehensive secondary curriculum. Chapter 1 Computer Labs Chapter 1 computer labs are in operation in the following elementary schools: Amboy, Boone Park, Glenview, North Heights, Redwood and Rose City. An instructional aide is assigned to each lab. Students in grades one through six who are most in need of supplemental instruction in reading and mathematics are served in the labs daily. 35 * Basic Skills Computer Laboratories The first priority of the Settlement Plan is to establish a twenty-eight station Basic Skills Computer Laboratory in each elementary school to assist students in mastering the basic reading, language and mathematics skills. Settlement funds, federal funds and other available funds will be utilized to fund the computer laboratories. The first priority will be to increase the size of existing computer laboratories at Redwood, Boone Park, Amboy, Glenview and Rose City elementaries to twenty-eight station labs. Computer laboratories would then be added to all other elementary schools in priority based upon the largest number of economically deprived students as determined by the eligible participants in the free/reduced lunch program. The expansion of labs at these five schools will occur the first year of the Plan and additional schools will be equipped with a computer laboratory starting the second year - of the Settlement Plan and completing that installation process by the end of the fourth year of the Settlement Plan. Basic Skills Computer Laboratories have also been established at Central Junior High School, Lakewood Junior High School, Ridgeroad Junior High School, Rose City Junior High School, Northeast Senior High School and Ole Main Senior High School. The basic skills computer laboratories provide supplementary 36 * computer assisted and computer managed instruction in reading, language and mathematics for all students on a regularly scheduled basis. Utilizing IMPACT software and other course software materials, the supplemental instruction is geared to the individual student's needs. The educationally disadvantaged student will benefit greatly form this individualized program. Diagnosis and Prescription Diagnostic and prescriptive services will be available to each grade 1-8 student and teacher in reading, language and mathematics through locally developed PACIR objectives with prescriptive tests and the use of the Curriculum Management software that IBM has under development. The North Little Rock School District has requested that IBM Corporation allow North Little Rock School District to participate in the pilot of this software this year. Through the use of PACIR objectives and diagnostic tests using the Curriculum Management Software, individual education plans (IEP) will be made available for students. - These services will be available during the fourth year of the Plan provided IBM Corporation has developed and released the Curriculum Management software in early 1990. A comprehensive assessment program permits the District to identify students who are having academic problems and to provide opportunities for them to experience success. The assessment program also includes standardized tests in grades 37 * * * 2-10\nMinimum Performance Tests in grades 3, 6 and 8\naptitude tests\nsubject area mastery tests\ndiagnostic tests, such as the Boehm Test\nteacher-made tests\npsychological tests\nand health screentng. Test data is used in planning appropriate compensatory programs and services for students. Again, particular emphasis is placed on the needs of minority and disadvantaged students. Standardized achievement testing will be extended to grade 1 and grade 11 in order to provide more sequential and comprehensive data for curriculum assessment and individual student mastery. Achievement data by race will be developed for each school by grade. These data will be analyzed each year to determine program efficacy and in developing achievement components of each school's annual School Improvement Plan. Beginning in year one of the Settlement Plan, the District will provide up to $5,000 to assist disadvantaged youth in paying for college entrance testing such as the SAT and ACT. REMEDIAL READING AND MATHEMATICS SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTION AT THE ELEMENTARY LEVEL Remedial reading and/or remedial mathematics supplementary instruction will be provided in the elementary schools serving students who score below the twentieth percentile in grades 1, 2 and 3. The Metropolitan Achievement Test (MAT-6) will be used as the evaluative instrument for grades 2 and 3. 38 An appropriate standardized instrument will be selected for evaluation of grade 1 students prior to implementation date. Grades 4, 5 and 6 will be served as funds become available. The supplementary instructional program will be staffed by itinerate (floating) reading and/or mathematics specialists who will be assigned to schools as needed to deliver instruction to students who score below the twentieth - percentile on diagnostic instruments described above for grades 1, 2 and 3. The learning experiences would be in addition to classroom instruction, but will be correlated with classroom programs. The supplementary instructional services will be provided the fifth, sixth and seventh year of the settlement plan. Remedial Reading at the Junior High School Level Remedial reading classes are provided at each junior high school for students with deficiencies in reading. The classes are staffed by reading specialists. Special emphasis is placed on the following skills: comprehension, word recognition, communication, study skills and survival reading skills. * Remedial Reading Laboratories at the Senior High School Level Remedial reading instruction will be provided at each senior high school for students with deficiencies in reading. Instruction would be provided jointly through computer assisted and teacher directed instruction by a reading 39 specialist. Special emphasis would be placed on the following skills: comprehension, word recognition, communication and survival reading skills. These services will be implemented beginning with the fifth year of the Settlement Plan and continuing through year seven. PACIR An ongoing curriculum renewal project for Mathematics and Language Arts called Practical Approach to Curriculum and Instructional Renewal (PACIR) has been developed and is being implemented for grades K-12 to ensure that classroom learning meets the expectations of parents and students. In this program objectives are developed\nstudents' progress is measured\nstudents' needs are identified\nand programs, practices, and resources are adjusted. Through this emphasis on the mastery of the basic skills, the North Little Rock School District continues to focus on the remediation of identified deficiencies in reading, language arts, and mathematics. Additional Reading Instruction Generally, District elementary students are involved in only one small group classroom instructional reading lesson per day. Selected elementary s Jdents are involved in an additional reading instructional lesson per day. Students who are reading below grade level and who are experiencing 40 difficulty in reading are prime candidates for this additional instruction. Academic Skills Development Plans State Minimum Performance Tests are administered to students at the third, sixth, and eighth grade levels. Teachers work in cooperation with principals, parents, and counselors to develop and implement Academic Skills Development Plans for - all students who do not pass the Minimum Performance Tests. Each individual student plan includes a list of the basic skills which were not mastered by the student and strategies for remediation of these deficiencies. Teachers are required to indicate the date when mastery of each skill has been reached. PUPIL SERVICES AND PROGRAM MONITORING In addition to the opportunities for academic achievement provided by the core curriculum, the District will provide specialized programs and services to diagnose and meet the particular educational needs of all students and to foster their individual physical, social, intellectual and emotional growth. The special needs of identified disadvantaged and minority students are met in a variety of ways. Beginning in the 1990-91 school year, basic classes will be eliminated in phases. Seventh and eighth grade basic classes will be eliminated in 1990-91 and the following year basic classes will be eliminated in grades 9-12. Students will be taught in regular or honors classes. Teachers and counselors 41 will make a concerted effort to identify minority students who can be successful in honors classes. Guidance Services. A guidance program will be provided in each school to aid students in educational, personal, social and vocational development. All students will have access to a guidance counselor. The ratio for secondary and elementary schools will be one counselor for every 450 students. Particular attention will be paid in this program to the needs of minority and disadvantaged students. Social Work. A half-time social worker will provide services for students who have serious problems with school adjustment. The social worker will serve as a link between school, home and community and will assist students in overcoming academic, social and behavior problems. Homebound Services. Students with medical conditions which require them to be - absent from school for four or more consecutive weeks will be provided instruction by a certified teacher. LEARNING RESOURCES Library/Media Program The library/media program is a key component of the instructional program. The District Instructional Materials 42 Center and the individual school media centers are extensions of classroom instruction as books, films, videotapes, and other instructional materials are utilized to expand and enrich the curriculum. The media specialist, recognizing students' unique learning abilities, performance levels, learning styles, and interests, prescribes appropriate curricular and special interest learning materials. This service is extremely beneficial to educationally disadvantage students as their specific learning needs are matched to appropriate learning materials. Multicultural Education A committee of elementary and secondary administrators is charged with the responsibility of reviewing the literature on multicultural education and studying the needs of the district. This committee has written a developmental guide for multicultural education in the North Little Rock School District, and that guide is in the implementation process. The curriculum guide is based on the belief that multicultural education incorporates the idea that male and female students, exceptional students, and students who are members of diverse racial, ethnic and cultural groups will have an equal chance to achieve academically in school. In accordance with recommendations from our parents' advisory group, parents and students will be more actively involved in the implementation of the District's multicultural plan. Computer Assisted Instruction 43 For those students whose instructional needs require reteaching and additional drill and practice to achieve mastery in reading, language and mathematics, computer assisted instruction is erovided. Computer activities are integrated into the instructional program so that classroom instruction is reinforced by concentrated on-task learning on the computer. All schools will use computers and computer assisted instruction and computer managed instruction software. A committee of secondary teachers in the content areas of English, social studies, and science is developing a list of software for each area. A catalog of software will be developed at the district level. Items will be purchased from this list as funds permit. SUMMER LEARNING EXPERIENCES Summer School for Elementary and Junior High School Students Summer learning opportunities will be provided for selected elementary and junior high school students who have not mastered the basic skills curriculum. Each year the instructional department will carefully review and analyze Metropolitan Achievement Test data and t~e data from the Minimum Performance Tests to determine the content areas and grades in greatest need of remediation services. The curriculum would provide remedial and enrichment activities in large and small group settings through both computer 44 * assisted and teacher directed instruction. Summer school activities are currently on-going for grades 1, 3, 6 and 8. An evaluation and review of each program is made each summer. Continued review and evaluation will continue with consideration given for program expansion for the second year of the implementation plan. Summer School for Secondary Students To meet the summer school needs of educationally disadvantaged students, tuition scholarships and transportation will be provided to those students who would be unable to attend without assistance. Regulations governing the free and reduced lunch participants will be the guide in awarding scholarship tuition and transportation for secondary summer school. Tuition scholarships and transportation will be made available the second year of the implementation plan. VOCATIONAL SERVICES Compensatory services in the area of vocational education are provided through a Carl Perkins Project which is specifically targeted for students identified for inclusion in this program. Services include the assessment of interests, learning modes, and individual needs by a vocational education evaluator and the use of a computerized Job Opportunity Based Search System to place students in the most appropriate vocational courses. 45 STAFF DEVELOPMENT The North Little Rock School District Staff Development Program is designed to assist each staff member in performing to optimwn level in every area of the total teaching act. The District programs which will impact greatly on compensatory education are the Program for Effective Teaching (PET) Classroom Management Training and Teacher Expectation and Student Achievement (TESA). 1. 2. Program for Effective Training. The Program for Effective Teaching (PET) teaches the teacher the key elements which must be present in any instructional lesson if student mastery is to occur. A training cycle consists of: seven full days of instruction for the teacher\nfive practice lessons taught by the teacher while being observed by a trained observer\nand follow-up conferences by the observer and teacher. Since all present staff members have completed PET training, new teachers will receive the training each spring. Students with learning deficiencies will profit as the instructional proficiency of teachers is increased. Classroom Management Training. In the training sessions, Classroom Management is approached as a matter of preparation, organization, and instruction. The program stresses that effective classroom managers are successful, not so much because they are more effective in responding to problems of inattention or disruption, but because they are more effective in preventing such problems. Each training cycle consists of two days of training for each teacher and three classroom observations. Following each observation, the trained observer confers with the teacher to commend areas of strength and to provide assistance in overcoming deficiencies in classroom management. 46 3. All elementary teachers have completed this training. New elementary teachers will receive Classroom Management Training. Since many students who are encountering learning problems are often inattentive or disruptive, this program impacts positively on these students as teachers iearn to manage classrooms more efficiently and effectively. Teacher Expectations Student and Achievement (TESA). Extensive research shows that teacher interaction with students perceived as low achievers is less motivating and less supportive than interaction with students perceived as high achievers. Research also shows that high achievers receive more response opportunities and are given more time to respond to questions. This has particular application to educating minority and disadvantaged students. The Teacher Expectation and Student Achievement Program (TESA) deals with these important research data. It addresses the effects of teacher expectations on student achievement. In the program, teachers learn to increase specific motivating and supportive interactions with low achievers. Fifteen interactions are presented in the program. The training program consists of five workshop sessions and five classroom observations per teacher. The TESA program will begin implementation the first year of the Plan, and all teachers will have received TESA training by the end of the sixth year of the Plan. Inservice training programs are provided to staff based upon identified need. Staff needs assessments for inservice training activities are conducted each year. Standardized test data are analyzed to determine areas of greatest need. These data are analyzed and inservice programs are provided to support those identified needs. ACHIEVEMENT DISPARITY 47 The District recognizes the existence of achievement disparity between the black and nonblack student population. Addressing the disparity issue will start with the development of disparity plans at each campus unit. Disparity plans are linked to pedagogy techniques and programs designed for specific service delivery such as: Early Childhood Programs, Basic Skills Inatruction, Chapter 1 Computer Labs, Remedial Reading and Mathematics Programs, PACIR, Multicultural Education, Staff - Development and other programs previously identified. All of these programs deal with issues of disparity. Standardized test data are first analyzed by race, grade and content area for the development of disparity plans at the campus unit level. After these data are analyzed, school improvement plans are developed. The locally developed objective based curriculum in mathematics and language arts, Practical Approach to Curriculum Renewal (PACIR), provides the cornerstone for identification and direction for student mastery in these content areas. Each child may be diagnosed to the objective level of mastery and provided direction for future teaching and study. These processes may be teacher directed, computer assisted, tutorials, independent study, etc. or any combination. As technology progresses, the District goal is to provide individual educational plans to teachers and parents as a guide to enhance the student's achievement level. 48 Staff development activities, standardized achievement testing and specialized instructional programs must be used with objective based diagnostic curriculum to eliminate the achievement disparity of students. 49 SECTION 5: COMPENSATORY PROGRAMS AIMED AT DROPOUT PREVENTION In North Little Rock, as in any urban school district today, at least 25 percent of t~e students could be categorized as potential dropouts. Characteristics of these \"at risk\" students may include: poor self-concept, a high degree of frustration with school work, possession of values that are in direct conflict with those of the school, and difficulties in verbal and nonverbal communication. All compensatory programs address those symptoms, even at the early elementary level\nhowever, if the problems have not been corrected as the student enters the secondary schools, the risk of dropout intensifies. A number of intervention programs which address the \"at risk\" student will be implemented. ---WIN PROGRAM The WIN Program (We Intervene Now), designed to identify and modify student behaviors which interfere with educational progress, is being implemented in our secondary schools. The intent of the program is to provide an intervention process that involves the student, parent, and school personnel. This intervention process will be especially beneficial for disadvantaged students. ---IMPACT TRAINING In addition to the WIN program, school-based teams (IMPACT) were formed to deal with substance abuse issues and concerns. 50 IMPACT teams are currently operational in each secondary school. VOCATIONAL SERVICES Compensatory services in the area of vocational education will also be provided through the Carl Perkins Project, which is specifically targeted for students who are potential dropouts. An individualized written vocational plan will be - completed for each student identified for inclusion in this program. Services will include the assessment of interests, learning modes, and individual needs by a vocational education evaluator and the use of a computerized Job Opportunity Based Search System to place students in the most appropriate vocational courses. STUDENT ATTENDANCE When possible, parents of senior high school students will be notified each day that a student is absent from one or more classes. To aid in this effort, an automatic phone calling system will be installed in each of the senior high schools. A computer will call the home of each absentee at night and ask for a response from a parent. Follow-up calls will be made the next day by school personnel. STUDENT ASSIGNMENT CLASSES Student Assignment Classes (SAC) will be established for on-campus suspension of secondary school students. Students involved in this program will continue academic work under 51 the supervision of the SAC teacher during the time of suspension. ALTERNATIVE EDUCATION In an attempt to meet the diverse educational needs of students in a metropolitan desegregated environment, numerous methods of alternative educational approaches are used to serve those children with special needs. Programs such as Alternative Classroom Elementary, Alternative Classroom Secondary, Joseph Pfeifer Alternative Program, and the Tri District Learning Center are some examples of this approach to service. ALTERNATIVE CLASSROOM (ELEMENTARY) The alternative classroom which is housed at the North Little Rock Boys' Club, is staffed with a full-time teacher and aide. The alternative classroom, conducted in a self-contained setting, is designed to provide structure and maximum supervision for the student whose behavior directly and significantly interferes with classroom performance. A student who might be considered for placement in the alternative classroom would exhibit persistent behaviors that can cause serious injury to self and others or behaviors of such magnitude and duration that the student is unmanageable in the regular classroom setting. After appropriate behavior has been demonstrated and maintained in the alternative classroom, a student will be mainstreamed into a regular classroom setting at Argenta. 52 After the student is mainstreamed successfully for the full school day for a minimum of two weeks, consideration would be given to returning the student to the homebase school. ALTERNATIVE SCHOOL (SECONDARY) Suspension to the North Little Rock Boys Club is an alternative to our-of-school suspension that will be provided for selected secondary school students. This program will be available for students whose behavior is unmanageable both at school and at home and who cannot function in the on-campus suspension program. Students involved in this program will continue their academic work, and receive counseling services at the Boys' Club Alternative School JOSEPH PFEIFER KIWANIS CAMP ALTERNATIVE CLASSROOM EXPERIENCE A pilot Alternative Classroom Experience has been designed for students between the ages of 9 and 13 or who are in the fourth, fifth, or sixth grades in North Little Rock or Pulaski County School Districts. The four main goals of the program are: 1. To improve student behavior in an institutional classroom setting. 2. To improve academics in an institutional classroom setting. 3. To improve community and home relationships. 4. To improve classroom attendance. In addition, the program works to build self-esteem and motivation within the student and to improve basic academic skills. 53 ---PARENTING COMPONENT During the course of the program, parents will be required to attend at least three (3) parenting workshops. ---PROGRAM DESIGN Each student who participates in the program will live at Pfeifer Camp for six (6) weeks, excluding weekends and holidays. During the first four (4) weeks, Phase I, the student will attend the alternative classroom at the camp. Phase II consists of the last two (2) weeks, when the students will attend his/her regular school and return to the camp in the afternoon. In all, each student is required to live at the camp for thirty (30) days. No child will stay at the camp during the weekends, unless a special event, such as a campout or retreat has been scheduled. This program is operated by Mr. Sanford Tollette, under the supervision of the Little Rock Kiwanis Club with sponsorship from the Arkansas Department of Education and the Metropolitan Education Service Center. TRI DISTRICT ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER The Metropolitan Education Services Center in cooperation with the Little Rock, North Little Rock, and Pulaski County Special School Districts has developed and is implementing a program for educating students at-risk of dropping out of school. This school is an alternative program with new choices for the potential dropout candidate. 54 The target population will be 7th, 8th, and 9th graders who. are experiencing difficulty or have been unsuccessful in the traditional school setting. These students will receive alternative instruction at the old Carver Elementary School at 800 Apperson, Little Rock. The courses will include the State-adopted curriculum standards along with supplemental instruction in self-esteem and drug education. ---GOALS 1. Help students attend school regularly. 2. Help students accept responsibility for their own education and conduct in order that they can be successful. 3. Set goals that include graduation. 4. Instill a sense of self-worth and a belief in themselves and to give them an opportunity to learn in a non-threatening adult environment where they can experience a feeling of belonging and a taste of success. 5. Achieve academic success. ---CRITERIA FOR REFERRAL The teachers, counselors, school administrators, or parents may refer students to the Tri-District Alternative Learning Center (TDALC). The following criteria have been established as appropriate reasons for referrals: 1. Students with repetitive discipline problems in the classroom or with peers. 2. Students will excessive absences. 3. Students with children. 4. Students who are 2 or more years over age for their current grade placement. 55 5. Students whose academic difficulties may be attributed to problems with parents or the lack of basic needs. Students who have been diagnosed as needing support from a special education service will not be considered. ---ADMISSIONS Students eligible to attend the Tri-District Alternative Learning Center (TDALC) meet in a traditional school. Referrals to TDALC will be made to a designated person in each district or the TDALC supervisor. These referrals will be screened and final selection of candidates will be the decision of the selection committee. Each district will be allotted the following number of students: Little Rock Pulaski County North Little Rock 7th 14 11 5 30 8th 14 11 5 30 9th 14 11 5 30 Black 26 9 6 41 White 16 24 9 49 Total 42 33 15 90 The admissions committee will evaluate student eligibility based on these indicators: Poor Attendance Poor Academic Performance Negative School Behavior Need for Social Services Documented Recommendation from the School Students guilty of illegal or violent behavior may be selected to attend classes in other setting. If expelled from school because of illegal or violent behavior, students may enter other components of the alternative program after 56 being out of school one semester. Target date for accepting students in TDALC is set for October 2, pending preparation of the facility. EXITING Students may be withdrawn from Project TDALC and put on a regular campus at any time, but this usually takes place at the end of the school year. An Exit Committee composed of a representative from the receiving school, two TDALC teachers, the TDALC supervisor and the student's parents will determine if a student is to be exited. The students' placement will depend upon attendance, academic, and social progress, as well as the students' age and achievement test scores. 57 SECTION 6: EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES The North Little Rock School District recognizes that clubs and student organizations are an important part of the total educational experience for students. All clubs and student organizations shall operate under the direction of the principal and shall be under the supervision of a staff member appointed or approved by the principal. Membership in student organizations and clubs shall not be restricted on the basis of race, sex, national origin, or other arbitrary criteria. Further, entry shall not be by decision of the current membership of the organization. Eligibility requirements for participation in cheerleading, drill teams, and athletic activities are determined by the Arkansas Activities Association. Other extracurricular activities and/or organizations related to special interest or subject areas do not have a minimum grade requirement, except those clubs and organizations that are governed by charters from parent organizations. In order to assure greater participation by minority students the following actions will be taken: 1. Principals, counselors, sponsors, and teacher will inform and encourage minority students to become more active in all extracurricular activities. 58 2. Schools will publicize and inform minority students and their parents well in advance of the selection process so that they will know what to expect and when to apply. 3. All selection committees will be biracial in make-up. 4. Principals and sponsors will monitor participation in all extracurricular activities and, where such participation is racially identifiable, special efforts will be made to promote minority participation in any such racially identifiable clubs and/or organizations. 5. The District will annually review try-out procedures and eligibility requirements to identify and eliminate and practices that discourage or adversely affect minority participation. 6. Each school will prepare a summary report for ali clubs, organizations and other extracurricular activities reflecting the racial composition of the officers in each activity, the total membership, and all those who tried out or sought membership, and all those who tried out or sought membership. This report will be prepared in April of each year which provides sufficient lead-time to permit planning, publication and recruitment of minority participation for the following year. See Addendum 6A. These reports will be compiled in a District summary for all extracurricular activities which will be completed and presented to the Board of Education at its May meeting each year. 59 Mr. Horace R. Smith, Program Advisor from the Division of Planning and Development from the State Department of Education came into the secondary schools in Spring Semester, 1989, and did an assessment of the North Little Rock extracurricular activities. Mr. Smith provided technical assistance in the form of an inservice program for secondary school administrator and activity advisors on strategies to increase minority participation in extracurricular activities. Student feedback was compiled and one-hour inservice sessions designed and scheduled for each of the secondary schools. The primary participants were the school administrators and the activity advisors. The objective of the inservice sessions was to raise staff awareness and focus attention on the broader issues such as academic expectations and social alienation which directly impact the degree of minority extracurricular participation. These inservice sessions were held between March 15, 1989, and May 22, 1989. Since the inservice sessions were held, we have been working closely with the Equity Center from the State Department of Education to finalize plans for on going inservice. Meetings were held with the Equity Center in September of 1989 and also October of 1989. The North Little Rock School District welcomes parental involvement regarding participation and identified concerns in the extra curricular program. The District is presently 60 studying possible actions to reduce cost barriers that may restrict participation in identified activities. Possible actions being considered are (1) including an activity period in the regular school da, (2) providing transportation for student activities, and (3) providing cheerleader and pep squad uniforms. 61 SECTION 7: DISCIPLINE, EXPULSIONS AND SUSPENSIONS DISCIPLINE Disciplinary policies are periodically reviewed to ensure fundamental fairness and absence of bias. In this effort all District policies relating to student conduct and discipline were revised in the 1985-86 school year. See Addendum 7A. To ensure that parents and students are advised of expected student conduct, bases for discipline and all disciplinary procedures including any right of appeal, District wide handbooks were developed in the 1985-86 school year and given to each student. Students are annually required to have their parents read the handbooks and sign a statement acknowledging that both the parents and the student have read the handbook. Additionally, the handbook is reviewed with the students in all schools during class time. SUSPENSIONS To ensure fairness and the absence of bias in suspension decisions, the District has revised its disciplinary policy to provide clear standards of expected behavior as well as guarantees of due process including the right of appeal. Second, each suspension is reviewed by the Assistant Superintendent for Student Affairs and the Superintendent to ensure that District policies are followed. Third, a summary of suspensions showing the number and race of students 62 suspended in each school is compiled by the Assistant Superintendent for Student Affairs annually and provided to the Board of Education at its July meeting each year. A review of all suspensions will be conducted for any school that has a disproportionate number of suspensions of minority students to ensure that race has not been a factor in the suspension. In the 1989-90 school year the North Little Rock School District developed a plan to monitor the discipline referrals from each school. At anytime the District Desegregation Team believes there may be disparity, a conference is held with the building principal. The bases for disciplinary action will be studied and an effort will be made to check the consistency from one student to another, and the problem will be corrected. EXPULSIONS The North Little Rock School District has expelled only twenty students during the last three years. Of this number, ten have been black. Seventeen of these expulsions have been because of serious offenses relating to drugs or the possession and/or use of weapons. Given the very small number of expulsions and the extreme seriousness of the offenses involved, the District believes that any violation relating to expulsions has been corrected. Further, all expulsions are made by the Board of Education and then only after a hearing. 63 SECTION 8: GIFTED AND TALENTED EDUCATION The Court based its determination that the NLRSD denied black students access to its program for gifted and talented students on data from 1980. LRSD \u0026amp; PCSSD, 584 F. Supp. 328,349 (E.D. Ark. 1984). Since that time significant changes have been made in the District's identification procedures designed specifically to improve the identification of gifted minority students. These efforts, which are detailed below, have been described by Dr. Emily Stewart, an expert in gifted and talented education, as comparing favorably with the state of the art for identifying minority gifted students. T. 2692. She also testified that the program for the 1983-84 school year, NLRX 22 and 23, were consistent with the national norm and were reflective of a concerted effort to identify gifted minority students. T. 2689. CALLAHAN/TREFFINGERSTUDY During the 19\u0026amp;2-83 school year, the District's concern was the identification of all gifted students, but an overriding concern was the identification of the culturally disadvantaged. Through a Title IV-C Grant the District was afforded the opportunity to hire two consultants in the field of gifted education, Dr. Donald Treffinger from State University College at Buffalo, New York, and Dr. Carolyn Callahan, University of Virginia. The plan was to develop a methodological case-study/placement procedure. The 64 case-study method provides information from a variety of sources and also summarizes strengths and weaknesses for instructional programming. Dr. Callahan evaluated the District's case-study placement procedures. She found that although the identification of minority students was uneven across the District, the selection of minority students had increased by 43% districtwide. Recommendations in Dr. Callahan's study were used by the District to implement other strategies to increase identification and selection of culturally different students as well as to even out the process across the District. CREATIVE POSITIVES FOR IDENTIFYING DISADVANTAGED YOUTH During the same year, the District adopted the use of the ''Creative Positives of Disadvantaged Youth and Children.\" by E. Paul Torrance. See Add. 8A. The District has also adopted the Torrance Test of Creative Thinking. This test has been even more useful in discovering giftedness among the culturally different. The District continues to use the test, and special scoring of strengths are used in the creativity test for purposes of screening and identification of culturally disadvantaged students. 65 MULTIPLE REFERRAL SOURCES As a safeguard against bias, nominations for placement in the gifted program are sought from a wide variety of sources including parents, other students, and the individual student himself or herself as well as from teachers and principals. This assures that everyone who might see a different facet of the nominated student perhaps not seen by others is encouraged to nominate that student if he or she feels the student might be gifted. Where there is unevenness of referrals for culturally disadvantaged students, the supervisor for gifted and talented, resource teacher for gifted and talented and the school principal carefully examine the permanent folders for additional nominations. MULTIPLE PLACEMENT CRITERIA Student placement decisions are based on multiple criteria. See Add. 8B. No single criterion or cut-off score is used to exclude a student from placement. Teacher ratings may override poor test scores\nhowever, good normative information may outweigh negative teacher ratings. Creative Positives Among the Culturally Different by E. Paul Torrance is used to assist in identification of the culturally different. GROUP DECISION-MAKING Another safeguard against bias and a further assurance that no student is overlooked lies in the fact that no single individual makes a placement decision. Each school has a 66 case-study/placement committee made up of the principal or assistant principal, counselor, resource teacher for gifted and talented, and two classroom teachers. On the elementary level, one teacher is primary\nthe other is intermediate. On the secondary level, one classroom teacher is a current teacher of the student being referred. The principal is responsible for the total process and serves as chairman of the case study/placement committee. The resource teacher of gifted and talented will be actively involved in the committee work. The supervisor of gifted and talented assists as needed. No single person can decide to place or not to place a student. PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT AND APPEAL Parents are involved throughout the referral and placement process. They are invited to refer their children for placement. They are required to complete the Parent Questionnaire, Add. BC, which is an important source of information not obtainable by other means. They meet with the case study/placement committee concerning placement recommendations. Finally, parents have the right to appeal the decision of the case study/placement committee to the Director of Elementary or Secondary Education. The Director and the Supervisor of Gifted and Talented Program then review all identification instruments, Add. BB, and meet with the parents to review all 67 placement criteria. If an error has occurred an appropriate correction will be made. MONITORING AND INTERVENTION Reports are submitted to the Central Administration showing the race and grade of all students referred and placed in the gifted programs in each school. Where there is an unevenness of nominations, referrals, and placements of the culturally disadvantaged students, the permanent folders are carefully examined by the Supervisor for Gifted and Talented Education. As a result of such additional reviews, minority students who might be gifted are identified and follow-up procedures are initiated to observe and document the student's actions which would justify referral, evaluation and possible placement. Also, additional in-service training regarding the use of the creative positives in identifying minority gifted students is conducted for teachers in those schools. One of the goals of the North Little Rock School District Gifted and Talented Program is to help the student develop self-understanding. Many activities are conducted in the resource room at the elementary level and the cluster classes at the secondary level to encourage the gifted student to recognize and use his/her abilities. Emphasis is placed on the nature and nurture of needs of the gifted student through the following areas: inservice training by resource teachers/facititators, training during 68 pre-school inservice, dissemination of articles on behavioral characteristics, handbook for gifted education and two newsletters per year. The District is making specific efforts to seek minority teachers as stated on pp 18, 19, and 20 of the North Little Rock School District Revised Desegregation Plan. 69 NORTH LITTLE ROCK PUBLIC SCHOOLS GIFTED/TALENTED PROGRAM Creative Positive Among The Culturally Different 1. Ability to Express Feelings and Emotions. 2. Discovery: I suggest that giftedness in expressing feelings and emotions may be discovered by: ----Observations of facial expression and body gestures. ----Analysis of samples of creative writing, especially poetry. ----Observations of behavior in discussions, classroom meetings, role playing, sociodrama, creative dramatics, dance, creative movement, music, and rhythm. ----Study of visual art products and the processes used in their production. ----Observations of response in creative reading. Ability to Improve with Commonplace Materials Discovery: The following observation checklist is suggested for identifying giftedness for improvisation with common materials: ----Makes toys from commonplace materials. ----Uses common materials to modify toys. ----Makes games from common materials. ----Uses common materials for unintended uses at home. ----Uses common materials for unintended uses in school. ----Uses common materials in inventions. ----Uses common materials in creative dramatics, art, and so forth. 3. Articulateness in ~ole Playing and St~ry Telling Discovery: Giftedness in role playing and story telling may be observed among culturally different students in learning activities involving role playing, sociodrama, and related techniques. Such talent becomes evident when the role playing becomes very absorbing and lifelike. Fresh ideas arise in the sociodramatic processes, and students respond to one another at a deeply empathic level. In story telling, the interest of the group is aroused and sustained. The students become quite absorbed as one event inspires another and the problem solving processes become complex. 70 Role playing and improvisation tests have been devised by Moreno (1946, 1969) and others, but a sensitive and alert teacher, school psychologist, or sociodramatic director can discover this kind of talent in the regular course of instruction when this methodology is used. It requires a bit more alertne$S to become aware of the real life role playing used by many culturally different students as a survival or adaptation technique. However, this may be the \"real test.\" Importance: Since role playing (especially as used in sociodrama) and story telling fundamentally are creative problem solving processes, this kind of talent is important in achievement, just as creative problem solving skills are important. There are numerous careers that specifically require this kind of talent for success. 4. Enjoyment of and Ability in Visual Arts Discovery: Although there are tests to discover giftedness in the visual arts, research literature does not reveal much of great value. Visual art products are so easy to obtain that most searchers for talent in the visual arts have been willing to rely upon judgements of products such as drawings, painting, and sculptures. As an observational screening device for surveying and talent in the visual arts, the following checklist is suggested: ----Experiences real joy in drawing. ----Experiences real joy in painting. ----Experiences real joy in sculpture. ----Becomes deeply absorbed in drawing, painting, sculpture, or other visual art activity. ----Understands subject matter by \"drawing it\" (e.g. illustrates stories, illustrates history, draws biological objects, makes maps.) ----Communicates skillfully through drawings, paintings, sculptures, and other visual arts. ----Captures the essence of whatever is photographed. ----Makes photographs tell a story. 5. Enjoyment of and Ability in Creative Movement and Dance. Discovery: Although some excellent work has been done on the development of tests to assess creativity in movement (Alston, 1971\nClover, 71 1974\nWyrick, 1966), these tests have not yet been fully standardized and made widely available. While these tests would doubtless be useful in becoming aware of talent in creative movement and dance that might otherwise be missed, most workers will probably depend on observations and judgements of performance. For this purpose, the following checklist is suggested: ----Experiences deep enjoyment in creative movement/dance. ----Becomes intensely absorbed in creative movement/dance. ----Can interpret songs, poems, stories, and so forth through creative movement/dance. ----Can elaborate ideas through creative movement/dance. ----Movement facilitates learning and understanding of events, ideas, concepts, and reading/literary materials. ----Spends unusual amount of time in perfecting creative movement/dance. 6. Enjoyment of and Ability in Music and Rhythm Discovery: Although there are a number of useful tests of musical ability such as the Seashore Measures of Musical Talents (Seashore, 1980), Aliferis Music Achievement Tests (Aliferis, 1954), Drake Musical Aptitude Tests (Drake, 1957), and the Musical Aptitude Profile (Gordon, 1965), and although there are measures such as Sounds and Images (Torrance, Khatena, \u0026amp; Cunnington, 1974) and Vaughn's (1971) Test of Musical Creativity that seem to predict certain kinds of creative behavior in the realm of music, actual performance in musical activities will probably continue to be the best route for discovering giftedness in music and rhythm. For this purpose, the following checklist, which can be used by teachers and other observers, is suggested: 72 7. ----Writes, draws, works, walks, moves with rhythm. ----Rhythm facilitates learning of skills. ----Rhythm facilitates learning and understanding of ideas, events, concepts and so forth. ----Creates songs. ----Creates music. ----Interprets ideas, events, concepts, feelings, and so forth through rhythm. ----Interprets ideas, events, feelings, and so forth through music. ----Becomes highly absorbed in music and rhythmic activities. ----Works perseveringly at music and rhythmic activities. ----Is exceptionally responsive to sound stimuli. Use of Expressive Speech Discovery: Since the social situation is a powerful determiner of speech (Labov, 1972, 1973), the discovery of giftedness in expressive speech among the culturally different requires that the would-be discoverer enter into the right social relationship with the young person. Many teachers, school psychologists, and counselors are unable to do this. Whether one is searching for giftedness in expressive speech through standardized test situations or in nontest situations, it is important that the culturally different student feel free to use the expressive system that is most comfortable. The importance of this is illustrated by Foster's (1974) study of the influence of non-Standard English dialect and lexicon upon Black 10th grade students' ability to comprehend, recall, and be fluent and flexible in providing titles for verbal materials. These students scored higher in response to non-Standard English stories than they did to Standard English stories. It was apparent that these students thought better in their language when they were cued in some semblance of their language, were not limited to preset written responses, and were allowed to respond verbally and freely and to interpret as they proceeded. Foster's test also indicated that in an uninhibiting situation Black students can be more verbal and intellectually creative in their own language than they can in Standard English. 73 The following checklist is suggested for use in screening students who might be gifted in the expressiveness of their speech: ----Speech is colorful. ----Speech is picturesque (e.g., suggests a picture). ----Speech iocludes powerful analogies, metaphors, and so forth. ----Speech is vivid (e.g., lively, intense, penetrating, exciting). ----Invents words to express concepts and feelings for which existing words are inadequate. ----Combines speech with movement and sound. 8. Figural Fluency and Flexibility Discovery: Both the Guilford (1967) and Torrance (1966/74) batteries of creativity tests contain measures of figural fluency and flexibility that seem capable of identifying giftedness in this area among culturally different groups. Little or no language ability is required by this type of test, and language handicaps seem not to interfere with performance. One need not be dependent upon tests for discovering this kind of giftedness, however. The following checklist is suggested in screening for this kind of talent: ----Produces many different ideas through drawings. ----Produces many ideas with common objects. ----Arranges blocks and other play materials in many combinations. ----Assembles and reassembles complex machines with ease. ----Produces images in response to music, sounds, or movement. ----Sketches maps from memory with ease. ----Organizes objects and materials in space. 9. Enjoyment of and Skill in Group Problem Solving Discovery: While there has been considerable work by social psychologists and educators (Lake, Miles, \u0026amp; Earle, 1973) in the development of tests of group performance, such tests have not been widely used either to discover talent or to evaluate the effectiveness of educational programs. Few such tests have been standardized and made available commercially. Perhaps the most carefully developed and standardized of these tests for use in school settings is the Russel Sage Social Relations Test (Darnarin, 1959, 74 10. available from Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540). Perhaps the best methods for discovering such talent are those that provide students with opportunities for solving problems in groups and for getting important tasks done. The following checklist is suggested as a guide for discovering this kind of talent: ----Influences other students to engage in projects he or she initiates. ----Organizes and structures the group and the group task with skill. ----Work in small groups facilitates learning and problem solving. ----Tries harder in small groups than otherwise. ----Produces original and useful ideas in small groups. ----Becomes more alive in small groups. ----Is highly aware of feelings and skills of others in small groups. ----Supports other members of group, displays high group loyalty and involvement. ----Initiates activities in small groups. ----Is effective in teaching others in small groups. Responsiveness to the Concrete Discovery: Frequently, educators derogate concrete thinking as being inferior to abstract thinking. However, responsiveness to the concrete as a creative positive goes beyond what is implied by concrete thinking or concrete operations. The person gifted in responsiveness to the concrete is stimulated by the concrete\nthinking and problem solving are facilitated if the problem can be conceptualized in physical terms. This person obtains enjoyment from doing things with his or her hands, from manipulating objects physically, and from using hand tools. Perhaps the best way of discovering this kind of giftedness is through involving culturally different students in meaningful tasks and problems permitting physical manipulation. There are also a number of tests, games, and puzzles that involve this kind of physical manipulation of objects. The following checklist is suggested for discovering this type of giftedness. ----Produces a flow of ideas and alternative solutions when concrete objects and materials are involved. ----Tries to conceptualize problems in terms of concrete objects and systems. 75 ----Uses concrete objects and systems to generate ideas and solutions. ----Works in an absorbed manner for lengthy periods of time on concrete puzzles, mechanical problems, and so forth. 11. Responsiveness to the Kinesthetic Discovery: There is a danger that responsiveness to the kinesthetic among the culturally different may be equated with a physical or motoric learning style. Responsiveness to the kinesthetic, as I have conceptualized this creative positive, goes far beyond the old concept of a physical style of learning, which is usually thought of as a deficit among the culturally different. Giftedness in responsiveness to the taxonomies of the psychomotor domain (Harrow, 1972). It includes not only manipulative movements but also kinesthetic discrimination, psychomotor coordination, endurance, strength, flexibility, adaptive motor skills, expressive movement and interpretive movement. Out of the growing field of movement education and work on assessing skills in the psychomotor domain, assessment procedures will doubtless be developed for discovering giftedness in this creative positive. Those interested in developing psychometric procedures for assessing this kind of giftedness can build on the earlier work of the Gesell Institute (Ames, 1966) and the California group (Hayley, 1969) and will find many cluec in Harrow's (1972) work on a taxonomy of the psychomotor domain and in Birdwhistell's (1970) work on Kinesics. The following checklist is suggested to guide teachers in screening for responsiveness to the kinesthetic: ----Skillfully communicates ideas through movement. ----Skillfully interprets meaning of movement. ----Movement is effective as warm-up for creative thinking. ----Displays skillful manipulative movement in crayon work, typing, piano playing, and so forth. ----Makes quick, precise movements in mime, creative dramatics, role playing, and so forth. ----Shows movement in drawings and other visual art products. ----Makes fine discriminations of kinesthetic information. 76 12. ----Has excellent memory for kinesthetic information. ----Works at movement activities for extended periods of time. ----Displays total bodily involvement in interpreting a poem, story, or song, and in creative reading, dramatics, and so forth. Expressiveness of Gestures and Body Language Discovery: Expressiveness of gestures and body language as a creative positive of the culturally different overlaps somewhat with the creative positives dealing with creative movement and responsiveness to the kinesthetic. However, in view of the present state of knowledge concerning these types of giftedness, it seems desirable to treat expressiveness of gestures and body language as a separate set of abilities. Its focus is on communicating through gestures and body language and interpreting this kind of communication. Certain aspects of this type of giftedness may be tapped by some of O'Sullivan and Guilford's (1966) tests of social intelligence, especially their measure labeled Expression Grouping, which involves the interpretation of pictured facial expressions. It is my feeling, however, that tests of this kind miss the essence of the kind of giftedness I have in mind. Thus, I am suggesting the following checklist of behaviors that may help in the discovery of this kind of giftedness: ----Expresses ideas powerfully and accurately through gestures and body language. ----Combines speech with gestures and body language to communicate nuances that cannot be expressed by word. ----Is skilled in recognizing the needs of other children from their gestures and body language. ----Is skilled in recognizing faces. ----Is skilled in mimicry, imitations and impres~ions. ----Is accurate in \"reading\" the body language of the teacher. ----Uses gestures and body language to tell a story. ----Is skilled in charades that rely on the use of gestures and body language. 77 13. Humor Discovery: There have been many attempts to develop tests of humor, but at the present time I am unable to identify any well developed, standardized tests of humor that could be used in discovering giftedness in humor. There are a great variety of theories of humor (Goldstein \u0026amp; McGhee, 1972), and in each, one may find clues for identifying humor in everyday life and in various creative products such as writing, drawing, and acting. Superiority theories of humor maintain that the roots of humor are in triumph over other people. Humor and enjoyment, according to these theories, occur when people compare themselves favorably to others as being less stupid, less ugly, less unfortunate, or less weak. However, this type of humor may be combined with sympathy, congeniality, empathy, and geniality. The incongruity theories of humor insist that humor arises from disjointed, ill suited pairings of ideas or situations or from presentations of ideas or situations that are divergent from usual customs. According to surprise theories of humor, the elements of surprise, shock, suddenness, or unexpectedness are necessary conditions of humor. Ambivalent theories of humor content that the basis of humor is the simultaneous occurrence of incompatible emotions or feelings. Release or relief theories of humor maintain that the basis of humor is relief from strain or constraint, or release of excess tension. According to configurational theories, humor is experienced when elements initially perceived as unrelated suddenly fall into place. Psychoanalytic theories of humor hold that in humor there is an economy in the expenditure of feeling\nhumor turns an event that would ordinarily cause suffering into less significance. One can draw from all of these theories of humor to obtain clues for discovering giftedness in humor in the culturally different. I have tried to find such clues in the creative writings and drawings of children. Some workers might find the following checklist helpful: ----Portrays the comical, funny, amusing in role playing. ----Portrays the comical, funny, amusing in drawings. ----Makes humorous, original comic strips. 78 ----Portrays the comical, funny, amusing in dramatics. ----Makes people laugh a lot in games. ----Makes up humorous jokes or stories. ----Makes people laugh (not \"makes fun of\") in discussion. ----Describes personal experiences with humor. ----Plays jokes on others. The problem in using these observations is finding appropriate criteria of what makes something humorous, funny, comical, or amusing. Other than \"It makes me laugh,\" the best criteria I have found are those inherent in the above theories of humor, such as: - ----Superior or clever adaptation in triumph or victory. ----Joining together of incongruous disjointed elements. ----Element of surprise, breaking up of a routine course of thought or action. ----Simultaneous experiencing of two or more incompatible emotions or feelings. ----Experience of release from tension or relief from strain. ----Joining together of incongruous elements that fall into place. ----Making something important unimportant and something unimportant important. 14. Richness of Imagery Discovery: Richness of imagery has generally been viewed as a characteristic of creative products (such as poems, essays, stories, etc.) rather than as an aspect of giftedness. Although my associates and I (Torrance, 1965c, 1976) have obtained crude measures of richness of imagery in the writings and drawings of children, I know of no really satisfactory measure of this type of giftedness. Since images may be visual, auditory or kinesthetic, indications of the ability to procure rich imagery may be sought in all three of these modalities and in the processes through which images are produced. The following checklist is suggested as one approach to discovering this type of giftedness among the culturally different using criteria of clarity, intensity, vividness, and liveliness for various types of imagery: ----Imagery in writings. ----Imagery in dance, movement, and other kinetic activity. 79 15. ----Imagery in singing or instrumental music performance. ----Imagery used in relating personal experiences. ----Imagery that emerges from oral reading. ----Imagery in role playing and dramatics. ----Imagery in drawings and other art work. Originality and Inventiveness Discovery: There are a variety of tests that can be used in discovering giftedness in originality and inventiveness among the culturally different~ One of the oldest such tests is the Rorschach Ink Blot Test (Klopfer \u0026amp; Davidson, 1962), which uses uncommon responses of good form and humor movement as the primary indicators. Current tests which provide measure of originality include the Barron-Welsh Art Scale (Barron, 1969), the Structure of Intellect tests (Guilford, 1967), the Torrance Tests of Creative Thinking (Torrance, 1966/1974), Sounds and Images and Onomatopo and Images (Torrance, Khatena, \u0026amp; Cunnington, 1974), and Welsh's Origence measure based on the Welsh Figure Preference Test (Welsh, 1959, 1975). The following checklist is suggested for purposes of crude screening: ----Produces solutions that others do not think of. ----Produces solutions when no one else can. ----Solutions are unusual, unconventional. ----Stories have unusual, surprising endings. ----Stories have unusual, surprising plots. ----Comes up with inventions to solve problems. ----Innovates with common materials to produce new solutions. ----Comes up with solutions to problems that others say cannot be solved. 16. Problem Centeredness Discovery: Problem centeredness is such a behaviorally oriented phenomenon that it would be difficult to devise a well balanced test to assess this type of giftedness. However, psychometric procedures have been devised to assess certain aspects of it. Most such attempts have involved the length of time a person is willing or able to continue working on a puzzle or difficult problem. Frequently, teachers and parents are annoyed by the problem centeredness of children and tend not to recognize this type of behavior as a potential strength to be used in facilitating learning and in developing careers. 80 The following checklist of problem centered behaviors is suggested as a guide in discovering this kind of giftedness: ----Does not give up easily\nkeeps trying to solve a problem. ----Persists in asking questions about a problem or topic. ----Shows concern and tries to solve or help solve problems of others. ----Is stimulated by difficult problems. ----Is hard to distract when concerned about a problem. ----Keeps seeing relevance of new information to problems of the group. ----Comes back to a problem or unfinished task time after time. ----Follows up outside of class with problems generated in reading or class discussion by reading, interviewing, experimenting, and so forth. 17. Emotional Responsiveness Discovery: Since emotional responsiveness is not associated with level of intelligence, this characteristic is not usually thought of as an aspect of giftedness. While there are tests of empathy and emotionality (Lake, Miles, \u0026amp; Earle, 1973), little or no work has been done to apply such measures to problems of discovering giftedness among the culturally different. While such work needs to be done, the following checklist may be useful in discovering this type of giftedness and culturally different: ----Listens intently and understandingly. ----Feels strong empathy with others and is highly aware of the feelings, distresses, and the needs of others. ----Actively responds to meet the needs of others. ----Responds emotionally to stories, events, needs of group members, and so forth. ----Is responsive to sincere interest and concern of others. ----Seems almost psychic in ability to interpret and anticipate the actions of others. 18. Quickness of Warm-Up Discovery: There are vast individual differences in the quickness with which people warm up or \"get ready to go\" in coping with problems for which they have no learned or habitual responses. 81 Some warm up very slowly, and in responding to tests of creative thinking they may go ahead and produce a large number of obvious and commonplace alternatives before they are able to do the \"mind stretching\" that results in new or original responses. Or, they may sit or stand apparently inert and inactive for a considerable length of time and then seem suddenly to spring into action and produce brilliant solutions. In track competition, there are brilliant dash runners who perform poorly in the distance events, while others perform poorly in the short distance races and excel in the distance races. In open ended tests of creative thinking such as the Torrance Tests of Creative Thinking, certain aspects of quickness of warm-up may be discovered. Currently, we are obtaining one such measure by determining how many of the early responses to tasks (first three responses in the verbal tests and in the repeated figures task of the figural test) are original (uncommon) responses. The following checklist may be helpful in discovering youngsters gifted in quick warm-up: ----Begins productive work immediately when given a new assignment. ----Becomes tired of waiting and loses interest when there are delays in getting a class or activity started. ----Goes \"all out\" on a task immediately. ----Responds immediately to emergencies, quick changes, and so forth. ----Adapts immediately to changes in the situation or assignment. ----Produces original ideas early in a brainstorming session. 82 NORTH LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT INSTRUMENTS OF IDENTIFICATION Ideally, identification should include all of the information which can be gathered about each student. By using multiple criteria, the pitfall thus avoided is that of exclusive attention to an insufficient number or variety of criteria. The case study/placement committee will be less likely to exclude students who could benefit and are in need of special services. 1. Individual Intelligence Test - Wechsler Intelligence Scale fqr Children-Revised (WISC-R), Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Adults, Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scale. These tests are administered by the District's licensed examiners. The WISC-R will be the primary test used. The Stanford-Binet will be an alternative. The Otis Lennon School Abilities Test will be used for prescreening. These tests give an estimate of potential, but must not be used to exclude students from the gifted and talented program. 2. Creativiey Test - Thinking Creatively,with Pictures Figural Booklet A by E. Paul Torrance. This test will be administered and graded by the resource teacher/facilitator for gifted and talented. 3. Achievement Tests and Grades - Metropolitan Achievement Test - (MAT-6). Scores and grades should be used to indicate students' performance. Either low test scores or grades should not be used to exclude students from the gifted and talented program. 4. Scales for Rating the Behavioral Characteristics of Superior Students. Renzulli Scales for Learning Motivational, Creativity, and Leadership Characteristics will be used for grades K-6. Grades 7-12 will use Renzulli's Scales for Learning, Motivation, Creativity, and Leadership Characteristics. The Purdue Secondary Checklist for English, math, social studies and science. The Scales will be completed by the classroom teacher(s). 83 5. Parent Questionnaire - The parent questionnaire will be completed by the parent. Parents can provide information on advanced abilities which are often not observable in the school setting. 6. Product Evaluation - Products such as poetry, slide/tapes,.photo essays, and/or science projects may be used to document ability, creativity, and motivation. 7. Interviews - An interview will be conducted by the resource teacher/facilitator for gifted and talented. 8. Interest Inventory - An interest inventory will be administered by the resource teacher/facilitator. The inventory will help determine areas of interest. 9. Creative Positive Among the Culturally Different (A list of indicators of potential.) The resource teacher/facilitator will assist the classroom teachers in applying these criteria to the students' characteristics. 10. Characteristics of Giftedness - A list of indicators of gifted responses for possible referrals at the elementary levels. 84 Student's Full Name Parent/Guardian NORTH LITTLE ROCK PUBLIC SCHOOLS PARENT QUESTIONNAIRE GIFTED/TALENTED PROGRAM (Date) All information on this form will be strictly confidential and will be used only by the referral and placement committee. 1. Child resides with: (Check) Father ( Mother Other If other, please specify Occupation of: Father: Mothe\n:-: Other adults in the home: 2. Brothers and sisters: Names Ages 3. Hobbies of: Father Mother 4. Child has own room ( )\nShares with others inumber). 5. Private lessons taken by child: Kind How long taken Frequency 85 6. Trips child has taken: Place Age 7. Things the family does together 8. Child's recreational choices 9. Choice of friends (ages, sex, numbers, etc.) 10. How does he/she get along with his/her friends? 11. What does the child like to do when he/she is alone? 12. Child's membership in out-of-school clubs or groups 13. Child's reading interests (favorite books -types, titles, authors) 14. Amount of child's reading per week (estimate) 86 - 15. Child's hobbies and collections 16. Child's special talents or skills 17. Child's special problems or needs at home 18. How does the child get along with others in ths home? 19. Child's home responsibility 20. Does the child have an allowance? Yes ( )No( )Amount per week( 21. Discuss the attitude of the child toward school 22. Child's school needs as you see them 23. Describe the child as you see him/her (personality, attitudes toward home, work, friends) 24. Please feel free to attach any additional information that you feel is pertinent. Prior to the referral conference, the resource teacher for the Gifted and Talented will administer an appropriate interest inventory and creativity test to your child. 87 SECTION 9: SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION AND INADEQUATE FACILITIES The North Little Rock Sc~ool District was established in 1901 with all students housed in. a single building. As the population increased during the next several years, schools were added to accommodate student growth. The District made an early commitment to neighborhood schools as evidenced by the relatively small size and geographic location of school buildings. Such commitment prevailed until recent times. Constructed in the 1950's, the Belwood Elementary School, for example, contains only seven classrooms and small spaces for library, offices, and cafeteria. Most elementary schools were originally designed to house two hundred or less pupils. Almost all of the existing school facilities have been expanded since their original construction. Although facility expansion has increased pupil capacity in most North Little Rock Schools, the neighborhood school concept has remained evident in the location of elementary schools. No elementary pupil within the District is assigned to a home school which is located two or more miles from his place of residence. From its inception in 1901 until the 1969-70 school year, student population grew at a steady rate until reaching the all-time high of 14,000. Since the 1969-70 school year, 88 student population has consistently declined. The October, 1986, enrollment was 9\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "}],"pages":{"current_page":13,"next_page":14,"prev_page":12,"total_pages":15,"limit_value":12,"offset_value":144,"total_count":178,"first_page?":false,"last_page?":false},"facets":[{"name":"type_facet","items":[{"value":"Text","hits":178}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"creator_facet","items":[{"value":"Little Rock School District","hits":36},{"value":"United States. District Court (Arkansas: Eastern District)","hits":33},{"value":"Office of Desegregation Monitoring (Little Rock, Ark.)","hits":11},{"value":"Arkansas Association of Educational Administrators","hits":4},{"value":"Arkansas. Department of Education","hits":4},{"value":"United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit","hits":4},{"value":"North Little Rock School District","hits":3},{"value":"Quality Education and Management Associates","hits":2},{"value":"Ross, Steven M.","hits":2},{"value":"Walker, John W.","hits":2},{"value":"Area School Advisory Committee","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_facet","items":[{"value":"Student assistance programs","hits":178},{"value":"Education--Arkansas","hits":176},{"value":"Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","hits":144},{"value":"School improvement programs","hits":139},{"value":"Education--Evaluation","hits":125},{"value":"Little Rock School District","hits":107},{"value":"Educational law and legislation","hits":103},{"value":"School management and organization","hits":98},{"value":"Educational statistics","hits":90},{"value":"Educational planning","hits":85},{"value":"School employees","hits":81}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_personal_facet","items":[{"value":"Intervenors, Knight","hits":1},{"value":"Wright, Susan Webber, 1948-","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"event_title_sms","items":[{"value":"Little Rock Central High School Integration","hits":2}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"location_facet","items":[{"value":"United States, 39.76, -98.5","hits":176},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","hits":176},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959","hits":174},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","hits":170},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Phillips County, 34.42829, -90.84802","hits":1},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, North Little Rock, 34.76954, -92.26709","hits":1},{"value":"United States, Connecticut, 41.66704, -72.66648","hits":1},{"value":"United States, Missouri, 38.25031, -92.50046","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"us_states_facet","items":[{"value":"Arkansas","hits":176},{"value":"Connecticut","hits":1},{"value":"Missouri","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"year_facet","items":[{"value":"1995","hits":34},{"value":"1994","hits":33},{"value":"1997","hits":31},{"value":"1992","hits":30},{"value":"1996","hits":29},{"value":"1993","hits":28},{"value":"1999","hits":28},{"value":"1998","hits":23},{"value":"2000","hits":22},{"value":"2001","hits":19},{"value":"1989","hits":18},{"value":"1991","hits":17},{"value":"1990","hits":14},{"value":"2003","hits":14},{"value":"2002","hits":10},{"value":"2004","hits":10},{"value":"2005","hits":8},{"value":"2006","hits":8},{"value":"2008","hits":6},{"value":"1984","hits":5},{"value":"1986","hits":4},{"value":"1987","hits":4},{"value":"1988","hits":4},{"value":"2007","hits":4},{"value":"1974","hits":3},{"value":"1975","hits":3},{"value":"1976","hits":3},{"value":"1977","hits":3},{"value":"1978","hits":3},{"value":"1979","hits":3},{"value":"1980","hits":3},{"value":"1981","hits":3},{"value":"1982","hits":3},{"value":"1983","hits":3},{"value":"1985","hits":3},{"value":"2009","hits":3},{"value":"2010","hits":3},{"value":"1950","hits":2},{"value":"1951","hits":2},{"value":"1952","hits":2},{"value":"1953","hits":2},{"value":"1954","hits":2},{"value":"1955","hits":2},{"value":"1956","hits":2},{"value":"1957","hits":2},{"value":"1958","hits":2},{"value":"1959","hits":2},{"value":"1960","hits":2},{"value":"1961","hits":2},{"value":"1962","hits":2},{"value":"1963","hits":2},{"value":"1964","hits":2},{"value":"1965","hits":2},{"value":"1966","hits":2},{"value":"1967","hits":2},{"value":"1968","hits":2},{"value":"1969","hits":2},{"value":"1970","hits":2},{"value":"1971","hits":2},{"value":"1972","hits":2},{"value":"1973","hits":2},{"value":"2011","hits":2},{"value":"2012","hits":2},{"value":"2013","hits":2},{"value":"2014","hits":2}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null},"min":"1950","max":"2014","count":498,"missing":0},{"name":"medium_facet","items":[{"value":"documents (object genre)","hits":80},{"value":"reports","hits":45},{"value":"legal documents","hits":23},{"value":"judicial records","hits":20},{"value":"handbooks","hits":11},{"value":"prints (visual works)","hits":2},{"value":"agendas (administrative records)","hits":1},{"value":"booklets","hits":1},{"value":"books","hits":1},{"value":"brochures","hits":1},{"value":"budgets","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"rights_facet","items":[{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/","hits":178}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"collection_titles_sms","items":[{"value":"Office of Desegregation Management","hits":177}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"provenance_facet","items":[{"value":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies","hits":178}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"class_name","items":[{"value":"Item","hits":177},{"value":"Collection","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"educator_resource_b","items":[{"value":"false","hits":178}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}}]}}